HomeMy WebLinkAboutIFB 8916 Robson Ranch Roadway Expansion Final - PLANSNSHEET NO
.COUNTYDENTON COUNTYPLANS OF PROPOSEDROADWAY IMPROVEMENTROBSON RANCH ROADLIMITS: FROM SAGEHAWK DR TO INTERSECTION OF ROBSON RANCH RD AND IH 35WFOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF : TURN LANES FOR PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTCONSISTING OF : GRADING, DRAINAGE, PAVING, SIGNING, AND PAVEMENT MARKINGDESIGN SPEED = 45 MPHMANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES".BC (1)- 21 THRU BC (12)- 21 AND THE "TEXAS REQUIRED SIGNS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHSHALL GOVERN ON THIS PROJECT.SEPTEMBER 1, 2024 AND SPECIFICATION ITEMS LISTED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS, SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED BY THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, NTSFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2251\145368_5\13448-01_SCOV01.dgn1/27/2026 12:19:06 AM
DENTON1 FT.= 0.6 MI.NET LENGTH OF PROJECT = 3,330 FT.= N/A MI.NET LENGTH OF BRIDGE = N/A FT.= 0.6 MI.NET LENGTH OF ROADWAY = 3,33035W
35W
1/27/2026D
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAMANTHA L. DELEONSAXET FO ET
A
TS136439BEGIN PROJECTSTA: 13+85.00END PROJECTSTA: 47+00.0035W35W377377CONSTRUCTION MANAGERFINAL RECORD DRAWING DATE: ASBUILT PLANSDATE WORK WAS ACCEPTED:DATE WORK WAS COMPLETED:DATE WORK BEGAN:CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR:LETTING DATE:ROBSON RANCH RDOLD JUSTIN RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright 20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comSHEET NO.INDEX OF SHEETSDESCRIPTIONGENERAL1COVER SHEET2-3PROJECT LAYOUT & HORIZONTAL DATA4TYPICAL SECTIONS EXISTING5-9TYPICAL SECTIONS PROPOSED10GENERAL NOTES11QUANTITY SHEET12SUMMARY OF SMALL SIGNSTRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN13TRAFFIC CONTROL TYPICAL SECTIONS14-17TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS18-29BC(1-12)-2130TCP (2-5)-1831WZ(BTS-1)-1332WZ(BTS-2)-13ROADWAY33-36REMOVAL PLAN37-40PAVING PLAN41-45DRIVEWAY PLAN AND PROFILETXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS46CCCG-2247-48CRCP(1)-2449GF(31)-1950GF(31)DAT-1951GF(31)MS-1952JS-1453SGT(10S)31-1654SGT(11S)31-1855SGT(12S)31-18DRAINAGE56-57DRAINAGE AREA MAP58BCSTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS59PSET-SP60SCP-461SCP-MD62-63SETB-PDUTILITIES64-67EXISTING UTILITIESTRAFFIC ITEMSSIGNING & PAVEMENT MARKINGS68-71SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGSDALLAS DISTRICT STANDARDS72SMD(SLIP-1)-08(DAL)TXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS73SMD(GEN)-0874SMD(SLIP-2)-0875SMD(SLIP-3)-0876TSR(3)-1377TSR(4)-1378-83D & OM(1-6)-2084D & OM(VIA)-2085-87PM(1-3)-22ENVIROMENTAL ISSUES88-91SW3P PLANTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS92EC(1)-1693EC(2)-1694-96EC(9)-16-10C
1/26/202618+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 12018+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 29+00.00MATCHLINE STA. FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_37\13448-01_SPRJ01.dgn1/26/2026 11:00:55 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com50050100SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346PROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW NOTED. ? ROBSON RANCH RD, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. ALL STATIONS AND OFFSETS ARE BASED ON NOTES:EXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED PAVEMENTCONTROL / BENCHMARKPROPOSED DRIVEWAYPROPOSED ROW 221 SCALE: 1" = 100'& HORIZONTAL DATAPROJECT LAYOUT ALL POINTS ARE LOCATED OUTSIDE PROJECT LIMITS (EXCEPT 120 & 121)CONTROL / BENCHMARKSPOINT IDXYELEVDESCRIPTION1147097265.6092347964.523674.9895/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1187097363.7402355838.071744.6135/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1197097942.9852358488.753736.1885/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1207097939.0612361020.650713.6615/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1217097940.4872362904.573700.0135/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1277096413.5812343149.654673.8105/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1317097867.1742353087.998700.9445/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP1047097001.8282339335.391672.960MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER1087096465.1102340525.962628.881MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER1107096233.1742345204.836680.218MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER1137095733.7192346836.400678.903MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER1257095593.0342339189.976653.143MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER1307097928.8262365289.008709.842MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHERBEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.00PROP ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWHORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: ROBSON RANCH RDAlignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2360086.15 7097895.25 POT 49+00.00 R1 2364486.14 7097903.10 Tangential Direction: N89°53'52.00"E Tangential Length: 4400.00? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? DRIVEWAY01PROP ROWPROP ROWHORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: DRIVEWAY01Alignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2361915.14 7097898.52 POT 6+50.00 R1 2361915.40 7097748.52 Tangential Direction: S00°06'08.00"E Tangential Length: 150.00SAGEHAW K DR 10+0015+00N89°53'52.0"E20+0025+00S00°06'08.0"E6+005+005+005+00
W1/26/202629+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 40+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 12140+00.00MATCHLINE STA. VANNO PARKINGNO PARKING
WFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_38\13448-01_SPRJ02.dgn1/26/2026 11:04:22 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com50050100SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346PROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW NOTED. ? ROBSON RANCH RD, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. ALL STATIONS AND OFFSETS ARE BASED ON NOTES:EXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED PAVEMENTCONTROL / BENCHMARKPROPOSED DRIVEWAYPROPOSED ROW 322 SCALE: 1" = 100'& HORIZONTAL DATAPROJECT LAYOUT PROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXISTING UTILITY EASEMENTEXISTING UTILITY EASEMENT? DRIVEWAY02PROP ROWHORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: Driveway02Alignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2363108.39 7097900.65 POT 6+50.00 R1 2363108.66 7097750.65 Tangential Direction: S00°06'08.00"E Tangential Length: 150.00LANDM ARK TRAIL? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXISTING UTILITY EASEMENTEXISTING UTILITY EASEMENTEND PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+00.00? DRIVEWAY03? DRIVEWAY04? DRIVEWAY05HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: DRIVEWAY03Alignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2363645.22 7097901.60 POT 6+50.00 R1 2363645.48 7097751.60 Tangential Direction: S00°06'08.00"E Tangential Length: 150.00PROP ROWHORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: DRIVEWAY04Alignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2363651.27 7097901.62 POT 6+00.00 R1 2363651.09 7098001.62 Tangential Direction: N00°06'08.00"W Tangential Length: 100.00HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: DRIVEWAY05Alignment description: STATION X Y POT 5+00.00 R1 2364022.87 7097902.28 POT 6+00.00 R1 2364022.69 7098002.28 Tangential Direction: N00°06'08.00"W Tangential Length: 100.0030+0035+0040+00S00°06'08.0"E
6+00 5+005+0040+0045+00S00°06'08.0"E6+00
N00°06'08.0"W
5+00 6+005+005+005+00N00°06'08.0"W5+00 6+005+00
1/26/2026? ROBSON RANCH RD6:1
4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
APPARENT ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH50'VARIESROW? ROBSON RANCH RD6:1
4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
APPARENT ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH50'VARIESROWBEGIN - STA 42+00.00STA 42+00.00 - END2.0%2.0%2.0%2.0%9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_12\13448-01_STYP01.dgn1/26/2026 11:07:23 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346 411 SCALE: NTSEXISTINGTYPICAL SECTIONS RANCH ROAD FROM DECEMBER 2008 BASED OFF AS-BUILTS OF ROBSON 1. EXISTING PAVEMENT STRUCTURE IS NOTES:
1/26/2026LANE12.5'LANE12.5'-12'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'-12'ROADWAY WIDTH50'-77
'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 13+85.00 - STA 18+25.00MEDIAN0'-28' 2'-28' 3.5'4:14:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0% 1'
2'
SAW CUT23'-24
' 0'-38'
PROP ROW 60' 60'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH89'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 19+25.00 - STA 23+25.00STA 31+15.00 - STA 35+21.00MEDIAN16'LANE12'SAW CUT
45' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE12'24'4:1 60' 60'PROP ROW 45'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH77'-89'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 18+25.00 - 19+25.00MEDIAN16'LANE0'-12'SAWCUT
45' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE0'-12'24'4:1 60' 60'PROP ROW 45' 1' 1'
EXIST ROWAB ABAB
2'
2'
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_13\13448-01_STYP02.dgn1/26/2026 11:02:34 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABBY OTHERS LIMITSUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 132. PAVEMENT LIMITS. LIMITS SHALL BE BACKFILLED A MINIMUM OF 2' BELOW EXISTING GROUND WITHIN 1. CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOTES: 551 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS
1/26/2026LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH88'-77'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 23+25.00 - STA 30+15.00MEDIAN16'-28
'
SAWCUT
28' 3.5'2.0%2.0%PGL24'LANE12'-0'
4:14:1PROP ROW 45' 60' 60'LANE12'-0'WORK BY OTHERSENDS STA 27+40LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH88'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 35+21.00 - STA 36+40.00MEDIAN16'
SAW CUT
28' 3.5'2.0%2.0%PGL24'LANE12'
4:14:1PROP ROW 35' 65' 70'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH77'-89'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 30+15.00 - STA 31+15.00MEDIAN28'-16'LANE0'-12'SAW CUT
45' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE0'-12' 24'4:
1 60' 60'
PROP ROW 45'ABABAB
2' 1' 1'
2' 1'2.0%EXIST ROWEXIST ROW2.0%EXIST ROW
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_14\13448-01_STYP03.dgn1/26/2026 10:56:57 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABBY OTHERS LIMITSUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 132. PAVEMENT LIMITS. LIMITS SHALL BE BACKFILLED A MINIMUM OF 2' BELOW EXISTING GROUND WITHIN 1. CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOTES: 652 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS
1/26/2026LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH88'-100'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 36+40.00 - STA 37+40.00MEDIAN16'-4'LANE0'-12'SAWCUT
3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE0'-12'4:
1 60' 65'LANE12'LANE12'
PROP ROW 45'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH100'-88'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 37+40.00 - STA 38+86.00 4'LANE12' 40'6:1
3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE12'4:
1 70' 65'
PROP ROW 35'
MEDIANLANE 12'LANE12'-0'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH89'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 38+86.00 - STA 40+65.00MEDIAN4'-16'LANE12'SAW CUT
40' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%LANE12' 70' 65'-70
'
PROP ROW 35'LANE12'-0' 24'24'28'-40'
2' 1'24'SAWCUT
2' 1'
2' 1'ABABABEXIST ROW
4:1FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_15\13448-01_STYP04.dgn1/26/2026 11:09:58 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABBY OTHERS LIMITSUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 132. PAVEMENT LIMITS. LIMITS SHALL BE BACKFILLED A MINIMUM OF 2' BELOW EXISTING GROUND WITHIN 1. CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOTES: 753 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS
1/26/2026LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12'ROADWAY WIDTH88'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 40+65.00 - STA 41+74.00LANE12'MEDIAN16' 24' 12'
SAW CUT
28'
SAW CUT
3.5' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%2.0% 5'LANE12'4:14:1 24'LANE12'LANE12'-12.5'LANE12'LANE12'-12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH88'-81
'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 41+74.00 - STA 43+20.00LANE12'MEDIAN16'-8' 24' 12' 28'-21
'
SAWCUT
3.5' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%2.0% 5'LANE12'4:14:
1 24'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH81'-61'? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROW
PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 43+20.00 - STA 45+90.00LANE12' 8'-0' 24' 12'
SAW CUT
24'-23' 21'-2'SAW CUT
3.5' 3.5'4:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%2.0% 5'LANE12'-0
'4:1MEDIAN 70'70'EXIST ROW
PROP ROW 35'ABAB
2' 1'
2' 1'70'-75'PROP ROW 35'70'
2' 1'AB
2' 1'ABSAWCUT
PROP ROW 35'70'
2' 1'ABAB
2' 1'75'-70'WITH DEVELOPERTO BE COORDINATED ELEVATION AT ROW WITH DEVELOPERTO BE COORDINATED ELEVATION AT ROW WITH DEVELOPERTO BE COORDINATED ELEVATION AT ROW 5:15:15:14:1FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_46\13448-01_STYP05.dgn1/26/2026 11:13:22 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABBY OTHERS LIMITSUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 132. PAVEMENT LIMITS. LIMITS SHALL BE BACKFILLED A MINIMUM OF 2' BELOW EXISTING GROUND WITHIN 1. CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOTES: 854 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS
1/26/2026LANE12'-13'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH61'-50'PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 45+90.00 - STA 47+00.00LANE12'-0' 24'-23' 12'-2.5'SAW CUT 3.5'2.0%2.0%PGL2.0%? ROBSON RANCH RD WIDTH 3.5' 3.5'? DRIVEWAY6" THICK CONCRETE DRIVEWAY6:
1
6:18" FLEX BASEEACH WAYAT 18" C-CNO. 4 BARSPROPOSED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY4:1
70'EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
70'
2' 1'AB5:1WITH DEVELOPERTO BE COORDINATED ELEVATION AT ROW FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2236\145368_47\13448-01_STYP06.dgn1/26/2026 11:04:13 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABBY OTHERS LIMITSUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 132. PAVEMENT LIMITS. LIMITS SHALL BE BACKFILLED A MINIMUM OF 2' BELOW EXISTING GROUND WITHIN 1. CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOTES: 955 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 10A31 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 10B32 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 10C33 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTY 1111 SCALE: N/A QUANTITY SHEET793EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (RPM)70336786825EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (WORD)7016678671EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (DBL ARROW)70106786625EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (ARROW)700967865375LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (24")7008678643,925LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (8")70046786318,955LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (6")7002678623EAELIM EXT PM & MRKS (WORD)7015677613EAELIM EXT PM & MRKS (ARROW)700967760105LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (24")700867759520LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (8")70046775815,742LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (4")700167757590EAREFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A700467256203EAREFL PAV MRKR TY I-C70026725512,105LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(090MIL)7422666545,450LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(090MIL)7410666531,400LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(090MIL)7407666521EAPAVEMENT SLER (DBL ARROW)73566665125EAPAVEMENT SLER (WORD)73546665025EAPAVEMENT SLER (ARROW)735366649375LFPAVEMENT SLER 24"7352666483,925LFPAVEMENT SLER 8"73486664718,955LFPAVEMENT SLER 6"73476664625EAREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(090MIL)7065666451EAREFL PAV MRK TY I(W)(DBL ARROW)(090MIL)70446664425EAREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(090MIL)704166643375LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(090MIL)7035666423,515LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(SLD)(090MIL)702366641410LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(DOT)(090MIL)70176664020EAINSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)70596583962LFINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1(YFLX)SRF(BI)7026658386LFINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1(BI)7016658373EAREMOVE SM RD SN SUP&AM7073644361EAIN SM RD SN SUP&AM TY10BWG(1)SA(T)70046443513EAIN SM RD SN SUP&AM TY10BWG(1)SA(P)7001644343,291LFWIRE FENCE (REMOVE)7011552332EAGUARDRAIL END TREATMENT (REMOVE)7003544321EAGUARDRAIL END TREATMENT (INSTALL)700154431140LFREMOVE METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE7001542301EADOWNSTREAM ANCHOR TERMINAL SECTION701554029425LFMTL W-BEAM GD FEN (STEEL POST)7002540281,497SYDRIVEWAYS (CONC)700653027208LFCONC CURB (MONO) (TY II)700752926295LFROCK FILTER DAMS (REMOVE)701150625295LFROCK FILTER DAMS (INSTALL) (TY 3)70035062415DAYTMA (STATIONARY)7001505232EAPORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN7002503227MOBARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING7001502211LSMOBILIZATION7001500203EAREMOVE STR (BOLLARD)7028496192EAREMOV STR (SET)7004496182EAREMOV STR (BOX CULVERT)7001496172EASET (TY II) (24 IN) (RCP) (6: 1) (P)73284671618EASET (TY I)(S= 4 FT)(HW= 3 FT)(6:1)(P)707046715100LFRC PIPE (CL III)(24 IN)700546414680LFCONC BOX CULV (4 FT X 2 FT)70034621327CYRIPRAP (MOW STRIP)(4 IN)70134321211,449SYCONC PVMT (CRCP) (9")70033601111,885SYLIME TRT (EXIST MATL)(6")700626010226TONLIME (QUICKLIME (SLURRY))70032609649TGLVEGETATIVE WATERING7001168818,030SYBLOCK SODDING7002162718,030SYCOMPOST MANUF TOPSOIL (4")700216168,497CYEMBANK (FNL)(DC)(TY C)7006132514,766CYEXCAV (ROADWAY)7001110460SYRMV (0"-12") TRT/UNTRT BASE & ASPH PAV70521053448SYREMOV CONC (PAV)7001104233STAPREPARING ROW70021001QUANTITYESTIMATEDUNITITEM DESCRIPTIONDESCBID ITEMNO.5
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTStandardDivisionOperationsTrafficANCHOR TYPEMOUNTING DESIGNATIONSIGN POST TYPESUMMARY OF SMALL SIGNS SMALL SIGNSSUMMARY OFMay 1987 SOSSFILE:DATE:DIMENSIONSS80 = Sch 8010BWG = 10 BWGTWT = Thin-WallFRP = FiberglassSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX (X) XX (X-XXXX) Square Feet 0.080" Less than 7.5 Greater than 15 0.125" 0.100" 7.5 to 15 Minimum ThicknessALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESSPREFABRICATEDU = "U"T = "T"P = "Plain"the following website.for Texas (SHSD) can be found at The Standard Highway Sign Designs http://www.txdot.gov/NOTE:SIGNSCLEARANCE MOUNT BRIDGE POSTSNO.SHEETPLANNO.SIGNNOMENCLATURESIGN1 or 2 Note 2)(See WP=Wedge PlasticWS=Wedge SteelSB=Slipbase-BoltSA=Slipbase-ConcUB=Universal BoltUA=Universal Conc Signs General Notes & Details SMD(GEN). Sign Mounting Details Small Roadside 3. For Sign Support Descriptive Codes, see Assembly (BMCS)Standard Sheet. signs, see Bridge Mounted Clearance Sign 2. For installation of bridge mount clearance will verify all sign support locations. Contractor shall stake and the Engineer otherwise shown on the plans, the avoid conflict with utilities. Unless secure a more desirable location or to design guidelines, where necessary to may shift the sign supports, within on the plans, except that the Engineer 1. Sign supports shall be located as shown PanelsEXAL= Extruded Alum Sign ChannelWC = 1.12 #/ft Wing BM = Extruded Wind Beam1EXT or 2EXT = # of Extsums16.dgn18FLAT ALUMINUM (TYPE A)
EXAL ALUMINUM (TYPE G)TY = TYPE TY STY N4-168-161211 SHEETOFDALDENTON1-BTM1R2-1SPEED LIMIT30"X36"X10BWG1SAP2-BTM1R1-1STOP36"X36"X10BWG1SAP3-TOP1R2-1SPEED LIMIT30"X36"X10BWG1SAP3-BTM1I-2aT(MOD)JURISDICTIONAL BOUNDARY(MOD)42"X18"X10BWG1SAT4-TOP1R1-1STOP36"X36"X10BWG1SAPR3-5RRIGHT TURN ONLY30"X36"X2R3-7RRIGHT LANE MUST TURN RIGHT36"X36"X10BWG1SAP3R2-1SPEED LIMIT30"X36"X10BWG1SAP4M2-1PJCT21"X15"X10BWG1SAPM1-1TINTERSTATE ROUTE SIGN 35W30"X24"X5R3-5RRIGHT TURN ONLY30"X36"X10BWG1SAP6R3-5RRIGHT TURN ONLY30"X36"X10BWG1SAP7W4-1aTLTHRU TRAFFIC MERGE LEFT36"X36"X10BWG1SAP8R3-7RRIGHT LANE MUST TURN RIGHT36"X36"X10BWG1SAP9R3-2NO LEFT TURN24"X24"X10BWG1SAP4-BTM1R3-5RRIGHT TURN ONLY30"X36"X10BWG1SAP
1/26/2026LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TCP TYPICAL SECTION 23'-24
' 2'-12'
SAW CUT
4:15:12.0%2.0%PGL? ROBSON RANCH RDLANE12.5'LANE12.5'? ROBSON RANCH RDVARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TCP TYPICAL SECTIONCONSTRUCTION EASTBOUND DIRECTION 2'-40'SAWCUT 23'-24'6:1
4:14:12.0%2.0%PGLLANE12' DEVICESCHANNELIZATION DEVICESCHANNELIZATIONCONSTRUCTION WESTBOUND DIRECTION1'1' 5' 6'BUFFER 6'BUFFER
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2238\145369_1\13448-01_STCPTYP01.dgn1/26/2026 11:11:17 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES ELEMENTS. ROADWAY WIDENING AND PEDESTRIAN OF DENTON ON SIGNAL MODIFICATIONS FOR3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE CITY DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 2. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENTEAST & WEST BOUND1311 SCALE: NTSTYPICAL SECTIONSTRAFFIC CONTROL
DENTON COUNTY1/26/202611+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 311+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 2BEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.00TYPE III BARRICADELEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 7. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE PAVING AND DRIVEWAY PLAN/PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS. STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY SIGNING AND 5. SEE BC(1-12), TCP (2-5), AND WZ (BTS 1,2) FEET (O.C) ON DRIVEWAYS/INTERSECTIONS.4. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 10 FEET (O.C) ON TAPERS.3. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 45 FEET (O.C) ON TANGENTS.2. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 90 PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED PAVEMENT LIMITSWORK BY OTHERSPROPOSED DRIVEWAY LIMITSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET BEGIN - STA 16+801441 SCALE: 1" = 50'PLANTRAFFIC CONTROL 6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+00
DENTON COUNTY1/26/202616+80.00MATCHLINE STA.
22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 222+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 2CULVERT 01? DRIVEWAY01SAGEHAW K DR
TYPE III BARRICADELEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 7. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE PAVING AND DRIVEWAY PLAN/PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS. STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY SIGNING AND 5. SEE BC(1-12), TCP (2-5), AND WZ (BTS 1,2) FEET (O.C) ON DRIVEWAYS/INTERSECTIONS.4. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 10 FEET (O.C) ON TAPERS.3. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 45 FEET (O.C) ON TANGENTS.2. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 90 PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED PAVEMENT LIMITSWORK BY OTHERSPROPOSED DRIVEWAY LIMITSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET STA 16+80 - STA 28+401542 SCALE: 1" = 50'PLANTRAFFIC CONTROL 17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+006+00N89°53'52.0"E23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+00S00°06'08.0"E5+005+00
DENTON COUNTY1/26/202628+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 234+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 2(TYP)SEE NOTE 3CULVERT 02? DRIVEWAY02LANDM ARK TRAIL
TYPE III BARRICADELEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 7. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE PAVING AND DRIVEWAY PLAN/PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS. STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY SIGNING AND 5. SEE BC(1-12), TCP (2-5), AND WZ (BTS 1,2) FEET (O.C) ON DRIVEWAYS/INTERSECTIONS.4. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 10 FEET (O.C) ON TAPERS.3. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 45 FEET (O.C) ON TANGENTS.2. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 90 PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED PAVEMENT LIMITSWORK BY OTHERSPROPOSED DRIVEWAY LIMITSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET STA 28+40 - STA 40+001643 SCALE: 1" = 50'PLANTRAFFIC CONTROL 29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+006+0035+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+00S00°06'08.0"E5+005+00
WDENTON COUNTY1/26/202640+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDCULVERT 04CULVERT 05PROP ROWCULVERT 03? DRIVEWAY03? DRIVEWAY04? DRIVEWAY05(TYP)SEE NOTE 4(TYP)SEE NOTE 245+80.00MATCHLINE STA. WEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD(TYP)SEE NOTE 4I
H 35W NBI
H 35W SBIH 35W SB FRONTAGE RD
I
H 35W NB FRON
TAGE RDEND PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+00.00(TYP)SEE NOTE 4TYPE III BARRICADELEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 7. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE PAVING AND DRIVEWAY PLAN/PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS. STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY SIGNING AND 5. SEE BC(1-12), TCP (2-5), AND WZ (BTS 1,2) FEET (O.C) ON DRIVEWAYS/INTERSECTIONS.4. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 10 FEET (O.C) ON TAPERS.3. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 45 FEET (O.C) ON TANGENTS.2. PLACE CHANNELIZATION DEVICES AT 90 PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED PAVEMENT LIMITSWORK BY OTHERSPROPOSED DRIVEWAY LIMITSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET STA 40+00 - END1744 SCALE: 1" = 50'PLANTRAFFIC CONTROL 6+005+005+0040+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+00N00°06'08.0"W5+00 6+005+00
N00°06'08.0"W
5+00 6+005+0046+0047+0048+0049+00
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTNovember 2002 FILE:DATE: 95SHEET 1 OF 12AND REQUIREMENTSGENERAL NOTESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION4-039-075-107-13BC(1)-21 8-14 bc-21.dgn StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION (BC) STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES:http://www.txdot.govTHE DOCUMENTS BELOW CAN BE FOUND ON-LINE ATCOMPLIANT WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES LIST (CWZTCD)TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (TMUTCD)STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS FOR TEXAS (SHSD)TRAFFIC ENGINEERING STANDARD SHEETSMATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL)ROADWAY DESIGN MANUAL - SEE "MANUALS (ONLINE MANUALS)"DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS) or as approved by the Engineer. right-of-way line as possible, or located behind a barrier or guardrail, must be parked away from travel lanes. They should be as close to the 13. Inactive equipment and work vehicles, including workers' private vehicles devices.12. The Engineer has the final decision on the location of all traffic control progress or a definite need exists. 11. Traffic control devices should be in place only while work is actually in limits. For mobile operations, CSJ limit signs are not required. CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK signs shall be erected at or near the CSJ erected in advance of the CSJ limits. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES, LATER and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign with plaque shall be on BC(2). The OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW sign, STAY ALERT TALK OR TEXT Control Devices, CSJ limit signs are required. CSJ limit signs are shown than mobile operations as defined by the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic 10. Where highway construction or maintenance work is being undertaken, other appropriate traffic control devices to be used. BC sheets are examples. As necessary, the Engineer will determine the most9. The temporary traffic control devices shown in the illustrations of the provide a detail to the Contractor before the sign is manufactured. not shown in this manual shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition. Sign details8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the justify the signing. divided highways where median width will permit and traffic volumes 7. The Engineer may require duplicate warning signs on the median side of revised to show appropriate work zone distance. directed by the Engineer. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES sign shall be necessary warning signs as shown on these sheets, the TCP sheets or as adjacent project is completed first, the Contractor shall erect the redundant and the work areas appear continuous to the motorists. If the FINES DOUBLE, and other advance warning signs if the signing would be 6. When projects abut, the Engineer(s) may omit the END ROAD WORK, TRAFFIC Design Manual" or engineering judgment. "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets," the TxDOT "Roadway Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), applicable design criteria contained in manuals such as the American 5. Geometric design of lane shifts and detours should, when possible, meet the the approximate location of any device without the approval of the Engineer. control devices as shown in the plans. The Contractor may not move or change 4. The Contractor is responsible for installing and maintaining the traffic sign and seal Contractor proposed changes. by a licensed professional engineer for approval. The Engineer may develop, 3. The Contractor may propose changes to the TCP that are signed and sealed responsibility of the Engineer.2. The development and design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP)is the shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD). The information contained in these sheets meet or exceed the requirements devices, construction pavement markings, and typical work zone signs. to show typical examples for placement of temporary traffic control 1. The Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sheets) are intended 5-21COMPLIANT WORKZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Assessing safety Hardware (MASH). 2. Work zone traffic control devices shall be compliant with the Manual for and their sources. Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) describes pre-qualified products 1. Only pre-qualified products shall be used. The "Compliant Work Zone when flagging is used at night. 2. Except in emergency situations, flagger stations shall be illuminated considered for high traffic volume work areas or night time work. performance for Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. Class 3 garments should be Apparel," or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI 107-2004 standard the requirements of ISEA "American National Standard for High-Visibility within the right-of-way shall wear high-visibility safety apparel meeting 1. Workers on foot who are exposed to traffic or to construction equipment WORKER SAFETY NOTES: 18
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:96SHEET 2 OF 12R11-2ROADCLOSEDXXROADWORKAHEADENDROAD WORKENDROAD WORKCW20-1DCW1-6NAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKNEXT X MILESBEGINROADWORKAHEADROADWORKAHEADPROJECT 1 Block - City1 Block - CityROAD WORKENDROAD WORKNEXT X MILESPROJECTCROSSROADXXXX ROADWORKAHEADENDROAD WORKENDROAD WORKCW20-1DNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKBEGINT-INTERSECTIONROADWORKAHEADCW20-1DCW20-1DCW20-1D3X3XXXROAD WORKNEXT X MILESROAD WORKNEXT X MILESNEXT X MILESINTERSECTEDROADWAY1000'-1500' - Hwy1000'-1500' - HwyCSJ LimitCSJ LimitXXXXXXXXXX1,5,6XXTYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNSXXG20-5TG20-5TCW1-4RSAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITSSAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING DOWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITSCW1-4LCW20-1EWORKROADG20-5T/ MILE12NEXT X MILESTYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING30MPH354045505560320400500600PostedSpeedSignSpacing(Apprx.)265700708003**222"X"Feet1201602407590028010002SPACINGSIZE49-07DevicesChannelizingDevicesChannelizingmin.80'AREAWORKLimitCSJ1 and 4)see Note(OptionalG20-2G20-1aTG20-1aTNEXT X MILESG20-2CW13-1PSPACEWORKCW13-1PMPHMPHG20-2SPACEWORKChannelizing DevicesLEGENDSignType 3 Barricadespacing requirements.TMUTCD for signSpacing chart or theWarning Sign Size andSee Typical ConstructionG20-1bTRG20-6TG20-2G20-2G20-6Tchannelizing devicesType 3 Barricade ordeviceschannelizing Barricade or Type 3 G20-6TGENERAL NOTESor SeriesNumberSignFreewayExpressway/RoadConventionalCW20CW21CW22 48" x 48" 48" x 48"CW23CW25CW1, CW2,CW7, CW8, 36" x 36" 48" x 48"CW9, CW11,CW14CW3, CW4,CW5, CW6, 48" x 48" 48" x 48"CW8-3,CW10, CW12CSJ LIMITS AT T-INTERSECTIONTxDOT 7-13channelizing devices.within the project limits. See the applicable TCP sheets for exact location and spacing of signs and "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D)signs are placed in advance of these work areas to remind drivers they are stillWhen extended distances occur between minimal work spaces, the Engineer/Inspector should ensure additionalPROJECT LIMITBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONWARNINGSIGNSSTATE LAWOBEYR20-3TWARNINGSIGNSSTATE LAWOBEYWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTBEGINR20-5TR20-5aTPSPEEDLIMITXXXlocationwith sign coordinate line should NO-PASSING Beginning of SPEEDLIMITXXR2-1R2-1BC(2)-21 8-14R2-1SPEEDLIMITXXXG20-10TXXCW1-4LMPHCW13-1PNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKNEXT X MILESBEGINDONOTPASSappropriate) (as R4-1 work area and/or distance between each additional sign.Minimum distance from work area to first Advance Warning sign nearest the (TMUTCD) typical application diagrams or TCP Standard Sheets.see Part 6 of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" For typical sign spacings on divided highways, expressways and freeways, G20-10TSPEEDLIMITR2-1XXXXXG20-2bTENDWORK ZONE(See note 2 below)May be mounted on back of "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D) sign with approval of Engineer. StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficNOTESG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEROAD WORKNEXT X MILESG20-1bTLG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEXROADWORKAHEADCW20-1D the end of the work zone. Contractor will install a regulatory speed limit sign at Control Plan. and other signs or devices as called for on the Traffic Area for placement of "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign maintenance work, with the exception of mobile operations. CSJ limit signing is required for highway construction and if workers are present. lying outside the CSJ Limits where traffic fines may double motorist of entering or leaving a part of the work zone signs are required outside the CSJ Limits. They inform the shall be used as shown on the sample layout when advance The "BEGIN WORK ZONE"(G20-9TP) and "END WORK ZONE" (G20-2bT) No decimals shall be used. to the nearest whole mile with the approval of the Engineer. This distance shall replace the "X" and shall be rounded WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-5T)sign for each specific project. to be placed on the G20-1 series signs and "BEGIN ROAD The Contractor shall determine the appropriate distance 1 and 4)see Note(Optional (G20-1bTR)" signs shall be replaced by the detour signing called for in the plans. The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" left arrow(G20-1bTL) and "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" right arrow NAME"(G20-6T) sign behind the Type 3 Barricades for the road closure (see BC(10) also). 2. If construction closes the road at a T-intersection, the Contractor shall place the "CONTRACTOR being performed at or near an intersection. such as a flagger and accompanying signs, or other signs, that should be used when work is 1. The Engineer will determine the types and location of any additional traffic control devices, sizes. Sign Designs for Texas" manual for complete list of available sign design 6. See sign size listing in "TMUTCD", Sign Appendix or the "Standard Highway 5. Only diamond shaped warning sign sizes are indicated. Note 2 under "Typical Location of Crossroad Signs". crossroads at the discretion of the Engineer as per TMUTCD Part 5. See 4. 36" x 36" "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)signs may be used on low volume or more advance warning.3. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1/2 mile advance warning.2. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1500 feet 1. Special or larger size signs may be used as necessary. the plans or as determined by the Engineer/Inspector, shall be in place.6. When work occurs in the intersection area, appropriate traffic control devices, as shown elsewhere in5. Additional traffic control devices may be shown elsewhere in the plans for higher volume crossroads. will determine whether a roadway is considered high volume. motorists of the length of construction in either direction from the intersection. The Engineer 4. The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-1aT)sign shall be required at high volume crossroads to advise Zone Standard Sheets. location and spacing of any sign not shown on the BC sheets, Traffic Control Plan sheets or the Work be considered part of the minimum requirements. The Engineer/Inspector will determine the proper AHEAD, LOOSE GRAVEL, or other appropriate signs. When additional signs are required, these signs will3. Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer/Inspector may require additional signs such as FLAGGER information shall be shown in the plans. crossroads. The Engineer will determine whether a road is low volume as per TMUTCD Part 5. This Texas" manual for sign details. The Engineer may omit the advance warning signs on low volume "Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spacing"). See the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for with the reduced size 36" x 18" "END ROAD WORK"(G20-2) sign on low volume crossroads (see Note 4 under2. The Engineer may use the reduced size 36" x 36" ROAD WORK AHEAD (CW20-1D) sign mounted back to back (G20-2) "END ROAD WORK" sign, unless noted otherwise in plans.1. The typical minimum signing on a crossroad approach should be a "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign and aWORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITSG20-9TP5-21R20-3T* ### 19
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSTxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:97SHEET 3 OF 12TxDOT 9-077-13WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONBC(3)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficSPEEDLIMIT60SPEEDLIMIT70TYPICAL APPLICATION OF WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT SIGNSWORKZONESPEEDLIMIT60WORKZONEWORKZONESPEEDLIMIT70(750' - 1500')(750' - 1500')R2-1R2-1R2-1R2-1Reduced speeds should only be posted in the vicinityof work activity and not throughout the entire project.LIMITSPEEDCW3-5See General Note 460and approved by the Texas Transportation Commission, or by City Ordinance when within Incorporated City Limits.Work zone speed limits shall be regulatory, established in accordance with the "Procedures for Establishing Speed Zones,"or covered during periods when they are not needed.Regulatory work zone speed signs (R2-1) shall be removedsigning.additional advanceSee BC(2) forone direction only.Signing shown forLIMITSCSJNote 4See GeneralLIMITSPEEDCW3-560G20-5aPG20-5aPSPEEDLIMIT60GENERAL NOTESGUIDANCE FOR USE: mounting height.3. Speed zone signs are illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted for each direction of travel. 40 mph and greater 0.2 to 2 miles 35 mph and less 0.2 to 1 mile5. Regulatory speed limit signs shall have black legend and border on a white reflective B. Flagger stationed next to sign. A. Law enforcement. C. Portable changeable message sign (PCMS).This type of work zone speed limit should be included on the design ofthe traffic control plans when restricted geometrics with a lower designspeed are present in the work zone and modification of the geometrics toa higher design speed is not feasible.Work activity may also be defined as a change in the roadway that requiresa reduced speed for motorists to safely negotiate the work area, including: a) rough road or damaged pavement surface b) substantial alteration of roadway geometrics (diversions) c) construction detours d) grade e) widthAs long as any of these conditions exist, the work zone speed limit signsSHORT TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITSthe traffic control plans when workers or equipment are not behind concrete f) other conditions readily apparent to the driver projects where speed control is of major importance. E. Speed monitor trailers or signs. D. Low-power (drone) radar transmitter.(See Removing or Covering on BC(4)).Long/Intermediate Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as describedabove, should be posted and visible to the motorist when work activity is present.motorists only when work activity is present. When work activity is notpresent, signs shall be removed or covered.Short Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs should be posted and visible to the background (See "Reflective Sheeting" on BC(4)).4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs should be:8. Techniques that may help reduce traffic speeds include but are not limited to:2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed on supports at a 7 foot minimumshould remain in place.1. Regulatory work zone speed limits should be used only for sections of constructionLONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS zone reduction see TxDOT form #1204 in the TxDOT e-form system. conditions and factors impacting allowable regulatory construction speed10.For more specific guidance concerning the type of work, work zone Work Zone Speed Limits should only be posted as approved for each project.9. Speeds shown on details above are for illustration only.This type of work zone speed limit may be included on the design ofbarrier, when work activity is within 10 feet of the traveled way or actuallyin the traveled way. otherwise noted under "REMOVING OR COVERING" on BC(4).7. Turning signs from view, laying signs over or down will not be allowed, unless as directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to Item 502. "WORK ZONE"(G20-5aP) plaque and the "SPEED LIMIT"(R2-1)signs shall not be paid for 6. Fabrication, erection and maintenance of the"ADVANCE SPEED LIMIT"(CW3-5)sign, Note 4See GeneralR2-1WORKZONESPEEDLIMIT60R2-1signing.additional advanceSee BC(2) forone direction only.Signing shown forG20-5aPG20-5aPSPEEDLIMIT70R2-1LIMITSCSJ5-21 20
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:98DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTCONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 SHEET 4 OF 129-077-13TEMPORARY SIGN NOTESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONXXTravel lane edge 12' min.FRONT ELEVATIONSIDE ELEVATIONTravel lane edge ORTYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS**CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNSWITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS0'-6'3. When existing permanent signs are moved and relocated due to construction Standards. This work should be paid for under the appropriate pay item for or his/her construction equipment shall be replaced as soon as possible by the to Item 502.****ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTSWoodSTOP/SLOW PADDLES24"24"6.0' min.Fiber Reinforced PlasticWood, metal orSIZE OF SIGNSSIGN SUBSTRATESSIGN LETTERSmin.6'9.0' max.7.0' min.9.0' max.7.0' min.shoulderPavedshoulderPavedabove signprotrudeshall notSupportabove signprotrudeshall notSupportsubstrate.back of the sign 1/2 way up the extend more than Sign supports shall Supplemental plaques (advisory or distance) should not cover the surface of the parent sign. When plaques are placed on dual-leg supports, they should be attached to the upright nearest the travel lane. Objects shall NOT be placed under skids as a means of leveling. When placing skid supports on unlevel ground, the leg post lengths must be adjusted so the sign appears straight and plumb.MPHbe allowed.other means.by splicing orextended or repairedsupports shall not beany means. Woodjoined or spliced bysigns shall not besupport. Multipledirectly to the signshall be attachedEach signNails shall NOTsign supportssubstrates to other types ofprocedures for attaching signmanufacturer's recommendedor screws. Use TxDOT's orwill be by bolts and nutsAttachment to wooden supportsFLAGS ON SIGNS greater6' orof at least the same gauge material.should be at least 5 times nominal post size, centered on the splice andthe sign substrate, not near the base of the support. Splice insert lengthsabove and two below the spice point. Splice must be located entirely behindheight will only be allowed when the splice is made using four bolts, twoSplicing embedded perforated square metal tubing in order to extend postGENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNSDURATION OF WORK (as defined by the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" Part 6) a. Long-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than 3 days. more than one hour. c. Short-term stationary - daytime work that occupies a location for more than 1 hour in a single daylight period. e. Mobile - work that moves continuously or intermittently (stopping for up to approximately 15 minutes.)SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT1. The bottom of Long-term/Intermediate-term signs shall be at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface, except as shown for supplemental plaques mounted below other signs.3. Long-term/Intermediate-term Signs may be used in lieu of Short-term/Short Duration signing. appropriate Long-term/Intermediate sign height.5. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.REFLECTIVE SHEETING1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting the color and retro-reflectivity requirements of DMS-8300 for rigid signs or DMS-8310 for roll-up signs. The web address for DMS specifications is shown on BC(1).REMOVING OR COVERING1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs shall be removed or completely covered.2. Long-term stationary or intermediate stationary signs installed on square metal tubing may be turned away from traffic 90 degrees when3. Signs installed on wooden skids shall not be turned at 90 degree angles to the roadway. These signs should be removed or completely covered when not required. 4. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover the1. The Contractor shall furnish the sign sizes shown on BC (2) unless otherwise shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. intersections where the sign may be seen from approaching traffic. the sign message is not applicable. This technique may not be used for signs installed in the median of divided highways or near any 1. The Contractor shall ensure the sign substrate is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the type of sign support that is being used. The CWZTCD lists each substrate that can be used on the different types and models of sign supports. 2. "Mesh" type materials are NOT an approved sign substrate, regardless of the tightness of the weave. 3. All wooden individual sign panels fabricated from 2 or more pieces shall have one or more plywood cleat, 1/2" thick by 6" wide, fastened to the back of the sign and extending fully across the sign. The cleat shall be attached to the back of the sign using wood screws that do not penetrate the face of the sign panel. The screws shall be placed on both sides of the splice and spaced at 6" centers. The Engineer may approve other methods of splicing the sign face. 2. White sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A, shall be used for signs with a white background.4. Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be used only during daylight and shall be removed at the end of the workday or raised to5. Burlap shall NOT be used to cover signs. 6. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a sign face. entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under automobile headlights at night, without damaging the sign sheeting.7. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes backfilled upon completion of work. BC(4)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic24"24" USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIALLEGEND & BORDERWHITELEGEND & BORDERBACKGROUNDACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMBLACKBACKGROUNDTYPE B OR C SHEETING SHEETING REQUIREMENTS (WHEN USED AT NIGHT)REDORANGEFLFLTYPE B OR C SHEETING installed on crashworthy bases as shown on the SMD Standard sheets. The signs should be paid for under the appropriate pay item for relocating existing signs. heights shown on the BC, or the SMD standard sheets during construction. This work TLRS standard sheets or the CWZTCD list. The signs shall meet the required mounting the Contractor shall use crashworthy supports as shown on the BC standard sheets,5. If permanent signs are to be removed and relocated using temporary supports, purposes, they shall be visible to motorists at all times.4. If existing signs are to be relocated on their original supports, they shall be shall meet the required mounting heights shown on the BC Sheets or the SMD relocating existing signs. Contractor to ensure proper guidance for the motorists. This will be subsidiary6. Any sign or traffic control device that is struck or damaged by the Contractor color. Flags shall not be allowed to cover any portion of the sign face. be 16 inches square or larger and shall be orange or fluorescent red-orange in 1. Flags may be used to draw attention to warning signs. When used, the flag shallCurb curbfromminimum2 '9.0' max.7.0' min. sign supports placed on slopes. 8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to level along the length of the skids to weigh down the sign support. hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners. Sandbags shall be placed traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground level or7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports of the with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD list. ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and manufactured6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used for impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall NOT be used.5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. for use as sign support weights.3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects shall not be permitted constant weight. 2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to maintain a of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand should be used.1. Where sign supports require the use of weights to keep from turning over, the useSIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS d. Short, duration - work that occupies a location up to 1 hour.9. The Contractor shall replace damaged wood posts. New or damaged wood sign posts shall not be spliced. for identification shall be 1 inch.8. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used damaged or marred reflective sheeting as directed by the Engineer/Inspector.7. The Contractor is responsible for installing signs on approved supports and replacing signs with damaged or cracked substrates and/or the Engineer can verify the correct procedures are being followed. regarding installation procedures, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations so standard sheets.The Contractor shall install the sign support in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. If there is a question signs. Supports for temporary large roadside signs shall meet the requirements detailed on the Temporary Large Roadside Signs (TLRS) 6. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports listed in the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD) for small roadside the Inspector's TxDOT diary and having both the Inspector and Contractor initial and date the agreed upon changes. Responsible Person. All changes must be documented in writing before being implemented. This can include documenting the changes in from the plans. Any variation in the plans shall be documented by written agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor's Engineer/Inspector may require the Contractor to furnish other work zone signs that are shown in the TMUTCD but may have been omitted5. The Contractor may furnish either the sign design shown in the plans or in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). The guide the traveling public safely through the work zone. 4. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall be used to regulate, warn, and3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white.1. Contractor shall install and maintain signs in a straight and plumb condition and/or as directed by the Engineer. regard to crashworthiness and duration of work requirements. Contractor is responsible for ensuring the sign support, sign mounting height and substrate meets manufacturer's recommendations in work being performed. The Engineer is responsible for selecting the appropriate size sign for the type of work being performed. The 1. The types of sign supports, sign mounting height,the size of signs, and the type of sign substrates can vary based on the type of first class workmanship in accordance with Department Standards and Specifications. Administration (FHWA) and as published in the "Standard Highway Sign Design for Texas" manual. Signs, letters and numbers shall be of1. All sign letters and numbers shall be clear, and open rounded type uppercase alphabet letters as approved by the Federal Highway the ground. 2. The bottom of Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be a minimum of 1 foot above the pavement surface but no more than 2 feet above b. Intermediate-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than one daylight period up to 3 days, or nighttime work lastingFLFL3. Orange sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type B or Type C , shall be used for rigid signs with orange backgrounds.TYPE B OR C SHEETING Hand Signaling Devices in the TMUTCD. shall only be as specifically described in Section 6E.034. Any lights incorporated into the STOP or SLOW paddle faces length of 6' to the bottom of the sign.3. STOP/SLOW paddles may be attached to a staff with a minimum2. STOP/SLOW paddles shall be retroreflectorized when used at night. by flaggers. The STOP/SLOW paddle size should be 24" x 24".1. STOP/SLOW paddles are the primary method to control traffic construction. if not better route guidance as normally installed on a roadway without cultural information. Drivers proceeding through a work zone need the same, of interest, and other geographical, recreational, specific service (LOGO), or show route designations, destinations, directions, distances, services, points attention to conditions that are potentially hazardous to traffic operations,1. Permanent signs are used to give notice of traffic laws or regulations, call Legend & Border - WhiteBackground - RedLegend & Border - BlackBackground - Orange TS-CD standard. the roadway condition. For details for covering large guide signs see the remove or cover the permanent signs until the permanent sign message matches2. When permanent regulatory or warning signs conflict with work zone conditions,5-21 21
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDIST TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONTFILE:DATE: 997-13of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:30"40"27"36"24"2x62x4 x 40"72"2x6FrontSideTop that can be used for each approved sign support. See the CWZTCD for the type of sign substrate NOT be allowed. Posts shall be painted white. Wood sign posts MUST be one piece. Splicing will See BC(4) for definition of "Work Duration."postwood4x4sign face21 sq. ft. ofMaximumblock4x4requirementheightfor signSee BC(4) This will be considered subsidiary to Item 502. foundations shall be removed from the project site.3. When project is completed, all sign supports and CWZTCD List. 7 ft. circle, except for specific materials noted on the2. No more than 2 sign posts shall be placed within a connection. lag screws must be used on every joint for final supports, but 3/8" bolts with nuts or 3/8" x 3 1/2"1. Nails may be used in the assembly of wooden sign GENERAL NOTESFrontpostwood4x4requirementheightfor signSee BC(4)sign face12 sq. ft. ofMaximum24"60"2x62x6Topblock4x4skid2x6additional stability.be increased forLength of skids may24"2x4 brace4x4 block4x4 blockSidescrews(min.) lagor 3/8" x 3 1/2"3/8" bolts w/nutsLONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTSSKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTSPERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBINGGROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTSTwo post installations can be used for larger signs.The maximum sign square footage shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendation.Refer to the CWZTCD and the manufacturer's installation procedure for each type sign support.4" max.Ground surfaceWING CHANNELPostSignPostBasefor embedment.See the CWZTCD48"5'square tubingor 1 3/4" x 1 3/4"with 5/16" holes1 3/4" galv. round(DO NOT SPLICE)12 ga post1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 11 footCWZTCD LIST. SEE BC(1) FOR WEBSITE LOCATION.AND SHORT TERM SUPPORTS CAN BE FOUND ON THEMORE DETAILS OF APPROVED LONG/INTERMEDIATE WEDGE ANCHORS17 1/2"
20 1/2"5 BOLT (TYP.)3/8" X 4-1/2 gr. 3"telescopes into sleeve(hole to hole) 12 ga. support1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129" tubing diagonal braceto hole) 12 ga. square perforated 1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 52" (holetubing cross braceto hole) 12 ga. square perforated 1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 32" (hole20 1/2"above pavementprovide 7' heighttelescope toUpright mustGround surface
PostSign(Direct Embedment)OPTION 1max.4"Ground surface
PostSignweak soils.55" min. instrong soils,34" min. in(Anchor Stub)OPTION 2post)than sign(1/4" largerAnchor Stubdesirable9"max.4"Ground surface
PostSignpost) x 18"than sign(1/2" largersleevereinforcingOptional18"weak soils.55" min. instrong soils,34" min. in(Anchor Stub and Reinforcing Sleeve))OPTION 3post)than sign(1/4" largerAnchor Stubdesirable9"bolted anchorLap-splice/base minimum48"sign onlythinwall plastic10mm extruded9 sq. ft. or less-1/2" plywood is allowed.the CWZTCD, except 5/8" plywood.substrate listed in section J.2.d of 16 sq. ft. or less of any rigid sign OTHER DESIGNS"Traffic Engineering Standard Sheets" on BC(1)).if approved by the Engineer. (See web address for face. They may be set in concrete or in sturdy soilssign supports for signs up to 10 square feet of sign on the SMD Standard Sheets may be used as temporary Both steel and plastic Wedge Anchor Systems as shown 84"
41"
21"
131 1/2 "4"sign panel and supports(2 per support) joining 3/8" x 3" gr. 5 boltFILE:REVISIONSC TxDOT bc-21.dgn November 2002 9-0736"match sideslopeneeded topin at angleweld starts hereweldherestarts weldback fill puddle.weld, do notdirections. Minimum going in opposite opposite sidesWelds to start on48"2"Side Viewupright12 ga. 2" x 2" x2.5'SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBING SIGN SUPPORTS 7/16"32'SINGLE LEG BASE5'weldTYPICAL SIGN SUPPORTBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONSHEET 5 OF 12BC(5)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic 5 bolt 3/8 " X 3" gr. 60"3"around tubingCompletely welded8 1/2"welded to skidtubing sleeve perforated 12 ga. square(hole to hole)2" x 2" x 8"tubing upright perforated12 ga. square(hole to hole)1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129" tubing skid12 ga. perforated (hole to hole)2" x 2" x 59"*LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS5-21postwood4x4 22
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:100SHEET 6 OF 12MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS)PORTABLE CHANGEABLEBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION TxDOT TxDOTTxDOT TxDOT FILE:C TxDOT9-07PCMS SIGNS WITHIN THE R.O.W. SHALL BE BEHIND GUARDRAIL ORCONCRETE BARRIER OR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4)PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC ON THELANES SHIFT in Phase 1 must be used with STAY IN LANE in Phase 2.Roadwaydesignation # IH-number, US-number, SH-number, FM-number1. When Full Matrix PCMS signs are used, the character height and legibility/visibility requirements shall be maintained as listed in Note 15 under "PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS" above. shall maintain the legibility/visibility requirement listed above. for, or replace that sign.4. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a flashing arrow board provided it meets the visibility, flash rate and dimming requirements on BC(7), for the same size arrow.FULL MATRIX PCMS SIGNSAccess Road ACCS RD Major MAJ ConstructionWORDING ALTERNATIVES1. The words RIGHT, LEFT and ALL can be interchanged as appropriate.2. Roadway designations IH, US, SH, FM and LP can be interchanged as appropriate.3. EAST, WEST, NORTH and SOUTH (or abbreviations E, W, N and S) can be interchanged as appropriate.4. Highway names and numbers replaced as appropriate.5. ROAD, HIGHWAY and FREEWAY can be interchanged as needed.6. AHEAD may be used instead of distances if necessary.7. FT and MI, MILE and MILES interchanged as appropriate.8. AT, BEFORE and PAST interchanged as needed.9. Distances or AHEAD can be eliminated from the message if a location phase is used.APPLICATION GUIDELINES1. Only 1 or 2 phases are to be used on a PCMS.2. The 1st phase (or both) should be selected from the "Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List" and the "Other Condition List".3. A 2nd phase can be selected from the "Action to Take/Effect on Travel, Location, General Warning, or Advance Notice Phase Lists".4. A Location Phase is necessary only if a distance or location is not included in the first phase selected.5. If two PCMS are used in sequence, they must be separated by and should be understandable by themselves.6. For advance notice, when the current date is within seven days of the actual work date, calendar days should be replaced with days of the week. Advance notification should typically be forCLOSEDBLVDXXXXXXXXLANEINSTAYCONST AHDCROSSINGXINGRT LNVehicles (s)VEH, VEHSUPR LEVELLWR LEVELHR, HRS1. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all messages used on portable changeable message signs (PCMS).2. Messages on PCMS should contain no more than 8 words (about four to eight characters per word), not including simple words such as "TO," "FOR," "AT," etc.3. Messages should consist of a single phase, or two phases that alternate. Three-phase messages are not allowed. Each phase of the message should convey a single thought, and must be understood by itself. "EXIT CLOSED." Do not use the term "RAMP."5. Always use the route or interstate designation (IH, US, SH, FM) along with the number when referring to a roadway. a minimum 7 feet above the roadway, where possible.7. The message term "WEEKEND" should be used only if the work is to start on Saturday morning and end by Sunday evening at midnight. Actual days and hours of work should be displayed on the PCMS if work is to begin on Friday evening and/or continue into Monday morning.8. The Engineer/Inspector may select one of two options which are avail- able for displaying a two-phase message on a PCMS. Each phase may be displayed for either four seconds each or for three seconds each.9. Do not "flash" messages or words included in a message. The message should be steady burn or continuous while displayed.10. Do not present redundant information on a two-phase message; i.e., keeping two lines of the message the same and changing the third line.12. Do not display the message "LANES SHIFT LEFT" or "LANES SHIFT RIGHT" on a PCMS. Drivers do not understand the message. the face of the sign.14. The following table lists abbreviated words and two-word phrases that are acceptable for use on a PCMS. Both words in a phrase must be displayed together. Words or phrases not on this list should not bePORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNSSHOULD BE PLACED WITH ONE DRUM AT EACH OF THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE UNIT.OF TRAFFIC. WHEN EXPOSED TO TWO WAY TRAFFIC, THE FOUR DRUMSUPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS, WHEN EXPOSED TO ONE DIRECTIONWHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE PCMS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE PCMSBEHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL WITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL TO TRAFFICWORD OR PHRASEABBREVIATION ABBREVIATION WORD OR PHRASE2. When symbol signs, such as the "Flagger Symbol"(CW20-7) are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS sign and, with the approval of the Engineer, it abbreviated, unless shown in the TMUTCD. bars is appropriate. PCMS has malfunctioned. A pattern such as a series of horizontal solid not alarm motorists and will only be used to alert workers that the17. If disabled, the PCMS should default to an illegible display that will left or right justified.16. Each line of text should be centered on the message board rather than and must be legible from at least 400 feet. daylight. Truck mounted units must have a character height of 10 inches should be legible from at least 600 feet at night and 800 feet in units. They should be visible from at least 1/2 (.5) mile and the text15. PCMS character height should be at least 18 inches for trailer mounted13. Do not display messages that scroll horizontally or vertically across11. Do not use the word "Danger" in message. 7-13of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: no more than one week prior to the work. a minimum of 1000 ft. Each PCMS shall be limited to two phases,RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIESPhase 2: Possible Component ListsCAUTIONUSENotice ListListWarningXX MPHSPEEDADVISORYXX MPHLIMITSPEEDXX MPHSPEEDMAXIMUMXX MPHSPEEDMINIMUMEXITLANERIGHT SAFELYDRIVECAREWITHDRIVEX PMXX AM-TUE-FRI MONDAYBEGINS MAY XXBEGINSXX AMXX PM -MAY X-XX PM-X AMXXAPR XX- FRI-SUNNEXTXX PMTOXX AMAUG XXTUENEXTXX AMXX PM-TONIGHTRoad/Lane/Ramp Closure List(The Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.)DELAYSEXPECTOther Condition ListPhase 1: Condition ListsListAction to Take/Effect on TravelListLocationXXX FTCLOSEDSHOULDERXXX FTCLOSEDRIGHT LNX MILECLOSEDEXIT XXXCLOSEDTO BERIGHT LNCLOSEDROADFRONTAGEOPENLANESRIGHT XCLOSURESLANEDAYTIMECLOSEDEXITI-XX SOUTHTUE - FRICLOSEDX LANES XXX FTROADWORK XXXX FTFLAGGERXXXX FTNARROWSRIGHT LNXXXX FTTRAFFICMERGINGXXXX FTGRAVELLOOSE X MILEDETOURSH XXXXPASTROADWORK XXXX FTBUMPXXXX FTSIGNALTRAFFICXXXX FTREPAIRSROADXXXX FTNARROWSLANEXX MILETRAFFICTWO-WAYXXXX FTLANESUNEVENXXXX FTROADROUGHFRI-SUNNEXTROADWORKX MILESEXITUS XXX SHIFTLANESSOUTHUS XXXSTAY ON RIGHTMERGEX EXITSNEXTDETOURUS XXX NUSETRUCKSTRUCKSFORWATCHXXX FTSPEEDREDUCEROUTESOTHERUSERIGHTX LINESFORMRD EXITXXXXXUSENORTHI-XXUSE EXITTO I-XX NI-XX EUSETRUCKSFORWATCH DELAYSEXPECTSTOPTOPREPAREUSESHOULDERENDWORKERSFORWATCH FM XXXXATCROSSINGRAILROADBEFOREMILESXNEXTEXITUS XXXPASTXXXXXXXTOXXXXXXXFM XXXXTOUS XXXXXX FTTRAFFICCONST EXIT XXXUSECLOSEDEXITX MILECLOSEDFREEWAYCLOSEDLANESRIGHT XCLOSEDLANESVARIOUSAT SH XXXCLOSEDROADFM XXXXCLSD ATROADCLOSEDLANECENTERCLOSURESLANENIGHTCLOSEDDRIVEWAYMALLBC(6)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic**See Application Guidelines Note 6.****** Advance3. When symbol signs are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS, they shall only supplement the use of the static sign represented, and shall not substitute4. Use the word "EXIT" to refer to an exit ramp on a freeway; i.e.,6. When in use, the bottom of a stationary PCMS message panel should be5-21 23
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 7 OF 12CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB)16"DELINEATION OF END TREATMENTSBARRIER REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORSEND TREATMENTS FORCTB'S USEDIN WORK ZONESWARNING LIGHTS1. Warning lights shall meet the requirements of the TMUTCD.2. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.3. Type A-Low Intensity Flashing Warning Lights are commonly used with drums. They are intended to warn of or mark a potentially hazardous4. Type-C and Type D 360 degree Steady Burn Lights are intended to be used in a series for delineation to supplement other traffic control devices. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "SB".5. The Engineer/Inspector or the plans shall specify the location and type of warning lights to be installed on the traffic control devices. 6. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a copy of the warning lights certification. The warning light manufacturer will certify the warning lights meet the requirements of the latest ITE Purchase Specifications for Flashing and Steady-Burn Warning Lights.WARNING LIGHTS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS1. Type A flashing warning lights are intended to warn drivers that they are approaching or are in a potentially hazardous area.2. Type A random flashing warning lights are not intended for delineation and shall not be used in a series.3. A series of sequential flashing warning lights placed on channelizing devices to form a merging taper may be used for delineation. If used, the successive flashing of the sequential warning lights should occur from the beginning of the taper to the end of the merging taper in order to identify the desired vehicle path. The rate of flashing for each light shall be 65 flashes per minute, plus or minus 10 flashes.4. Type C and D steady-burn warning lights are intended to be used in a series to delineate the edge of the travel lane on detours, on lane changes, on lane closures, and on other similar conditions.5. Type A, Type C and Type D warning lights shall be installed at locations as detailed on other sheets in the plans.6. Warning lights shall not be installed on a drum that has a sign, chevron or vertical panel.7. The maximum spacing for warning lights on drums should be identical to the channelizing device spacing.1. A warning reflector or approved substitute may be mounted on a plastic drum as a substitute for a Type C, steady burn warning light at the discretion of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the plans. 2. The warning reflector shall be yellow in color and shall be manufactured using a sign substrate approved for use with plastic drums listed on the CWZTCD. 3. The warning reflector shall have a minimum retroreflective surface area (one-side) of 30 square inches.4. Round reflectors shall be fully reflectorized, including the area where attached to the drum. 5. Square substrates must have a minimum of 30 square inches of reflectorized sheeting. They do not have to be reflectorized where it attaches to the drum. 6. The side of the warning reflector facing approaching traffic shall have sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements for7. When used near two-way traffic, both sides of the warning reflector shall be reflectorized.8. The warning reflector should be mounted on the side of the handle nearest approaching traffic.9. The maximum spacing for warning reflectors should be identical to the channelizing device spacing requirements.WARNING REFLECTORS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR TYPE C (STEADY BURN) WARNING LIGHTSReflectorsBarrier3. Where traffic is on one side of the CTB, two (2) Barrier Reflectors shall be mounted in approximately the midsection of each section of CTB. An alternate mounting location is uniformly spaced at one end of each CTB. This will allow for attachment of a barrier grapple without damaging the reflector. The Barrier Reflector mounted on the side of the CTB shall be located directly below the reflector mounted on top of the barrier, as shown in the detail above.4. Where CTB separates two-way traffic, three barrier reflectors shall be mounted on each section of CTB. The reflector unit on top shall have two yellow reflective faces (Bi-Directional)while the reflectors on each side of the barrier shall have one yellow reflective face, as shown in the detail above.5. When CTB separates traffic traveling in the same direction, no barrier reflectors will be required on top of the CTB.6. Barrier Reflector units shall be yellow or white in color to match the edgeline being supplemented. 7. Maximum spacing of Barrier Reflectors is forty (40) feet.8. Pavement markers or temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs shall NOT be used as CTB delineation.9. Attachment of Barrier Reflectors to CTB shall be per manufacturer's recommendations.10.Missing or damaged Barrier Reflectors shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer.11.Single slope barriers shall be delineated as shown on the above detail.TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORSType C Warning Light orapproved substitute mounted on adrum adjacent to the travel way.4. The Flashing Arrow Board should be able to display the following symbols: control devices that should be used in conjunction with the Flashing Arrow Board.3. The Engineer/Inspector shall choose all appropriate signs, barricades and/or other traffic or work on shoulders unless the "CAUTION" display (see detail below) is used.2. Flashing Arrow Boards should not be used on two-lane, two-way roadways, detours, diversions moving maintenance or construction activities on the travel lanes.1. The Flashing Arrow Board should be used for all lane closures on multi-lane roadways, or slow REQUIREMENTS C 48 x 96 15 1 mile B 30 x 60 13 3/4 mile MINIMUMTRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL.ARROW BOARD BEHIND CONCRETE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE THE ARROW BOARD FROM THE WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVEshall be equipped withautomatic dimming devices.Flashing Arrow Boardsdevices placed perpendicular to traffic on the upstream side of traffic.taper or merging taper, otherwise they shall be delineated with four (4) channelizing Arrow Boards may be located behind channelizing devices in place for a shoulderATTENTIONALTERNATING DIAMOND CAUTIONDOUBLE ARROWOR4 CORNER CAUTION FLASHING ARROW BOARDS16" tall plastic bracketBarrier Reflector on8. The location of warning lights and warning reflectors on drums shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans.7. When used to delineate curves, Type-C and Type D Steady Burn Lights should only be placed on the outside of the curve, not the inside. DMS 8300-Type B or Type C.30 square inchesreflective surface area of at leastor square.Must have a yellowWarning reflector may be roundFLFL area. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "FL". The Type A Warning Lights shall not be used with signs manufactured with Type B or C Sheeting meeting the requirements of Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300. BC(7)-21 7-13WARNING LIGHTS & ATTENUATORARROW PANEL, REFLECTORS, BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 1019-07 1. Barrier Reflectors shall be pre-qualified, and conform to the color and reflectivity requirements of DMS-8600. A list of prequalified Barrier Reflectors can be found at the Material Producer List web address shown on BC(1).2. Color of Barrier Reflectors shall be as specified in the TMUTCD. The cost of the reflectors shall be considered subsidiary to Item 512.8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficLOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPCB)Roadway Standard Sheet LPCB.speed is 45mph, or less. See zone locations, where the posted LPCB is approved for use in workIN WORK ZONESBARRIER (LPCB) USED LOW PROFILE CONCRETE RIGHT/LEFT ARROWleft is similar)(right arrow shown; to bottom of panel.14. Minimum mounting height of trailer mounted Arrow Boards should be 7 feet from roadway flash rate and dimming requirements on this sheet for the same size arrow.13. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a Flashing Arrow Board provided it meets visibility, 12. A Flashing Arrow Board SHALL NOT BE USED to laterally shift traffic.11. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer or other suitable support. display may be used during daylight operations.10. The flashing arrow display is the TxDOT standard; however, the sequential chevron 9. The sequential arrow display is NOT ALLOWED. intervals of 25 percent for each sequential phase of the flashing chevron.8. Minimum lamp "on time" shall be approximately 50 percent for the flashing arrow and equal The flashing rate of the lamps shall not be less than 25 nor more than 40 flashes per minute.7. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be capable of minimum 50 percent dimming from rated lamp voltage.6. The straight line caution display is NOT ALLOWED. Diamond Caution mode as shown.5. The "CAUTION" display consists of four corner lamps flashing simultaneously, or the Alternating left is similar)(right chevron shown;SEQUENTIAL CHEVRONRIGHT/LEFTmanufacturer's recommendations.Attach the delineators as per reflectors is 20 feet. Max. spacing of barrier recommendations.as per manufacturer's 3 Barrier ReflectorsInstall a minimum of See D & OM (VIA)treatments and manufacturers.to the CWZTCD List for approved endAssessing Safety Hardware (MASH). Referstandards as defined in the Manual for shall meet the apppropriate crashworthyEnd treatments used on CTB's in work zones TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORSTRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORS extended distance from the TMA. area is spread down the roadway and the work crew is an 6. The only reason a TMA should not be required is when a work without adversely affecting the work performance. 30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew exposure 5. A TMA should be used anytime that it can be positioned in the plans.4. TMAs are required on freeways unless otherwise noted3. Refer to the CWZTCD for a list of approved TMAs. Level 3 TMAs. 2. Refer to the CWZTCD for the requirements of Level 2 or Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). must meet the requirements outlined in the Manual for 1. Truck-mounted attenuators (TMA) used on TxDOT facilities5-21 24
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 SHEET 8 OF 124-039-07mount with diagonalssloping down towardstravel way(Maximum Sign Dimension)18" x 24" Sign1. For long term stationary work zones on freeways, drums shall be used as the primary channelizing device.2. For intermediate term stationary work zones on freeways, drums should be used as the primary channelizing device but may be replaced in tangent if personnel are present on the project at all times to maintain the cones in proper position and location.3. For short term stationary work zones on freeways, drums are the preferred approved by the Engineer.4. Drums and all related items shall comply with the requirements of the current version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD) and the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD).5. Drums, bases, and related materials shall exhibit good workmanship and shall be free from objectionable marks or defects that would adversely6. The Contractor shall have a maximum of 24 hours to replace any plastic drums identified for replacement by the Engineer/Inspector. The replace- ment device must be an approved device.1. Plastic drums shall be a two-piece design; the "body" of the drum shall be the top portion and the "base" shall be the bottom.2. The body and base shall lock together in such a manner that the body separates from the base when impacted by a vehicle traveling at a speed of 20 MPH or greater but prevents accidental separation due to normal handling and/or air turbulence created by passing vehicles. 3. Plastic drums shall be constructed of lightweight flexible, and deformable materials. The Contractor shall NOT use metal drums or single piece plastic drums as channelization devices or sign supports.4. Drums shall present a profile that is a minimum of 18 inches in width at the 36 inch height when viewed from any direction. The height of drum unit (body installed on base) shall be a minimum of 36 inches and a maximum of 42 inches.5. The top of the drum shall have a built-in handle for easy pickup and shall be designed to drain water and not collect debris. The handle shall have a minimum of two widely spaced 9/16 inch diameter holes to allow attachment of a warning light, warning reflector unit or approved compliant sign.6. The exterior of the drum body shall have a minimum of four alternating orange and white retroreflective circumferential stripes not less than 4 inches nor greater than 8 inches in width. Any non-reflectorized space between any two adjacent stripes shall not exceed 2 inches in width.7. Bases shall have a maximum width of 36 inches, a maximum height of 4 inches, and a minimum of two footholds of sufficient size to allow base to be held down while separating the drum body from the base.8. Plastic drums shall be constructed of ultra-violet stabilized, orange, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or other approved material.Chevron CW1-8, Opposing Traffic LaneDivider, Driveway sign D70a, Keep Right channelizing device but may be replaced in tapers, transitions and tangent one-piece cones may be used with the approval of the Engineer but only1. Signs used on plastic drums shall be manufactured using substrates listed on the CWZTCD.2. Chevrons and other work zone signs with an orange background3. Vertical Panels shall be manufactured with orange and white4. Other sign messages (text or symbolic) may be used as approved by the Engineer. Sign dimensions shall not exceed5. Signs shall be installed using a 1/2 inch bolt (nominal) and nut, two washers, and one locking washer for each connection.6. Mounting bolts and nuts shall be fully engaged and adequately torqued. Bolts should not extend more than 1/2 inch beyond nuts.7. Chevrons may be placed on drums on the outside of curves, on merging tapers or on shifting tapers. When used in these more than on every third drum. A minimum of three (3) should be used at each location called for in the plans. approval of the Engineer.8. R9-9, R9-10, R9-11 and R9-11a Sidewalk Closed signs which are 24 inches wide may be mounted on plastic drums, withVertical Panel12" x 24"ON PLASTIC DRUMSSIGNS, CHEVRONS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MOUNTEDby EngineerR4 series or other signs as approvedGENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GENERAL NOTES1. The stripes used on drums shall be constructed of sheeting meeting the1. Unballasted bases shall be large enough to hold up to 50 lbs. of sand. This base, when filled with the ballast material, should weigh between 35 lbs (minimum) and 50 lbs (maximum). The ballast may be sand in one to three sandbags separate from the base, sand in a sand-filled plastic base, or other ballasting devices as approved by the Engineer. Stacking of sandbags will be allowed, however height of sandbags above pavement surface may not exceed 12 inches.2. Bases with built-in ballast shall weigh between 40 lbs. and 50 lbs. Built-in ballast can be constructed of an integral crumb rubber base or a solid rubber base. would become hazardous to motorists, pedestrians, or workers when the drum is struck by a vehicle. holes in the bottoms so that water will not collect and freeze becoming a hazard when struck by a vehicle. color and retroreflectivity requirements of Departmental Materials2. The sheeting shall be suitable for use on and shall adhere to the drum surface such that, upon vehicular impact, the sheeting shall remain adhered in-place and exhibit no delaminating, cracking, or loss of retroreflectivity other than that loss due to abrasion of the sheeting surface.18" minHandle36" min42" max
4" max(typ)8" max4" min(typ.)2" maxdrumsminimum of 5for stacking aTaper to allowdebrisof water orallow collection Top should notwarning lightssigns andfor mounting9/16" dia. (typ)DETECTABLE PEDESTRIAN BARRICADESBALLASTRETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING10.Drum and base shall be marked with manufacturer's name and model number. sections by vertical panels, two-piece cones or one-piece cones asplastic drumssubstrates shall NOT be used onPlywood, Aluminum or Metal sign36"BarricadesDetectable Pedestrian providers of approved and the CWZTCD list forfor fabrication. See note 3This detail is not intendedrail for hand trailingContinuous smooth Detectable Edge2" Max.9. Drum body shall have a maximum unballasted weight of 11 lbs. for this type of ballast on the CWZTCD list.3. Recycled truck tire sidewalls may be used for ballast on drums approved4. The ballast shall not be heavy objects, water, or any material that5. When used in regions susceptible to freezing, drums shall have drainage6. Ballast shall not be placed on top of drums.7. Adhesives may be used to secure base of drums to pavement. series signs discussed in note 8 below. 18 inches in width or 24 inches in height, except for the R9FLFL specified in the plans. of DMS-8300, "Sign Face Material," unless otherwise sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements shall be manufactured with Type B or Type C Orange 7-13CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONFILE:DATE:102Pre-qualified plastic drums shall meet the following requirements:of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: affect their appearance or serviceability.BC(8)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficorange.top stripe being sheeting with the retroreflective using Type A or Type B and 2 white stripesa minimum of 2 orangeEach drum shall have in the plans. reflective sheeting shall be supplied unless otherwise specified Specification DMS-8300, "Sign Face Materials." Type A or Type B the intended traveled lane. Diagonal stripes on Vertical Panels shall slope down toward sheeting meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A or Type B. sections by vertical panels, or 42" two-piece cones. In tangent sections, locations, they may be placed on every drum or spaced notNote 3See Ballast splinters, burrs, or sharp edges. a smooth continuous rail suitable for hand trailing with no rails as shown on BC(10) provided that the top rail provides 6. Detectable pedestrian barricades should use 8" nominal barricade barricades.5. Warning lights shall not be attached to detectable pedestrian movements. (ADAAG)" and should not be used as a control for pedestrian "Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines detectable, do not comply with the design standards in the 4. Tape, rope, or plastic chain strung between devices are not path. detectable edging can satisfactorily delineate a pedestrian barriers, and wood or chain link fencing with a continuous above, longitudinal channelizing devices, some concrete 3. Detectable pedestrian barricades similar to the one pictured of a Type 3 Barricade. placed across the full width of the closed sidewalk instead closed sidewalk, a Detectable Pedestrian Barricade shall be2. Where pedestrians with visual
disabilities normally use the Diversions, Sidewalk Detours and Crosswalk Closures. to WZ(BTS-2) for Pedestrian Control requirements for Sidewalk the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. Refer detectable and include accessibility features consistent with
relocated in a TTC zone, the temporary facilities
shall
be 1. When existing pedestrian facilities are disrupted, closed, or 5-21 25
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 9 OF 1224" min.
36" min. distance above travel way45VP-1LVP-1Ro45o36"12"36"18"18"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"DRIVEABLEPORTABLEFIXED(Rigid or self-righting)(Rigid or self-righting)1. Work Zone channelizing devices illustrated on this sheet may be installed in close proximity to traffic and are suitable for use on high or low speed roadways. The Engineer/Inspector shall ensure that spacing and placement is uniform and in accordance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).2. Channelizing devices shown on this sheet may have a driveable, fixed or portable base. The requirement for self-righting channelizing devices must be specified in the General Notes or other plan sheets.3. Channelizing devices on self-righting supports should be used in work zone areas where channelizing devices are frequently impacted by errant vehicles or vehicle related wind gusts making alignment of the channelizing devices difficult to maintain. Locations of these devices shall be detailed else- where in the plans. These devices shall conform to the TMUTCD and the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD). damaged, nonreflective, faded, or broken devices and bases as required by the Engineer/Inspector. The Contractor shall be required to maintain proper device spacing and alignment.5. Portable bases shall be fabricated from virgin and/or recycled rubber. The6. Pavement surfaces shall be prepared in a manner that ensures proper bonding between the adhesives, the fixed mount bases and the pavement surface. Adhesives shall be prepared and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations.7. The installation and removal of channelizing devices shall not cause detrimental effects to the final pavement surfaces, including pavement permitted on final pavement surfaces. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all application and removal procedures of fixed bases.1. Opposing Traffic Lane Dividers (OTLD) are delineation devices designed to convert a normal one-way roadway section to two-way operation. OTLD's are used on temporary centerlines. The upward and downward arrows on the sign's face indicate the direction of traffic on either side of the divider. The3. Spacing between the OTLD shall not exceed 500 the OTLD's should not exceed 100 foot spacing.4. The OTLD shall be orange with a black non- reflective legend. Sheeting for the OTLD shall1. The chevron shall be a vertical rectangle with a minimum size of 12 by 18 inches.2. Chevrons are intended to give notice of a sharp change of alignment with the direction of travel and provide additional emphasis and guidance for vehicle operators with regard to changes in horizontal alignment of the roadway.3. Chevrons, when used, shall be erected on the out- side of a sharp curve or turn, or on the far side of an intersection. They shall be in line with and at right angles to approaching traffic. Spacing should be such that the motorist always has three in view, until the change in alignment eliminates its need.4. To be effective, the chevron should be visible for at least 500 feet.5. Chevrons shall be orange with a black nonreflec- tive legend. Sheeting for the chevron shall be6. For Long Term Stationary use on tapers or self-righting chevrons may be used to supplement4. The Contractor shall maintain devices in a clean condition and replace surface discoloration or surface integrity. Driveable bases shall not be1. Vertical Panels (VP's) are normally used to channelize traffic or divide opposing lanes of traffic.2. VP's may be used in daytime or nighttime situations. They may be used at the edge of shoulder drop-offs and other areas such as lane transitions where positive daytime and nighttime delineation is required. The of cuts adjacent to two-way two lane roadways. Stripes are to be reflective orange and reflective white and should always slope downward toward the travel lane. of retroreflective area facing traffic.5. Self-righting supports are available with portable base. See "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD). CW6-48" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS BARRIERS2. Water ballasted systems used to channelize vehicular traffic shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation or channelizing devices to improve daytime/nighttime visibility. They may also be supplemented with pavement markings.3. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and used only when shown on the CWZTCD list.4. Water ballasted systems used as barriers should not be used for a merging taper except in low speed (less than 45 MPH) urban areas. When used on a taper in a low speed urban area, the taper shall be delineated and the taper length should be designed to optimize road user operations considering the available geometric conditions.5. When water ballasted systems used as barriers have blunt ends exposed to traffic, they should be attenuatedSurfaceRoadwayBaseMountSurfacemin.24"min.24"Adhesivew/ ApprovedFixed Basedepthembedment12" minimummin.36"SupportSelf-rightingSupportRigidSupport can be used)(Driveable Base, or FlexibleFixed Base w/ Approved Adhesiveon drums.mountedor may bemay be used,Driveable BaseFixed orPortable,back to backmountedPanels speed roadways, may have more than 270 square inchesGENERAL NOTESTaper lengths have been rounded off.S=Posted Speed (MPH)L=Length of Taper (FT.) W=Width of
Offset (FT.) **2**75750'720'825'900'75' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeedOn aTangentOn aTaper12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10' Minimum DesirableTaper LengthsSuggested MaximumSpacing of Channelizing DevicesFormulaL=WS80800'880'960'80'160'LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES (LCD)2. LCDs may be used instead of a line of cones or drums.4. LCDs should not be used to provide positive protection for obstacles, pedestrians or workers. adhesive or rubber weight to minimize movement base is secured to the pavement with an caused by a vehicle impact or wind gust. portable bases shall weigh a minimum of 30 lbs.FLFL as per manufacturer recommendations or flared to a point outside the clear zone.of the unit shall not be less than 32 inches in height.systems must have a continuous detectable bottom for users of long canes and the top If used to channelize pedestrians, longitudinal channelizing devices or water ballasted 2. The OTLD may be used in combination with 42" cones or VPs. feet. 42" cones or VPs placed between the requirements of DMS-8300. unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300, be retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming FL requirements of DMS-8300. unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet the Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300, retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming to FLMin.18"12"note 7See note 7See note 7See CHEVRONSVERTICAL PANELS (VPs)HOLLOW OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES OR BARRIERSOPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS (OTLD)MINIMUM DESIRABLE TAPER LENGTHS CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF 7. Where the height of reflective material on the vertical 6 inches shall be used. panel is 36 inches or greater, a panel stripe of4. VP's used on expressways and freeways or other high7-13 CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT BC(9)-21 CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 1039-078-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic DMS-8300, unless noted otherwise. Type B conforming to Departmental Material Specification 6. Sheeting for the VP's shall be retroreflective Type A or transitions on freeways and divided highways, plastic drums but not to replace plastic drums. Engineer/Inspector shall refer to the Roadway Design3. VP's should be mounted back to back if used at the edge for drop-offs. Manual for additional requirements on the use VP's used only when shown on the CWZTCD list. 3. LCDs shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and can be connected together. They are not designed to contain or redirect a vehicle on impact.1. LCDs are crashworthy, lightweight, deformable devices that are highly visible, have good target value and near the top of the LCD along the full length of the device. sheeting meeting the requirements for barricade rails as shown on BC(10). Place reflective sheeting6. LCDs used as barricades placed perpendicular to traffic should have at least one row of reflective on BC(7) when placed roughly parallel to the travel lanes.5. LCDs shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation as required for temporary barriers36" min. distance above travel way
roadway speed and barrier application. work space per the appropriate Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crashworthiness requirements based on 1. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall not be used solely to channelize road users, but also to protect the5-21 26
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTCONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 104SHEET 10 OF 129-071. Where positive redirectional2. Plastic construction fencingsafety as required in the plans.3. Vertical Panels on flexible supportcapability is provided, drumsmay be omitted.SBSBSBSBmay be used with drums formay be omitted if drums are used.DetourRoadwayR11-2M4-10LDETOURROADCLOSEDNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTOR30 feet3"-4"6" min.4" min.2" min.shoulder width is less than 4 feet.than 12 feet, steady-burn lightsPLAN VIEWPLAN VIEW2. Advance signing shall be as specified elsewhere in the plans.PERSPECTIVE VIEWPERSPECTIVE VIEW3"-4"2" min.10'may be substituted for drums when the4. When the shoulder width is greater2" min.2" min.4" min. orange4" min. white4" min. orange4" min. whiteDrums, vertical panels or 42" conesSTOCKPILEat 50' maximum spacingomitted hereor barricade may bedownstream drumsOn one-way roadswithin 30' from travel lane.should be used when stockpile isChannelizing devices parallel to trafficTwo-Piece conesG20-6TSBCONESAlternateAlternateclear zone.is outsidestockpile locationDesirablePlastic DrumTypical min.28"min.42"on one-way roadwayare not requiredThese drumsbarricaded in the same manner.divided highway shall beEach roadway of aand maximum of 4 drums)width makes it necessary. (minimum of 2side of approaching traffic if the crownIncrease number of plastic drums on thebe used across the work area.
A minimum of two drums shall50'Approx.50'Approx.1. Refer to the Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List (CWZTCD) projects closed to all traffic.3. Barricades extending across a roadway should have stripes that slope downward in the direction toward which traffic must turn in detouring. When both right and left turns are provided, the chevron striping may slope downward in both directions from the center of the barricade. downward in both directions toward the center of roadway.4. Striping of rails, for the right side of the roadway, should slope downward to the left. For the left side of the roadway, striping should slope downward to the right.5. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the barricade rails. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used for identification shall be 1".6. Barricades shall not be placed parallel to traffic unless an adequate clear zone is provided.7. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.8. Where barricades require the use of weights to keep from turning over, the use of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand is recommended. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to maintain a constant weight. Sand bags shall not be stacked in a manner that covers any portion of a barricade rails reflective sheeting. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will NOT be permitted. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall not be used for sandbags. Sandbags shall only be placed along or upon the base supports of the device and shall not be suspended above ground level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners.be used as a sign support.Barricades shall NOT10' max.10' max.10' max. or yellow warning reflector Steady burn warning light or yellow warning reflector Plastic drum with steady burn light Plastic drumLEGEND of the culvert widening.5. Drums must extend the lengthCULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITSTRAFFIC CONTROL FOR MATERIAL STOCKPILESTYPICAL PANEL DETAILFOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADESTYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL8' max. length Type 3 Barricadesdownward in the direction of detour. Barricade striping should slantfor two-way traffic.facing one-way traffic and both sidesreflective white stripes on one sideshall be reflectorized orange and The three rails on Type 3 barricadesbarricadeor 1 Type 3Min. 2 drumsbarricadeor 1 Type 3Min. 2 drumsTYPE 3 BARRICADES2. Type 3 Barricades shall be used at each end of constructionTYPE 3 BARRICADE (POST AND SKID) TYPICAL APPLICATION minimum of 10 feet behind Type 3 Barricades. mounting height in center of roadway. The signs should be a1. Signs should be mounted on independent supports at a 7 foot45o6"6"7 inches.SheetingReflectiveWidth ofMinimumnominal8"7-13BC(10)-21 CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE: for details of the Type 3 Barricades and a list of all materials used in the construction of Type 3 Barricades.20"20"48"Flat railStiffener2 stiffeners shall be allowed on one barricade.Stiffener may be inside or outside of support, but no more than4' min., 8' max.8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic2" max.3"-4"6" min.4" min.3" min.3" min.2" min.One-Piece conesTubular Marker2" to 6"min.28"min.28" otherwise noted. conforming to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300 unless9. Sheeting for barricades shall be retroreflective Type A or Type B Where no turns are provided at a closed road, striping should slope30 lbs. including base.42" 2-piece cones shall have a minimum weight of28" Cones shall have a minimum weight of 9 1/2 lbs.1. Traffic cones and tubular markers shall be predominantly orange, and meet the height and weight requirements shown above. 2. One-piece cones have the body and base of the cone molded in one consolidated unit. Two-piece cones have a cone shaped body and a separate rubber base, or ballast, that is added to keep the device upright and in place. height shown, in order to aid in retrieving the device.3. Two-piece cones may have a handle or loop extending up to 8" above the minimum7. Cones or tubular markers used on each project should be of the same size and shape. to maintain them in their proper upright position. for intermediate-term or long-term stationary work unless personnel is on-site short-term stationary work as defined on BC(4). These should not be used 5. 28" cones and tubular markers are generally suitable for short duration and durations.6. 42" two-piece cones, vertical panels or drums are suitable for all work zone Specification DMS-8300 Type A or Type B. outer surface and meet the requirements of Departmental Material bands as shown above. The reflective bands shall
have
a smooth, sealed4. Cones or tubular markers shall have white or white and orange reflective5-21 27
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 11 OF 12TOP VIEWFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWAdhesive pad4"+ ¼"2"GENERALREMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining work zone and within the CSJ limits unless otherwise stated in the plans.2. Color, patterns and dimensions shall be in conformance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).3. Additional supplemental pavement marking details may be found in the plans or specifications.4. Pavement markings shall be installed in accordance with the TMUTCD and as shown on the plans.5. When short term markings are required on the plans, short term markings shall conform with the TMUTCD, the plans and details as shown on the Standard Plan Sheet WZ(STPM).6. When standard pavement markings are not in place and the roadway is opened to traffic, DO NOT PASS signs shall be erected to mark the beginning of the sections where passing is prohibited and PASS WITH CARE signs at the beginning of sections where passing is permitted.7. All work zone pavement markings shall be installed in accordance with Item 662, "Work Zone Pavement Markings."RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS1. Raised pavement markers are to be placed according to the patterns on BC(12).2. All raised pavement markers used for work zone markings shall meetPREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. Removable prefabricated pavement markings shall meet the requirements of DMS-8241.2. Non-removable prefabricated pavement markings (foil back) shall meet the requirements of DMS-8240.MAINTAINING WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining work zone pavement markings within the work limits.2. Work zone pavement markings shall be inspected in accordance with the frequency and reporting requirements of work zone traffic control device inspections as required by Form 599.3. The markings should provide a visible reference for a minimum distance of 300 feet during normal daylight hours and 160 feet when illuminated by automobile low-beam headlights at night, unless sight distance is restricted by roadway geometrics.4. Markings failing to meet this criteria within the first 30 days after placement shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor as per Specification Item 662. days, where flaggers and/or sufficient channelizing devices are used in lieu of markings to outline the detour route.3. Pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible, so as not to leave a discernable marking. This shall be by any method approved by TxDOT Specification Item 677 for "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers".4. The removal of pavement markings may require resurfacing or seal5. Subject to the approval of the Engineer, any method that proves to be successful on a particular type pavement may be used.6. Blast cleaning may be used but will not be required unless specifically7. Over-painting of the markings SHALL NOT BE permitted.8. Removal of raised pavement markers shall be as directed by the Engineer.9. Removal of existing pavement markings and markers will be paid for directly in accordance with Item 677, "ELIMINATING EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND MARKERS," unless otherwise stated in the plans.10.Black-out marking tape may be used to cover conflicting existing markings for periods less than two weeks when approved by the Engineer.1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs used as guidemarks shall meet the requirements of DMS-8242.2. Tabs detailed on this sheet are to be inspected and accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. Sampling and testing is not normally required, however at the option of the Engineer, either "A" or "B" below may be imposed to assure quality before placement on the roadway. B. Select five (5) tabs and perform the following test. Affix five (5) tabs at 24 inch intervals on an asphaltic pavement in a straight line. Using a medium size passenger vehicle or pickup, run over the markers with the front and rear tires at a speed of 35 to 40 miles per hour, four (4) times in each direction. No more than one (1) out of the five (5) reflective surfaces shall be lost or displaced as a result of this test.3. Small design variances may be noted between tab manufacturers.4. See Standard Sheet WZ(STPM) for tab placement on new pavements. See1. Raised pavement markers used as guidemarks shall be from the approved product list, and meet the requirements of DMS-4200.3. Adhesive for guidemarks shall be bituminous material hot applied or butyl rubber pad for all surfaces, or thermoplastic for concrete surfaces.Guidemarks shall be designated as: YELLOW - (two amber reflective surfaces with yellow body). WHITE - (one silver reflective surface with white body). Standard Sheet TCP(7-1) for tab placement on seal coat work.TABS TO THE PAVEMENT SURFACETEMPORARY FLEXIBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKERSTAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE1/4" and less than 1".is usually more thanHeight of sheetingWORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGSRoadway Marker TabsTemporary Flexible-ReflectiveDEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4300DMS-8240DMS-8241DMS-8242DMS-4200TRAFFIC BUTTONSPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGSPAVEMENT MARKINGSTEMPORARY REMOVABLE, PREFABRICATED ROADWAY MARKER TABSTEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE A list of prequalified reflective raised pavement markers,non-reflective traffic buttons, roadway marker tabs and otherpavement markings can be found at the Material Producer Listweb address shown on BC(1). BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS project shall be of the same manufacturer.2. All temporary construction raised pavement markers provided on a the requirements of Item 672, "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS" and Departmental Material Specification DMS-4200 or DMS-4300. shown in the plans. existing pavement markings, in accordance with the standard specifications and special provisions, on all roadways open to traffic1. Pavement markings that are no longer applicable, could create confusion or direct a motorist toward or into the closed portion of the roadway shall be removed or obliterated before the roadway is opened to traffic. Section to determine specification compliance. and submit to the Construction Division, Materials and Pavement A. Select five (5) or more tabs at random from each lot or shipment2. The above shall not apply to detours in place for less than three coating portions of the roadway as described in Item 677.7-13 PAVEMENT MARKINGSBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT BC(11)-21 CONT bc-21.dgn February 1998 1059-0711-021-022-988-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic5-21 28
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn February 1998 106SHEET 12 OF 129-071-972-9811-0210 to 12"PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNSYellowYellowWhiteWhiteYellowYellowYellowType I-A Type I-A Type W buttonsType I-C Type Y buttonsType Y buttonsType W buttonsType I-C Type I-C or II-C-R Type I-C or II-C-R 10'30'---DISCOURAGE LANE CHANGING.)EDGE LINEOR SINGLEYellowWhiteWhite or YellowWhite or YellowNO-PASSING LINEWIDELINE(FOR LEFT TURN CHANNEL
IZING LINEOR CHANNELIZING LINE USED TOType Y buttonsType I-C , I-A or II-A-AType W or Y buttonsType I-C Type W buttonsType I-C or II-A-ASTANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILSType II-A-AREMOVABLE MARKINGS WITH RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSType I-C or II-A-A(when required)Raised Pavement MarkersIf raised pavement markers are usedto supplement REMOVABLE markings,the markers shall be applied to thetop of the tape at the approximatemid length of tape used for broken60" + 3"REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN BREFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN AREFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS4 to 8"60" + 3"4"4 to 12"4 to 12"4"8"1-2"10'10'30'40' + 1
'5' + 6"20' + 1'30'RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPattern A is the TXDOT Standard, however Pattern B may be used if approved by the Engineer.lines or at 20 foot spacing forsolid lines. This allows an easierremoval of raised pavement markersand tape.Centerline only - not to be used on edge linesPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.MARKINGS PAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDLINENO-PASSINGDOUBLEMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISED3'9'5'5'8"Type I-C or II-C-RMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDLINELANEDROPOR AUXILIARYLINELANEOR LINECENTERItem 672 "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS."products list and meet the requirements ofpavement markings shall be from the approvedRaised pavement markers used as standardTWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANELANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYSEDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYCENTER LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY HIGHWAYSLINESSOLIDLINESBROKEN7-13 PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNSBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:YellowWhiteWhiteType Y buttonsType I-C Type II-A-A Type I-C REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGSRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.YellowWhiteWhiteType Y buttonsType II-A-A Type I-C Type I-C REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGSRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.8-14BC(12)-21 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic3'9'1-2"Y buttonsType W or30"+ 3"30"+/-3"Type W buttonsType W buttonsType II-A-A Type Y buttonsType II-A-A Type II-A-A 10 to 12"6 to 8"RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN ARAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN BType II-A-A buttonsType Y Type W buttonsType W buttonsMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZED5-21 29
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:StandardDivisionOperationsTrafficType 3 BarricadeHeavy Work VehicleChannelizing Devices FlagLEGENDFlagger SignMessage Sign (PCMS)Portable ChangeableFlashing Arrow Board Trailer Mounted MTraffic FlowAttenuator (TMA)Truck Mounted 30'MIN.
X
1/3 L Work SpaceB
B
B
Work Space
L 1/2 L CW20-1D See note 1)(Flags-48" X 48"3X for over 50 MPHX for 50 MPH or lessXL100'Approx.ShoulderShoulder
Shoulder
Shoulder
200'Approx.
Min.
30'
48" X 24"G20-2ShoulderShoulderCW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags- 48" X 24"G20-2X X X X L L
X X X X X
1/3 L
20' spacing
devices at
1/2 L Min. CW20-5TR48" X 48" 48" X 48"CW1-4L36" X 36"CW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags-CW20-5TL48" X 48"CW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags- 48" X 24"G20-2TCP (2-5b)TCP (2-5a)ONE LANE CLOSEDTWO LANES CLOSEDlights.(See notes 3 & 4)oscillating or stroberotating, flashing,TMA and high intensityShadow Vehicle with 48" X 24"G20-230" X 12"CW16-3aP24" X 24"30" X 12"CW16-3aPCW20-5TR48" X 48" 30" X 12"CW16-3aPShoulder
Shoulder
XX
48" X 48"CW1-4R(See notes 3 & 4)or strobe lights.oscillating flashing, intensity rotating, TMA and highShadow Vehicle withCW13-1PCW1-6aTCW1-6aT36" X 36"24" X 24"CW13-1PMarkingsPavementMarkingsPavementTCP (2-5a)GENERAL NOTESTERM STATIONARYINTERMEDIATE STATIONARYLONG TERMSTATIONARYSHORT TERMTYPICAL USAGEMOBILEDURATION SHORT TCP (2-5b)L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)Taper lengths have been rounded off.Conventional Roads Only***2***75750'720'825'900'75'900'540'90'120'155'195'240'295'350'410'475' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'120'160'240'320'400'500'700'600'800'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeed"B"Buffer SpaceLongitudinalSuggestedTangentOn aTaperOn a12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10'Taper LengthsDesirable Minimum DevicesChannelizing Spacing of Suggested MaximumFormulaL=WSSpacingSign Minimum Distance"X" 7. Conflicting pavement markings shall be removed for long-term projects. taper. arrow board placed in the closed lane near the end of the merging centerline to protect the work space from opposing traffic, with the signs shall be used and channelizing devices shall be placed on the 6. If this TCP is used for a left lane closure, CW20-5TL "LEFT LANE CLOSED" approximately per lane, with channelizing devices spaced at 20 feet.5. The downstream taper is optional. When used, it should be 100 feet shown in order to protect a wider work space. closed lane, on the shoulder or off the paved surface, next to those4. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned in each channelizing devices may be substitutued for the Shadow Vehicle and TMA. require the traffic control to remain in place, Type 3 Barricades or other If workers are no longer present but road or work conditions without adversely affecting the performance or quality of the work. positioned 30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew eposure3. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be used anytime it can be the plans, or for routine maintenance work, when approved by the Engineer. denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere in2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.MULTILANE CONVENTIONAL RDS.LONG TERM LANE CLOSURESTRAFFIC CONTROL PLANDecember 19852-128-951-974-983-03165TCP(2-5)-182-18 tcp2-5-18.dgnFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2239\146135_1\tcp2-5-18.dgn1/26/2026 11:20:29 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:30
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTApril 1992 FILE:DATE:SHEET 1 OF 21142-984-9810-993-0310' min.10' min.Type 3 BarricadeHeavy Work VehicleChannelizing Devices FlagLEGENDFlagger SignMessage Sign (PCMS)Portable ChangeableFlashing Arrow Board Trailer Mounted MTraffic FlowAttenuator (TMA)Truck Mounted L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)Taper lengths have been rounded off.Conventional Roads Only***2***75750'720'825'900'75'900'540'90'120'155'195'240'295'350'410'475' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'120'160'240'320'400'500'700'600'800'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeed"B"Buffer SpaceLongitudinalSuggestedTangentOn aTaperOn a12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10'Taper LengthsDesirable Minimum DevicesChannelizing Spacing of Suggested MaximumFormulaL=WSSpacingSign Minimum Distance"X"X X X
X X X
X X X XXXXL
L
LSee Note 8NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE LEFT LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE RIGHT LANE CLOSUREOPERATIONS IN THE INTERSECTION SHORT DURATION SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARYMin.30'48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20-5TL48" x 48"CW20-5TL48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-1
48" x 48"CW20-5TR48" x 48"CW20-5TR48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20-5TR 48" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 30"R4-748" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 30"R4-724" x 30"R4-748" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-1 Typical24" x 30"R4-7 TypicalX½L X½L 48" x 48"CW20SG-1GENERAL NOTES 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 Note 7SeeB XXXX
X48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 WORK ABOVE OPEN LANES OF TRAFFIC.WORKERS IN BUCKET TRUCKS SHALL NOTTYPICAL DETAILSTRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK opposing traffic. channelizing devices on the centerline to protect the work space from a left lane closure by using a LEFT LANE CLOSED (CW20-5TL) and adding9. Signs and devices for the NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE may be altered for the closed lane if space is not available at the beginning of the taper. option, the arrow board may be placed at the end of the taper in work if the work vehicle has an arrow board in operation. As an8. The arrow board at this location may be omitted for Short Duration safety of the setup. (less than 1 hour) any buffer space provided will enhance the table should be used if field conditions permit. For Short Duration 7. For Short-Term Stationary work the buffer space "B" from the above signs may be implemented when approved by the engineer. If existing signals do not have power, All-Way Stop (R1-1 and R1-3P) may be placed in flashing red mode when approved by the engineer. 6. When work operations are performed on existing signals, the signals the vehicle.5. High level warning devices (flag trees) may be used at corners of high intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating or strobe type lights.4. Vehicles parked in roadway shall be equipped with at least two to field conditions.3. Flaggers and Flagger Symbol (CW20-7) signs may be required according and delineated at all times.2. Obstructions or hazards at the work area shall be clearly marked the device must be left unattended at night. cones, drums, vertical panels or barricades will be required when1. The minimum size channelizing device is the 28" cone. 42" Two-piece wzbts-13.dgn WZ(BTS-1)-137-13StandardDivisionOperationsTraffic 31
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:SHEET 2 OF 21152-984-9810-993-03April 1992XXXFILE: REFLECTIVE SHEETINGXWORK AREATYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNAL PROJECT SIGNING48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 24"G20-5T36" x 24"G20-5aP36" x 36"R20-5T36" x 18"R20-5aTP48" x 42"R20-3T48" x 42"R20-3T48" x 24"G20-5T48" x 30"G20-6T48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-136" x 18"G20-248" x 30"G20-6T10' Min.SIDEWALK DIVERSIONSIDEWALK DETOURCROSSWALK CLOSURES 4' Min.(See Note 7 below)See Note 4 belowTemporary Traffic Barrier24" x 12"R9-924" x 12"R9-11aR24" x 12"R9-11aL48" x 48"CW20SG-1See Note 636" x 36"CW11-224" x 12"CW16-9P24" x 12"R9-10DBL48" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 12"R9-11L24" x 12"R9-11aR24" x 12"R9-9See Note 636" x 36"CW11-224" x 12"CW16-7PL48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 36" x 24"G20-5aP36" x 36"R20-5T36" x 18"R20-5aTP36" x 18"G20-2MINOR STREETMAJOR STREETFOR LONG TERM and INTERMEDIATE-TERM STATIONARY WORK OPERATIONSNOTESGENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS 9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.3. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than shown on Figure 6F-2 of the TMUTCD. 2. Sign height of Short-term/Short Duration warning signs shall be as shown on Figure 6F-1 of the TMUTCD.1. Sign height of Long-term/Intermediate-term warning signs shall be as DURATION OF WORKSIGN MOUNTING HEIGHTREMOVING OR COVERING the requirements of the DMS and color usage table shown on this sheet.1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting will not be allowed.10. Damaged wood posts shall be replaced. Splicing wood posts for identification shall be 1". substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used 9. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign directed by the Engineer. damaged or marred reflective sheeting shall be replaced as 8. Temporary signs that have damaged or cracked substrates and/or installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations. the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD), 7. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports and substrates listed in in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).6. The Contractor shall furnish the sign design shown in the plans or directed by the Engineer. 5. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as 4. Nails shall NOT be used to attach signs to any support.3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white. condition.1. Signs shall be installed and maintained in a straight and plumb SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS level sign supports placed on slopes.8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to sign support. shall be placed along the length of the skids to weigh down the level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fastners. Sandbags of the traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground 7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports list. manufactured with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD for ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and 6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used vehicular impact. Rubber, such as tire inner tubes, shall not be used.5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon 4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. permitted for use as sign support weights.3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will not be to maintain a constant weight.2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and filled with dry, cohesionless material.1. Weights used to keep signs from turning over should be sandbags DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSWHITECOLORUSAGESHEETING MATERIALORANGEBLACKBACKGROUNDBACKGROUNDSIGN FACE MATERIALSFLFLFLEXIBLE ROLL-UP REFLECTIVE SIGNSDMS-8300DMS-8310LEGEND & BORDERSSignChannelizing DevicesLEGEND Only pre-qualified products shall be used. A copy of the"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) http://www.txdot.gov/txdot_library/publications/construction.htm Type 3 BarricadeWork AreaWork AreaWork Areadescribes pre-qualified products and their sources and may be found at the following web address: XX warning sign spacing.5. See the Table on sheet 1 of 2 for Typical directions.4. Warning sign spacing shown is typical for both under way, as directed by the Engineer. construction operations are no longer 3. Advance signs shall be removed when signal locations will be as directed by the Engineer. intersections at the project limits. Actual intersection, but only in advance of the may not be required in advance of each 2. For closely adjoining projects, advance signing whenever signal contract work is in progress.1. Project signing as shown shall be in place Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).1. Work zone durations are defined in Part 6, Section 6G.02 of the See Note 8BARRICADES AND SIGNSTRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK7-13WZ(BTS-2)-13 wzbts-13.dgn StandardDivisionOperationsTrafficTYPE A SHEETINGACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE SHEETINGTYPE B OR TYPE C SHEETING2. "CROSSWALK CLOSURES" as detailed above will require the Engineer's approval prior to installation.3. R9 series signs shown may be placed on supports detailed on the BC standards or CWZTCD list, or when fabricated from approved lightweight plastic substrates, they may be mounted on top of a plastic drum at or near the location shown.4. For speeds less than 45 mph longitudinal channelizing devices may be used instead of traffic barriers when approved by the Engineer. Attenuation of blunt ends and installation of water filled devices shall be as per BC(9) and manufacturer's recommendations.5. Location of devices are for general guidance. Actual device spacing and location must be field adjusted to meet actual conditions.7. The width of existing sidewalk should be maintained if practical.6. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the closed sidewalk Barricades shown. Detectable Pedestrian Barricades should be used instead of the Type 3 facility. features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility9. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, appropriate bid items.8. Pavement markings for mid-block crosswalks shall be paid for under the1. Holes, trenches or other hazards shall be adequately protected by covering, delineating or surrounding the hazard with orange plastic pedestrian fencing or longitudinal channelizing devices, or as directed by the Engineer. completion of the work. 4. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes back filled upon sign face. 3. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a be used to cover signs. Burlap, or heavy materials such as plywood or aluminum shall not automobile headlights at night without damaging the sign sheeting. the entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover 2. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such approved by the Engineer. shall be removed or completely covered, unless otherwise1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs 32
1/27/202611+00.00MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW11+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWBEGIN CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 13+85.0023.00' RT - 25.00' RTPI STA 14+40.0023.00' RT - 24.00' RTTH
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2273\145370_17\13448-01_SREM01.dgn1/27/2026 5:20:03 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND TO ITEM 104. OF CONC PAVEMENT REMOVAL SUBSIDIARY3. PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVALS IN AREAS SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.2. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF GRAVEL DRIVEWAYS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE GRAVEL DRIVEWAYREMOVE ASPH DRIVEWAYREMOVE FENCEBEGIN - STA 16+803341 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLAN6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+00ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDBEGIN REMOVAL ALL (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)EXIST 4" W EDGELINES, 4" W BRK LANE LANES,4" Y DBL CENTERLINE - 15742 LF 4" TOTALREMOVAL OF MARKINGS ON REMOVED PAVEMENTIS SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 104STA 13+85.00(38 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT1.00' MIN
2.00' MIN
(295 LF)REMOVE FENCE
1/27/2026ONLYONLY
ONLYONLY? DRIVEWAY01TO REMAINTURN BAY ARROW, WORD AND STRIPE MARKINGS BY OTHERSTO REMAINTURN BAY ARROW, WORD AND STRIPE MARKINGS BY OTHERSTHFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2273\145370_35\13448-01_NEWREMTEST.dgn1/27/2026 5:21:34 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND TO ITEM 104. OF CONC PAVEMENT REMOVAL SUBSIDIARY3. PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVALS IN AREAS SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.2. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF GRAVEL DRIVEWAYS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE GRAVEL DRIVEWAYREMOVE ASPH DRIVEWAYREMOVE FENCESTA 16+80 - STA 28+403442 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLAN16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. 22+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. 22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. 17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+006+00 5+00
N89°53'52.0"E23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+00ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD1.00' MIN(66 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT REMOVE 4" W SLD, 4" W BRK, 4" DBL Y MARKINGS (TYP)REMOVE 4" W SLD, 4" W BRK, 4" DBL Y MARKINGS (TYP)REMOVE 4" W SLD, 4" W BRK, 4" DBL Y MARKINGS (TYP)REMOVE 4" W SLD, 4" W BRK, 4" DBL Y MARKINGS (TYP)(580 LF)REMOVE FENCE ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(64 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT1.00' MIN
(580 LF)REMOVE FENCESAGEHAW K DRREMOVE 4" Y DBL MARKINGS (TYP.)REMOVE 4" W BRK, REMOVE 4" W SLD,
1/27/202628+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROWTTH34+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
ONLYONLY
ONLYONLYEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW? DRIVEWAY021 EAREMOVE CITY LIMIT SIGNFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2273\145370_19\13448-01_SREM03.dgn1/27/2026 5:18:40 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND TO ITEM 104. OF CONC PAVEMENT REMOVAL SUBSIDIARY3. PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVALS IN AREAS SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.2. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF GRAVEL DRIVEWAYS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE GRAVEL DRIVEWAYREMOVE ASPH DRIVEWAYREMOVE FENCESTA 28+40 - STA 40+003543 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLAN29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+006+00 5+0035+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+00ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(55 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT 1.00' MIN
(579 LF)REMOVE FENCEROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(56 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT1.00' MIN
(581 LF)REMOVE FENCELANDM ARK TRAIL
DRIVEWAY (159 SY)REMOVE GRAVEL1 EAREMOVE ARROW1 EAREMOVE WORD "ONLY"EXIST TO REMAIN(TYP)EXIST TO REMAIN40 LFREMOVE 24" STRIPE25 LFREMOVE 24" STRIPETURN BAY ARROW, WORD AND STRIPE MARKINGS TO REMAIN20 LFREMOVE 8" STRIPE TO PROP STOPBARREMOVE 4" Y DBL MARKINGS (TYP.)REMOVE 4" W BRK, REMOVE 4" W SLD, REMOVE 4" Y DBL MARKINGS (TYP.)REMOVE 4" W BRK, REMOVE 4" W SLD,
W1/27/202640+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? DRIVEWAY03? DRIVEWAY04? DRIVEWAY05PROP ROWBEGIN CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 40+12.1323.00' LT, 25.00' LTPI CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 40+22.1323.00' LT, 24.00' LTPI CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 45+55.0023.00' RT, 24.00' RT
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEND CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 46+10.0023.00' RT, 25.00' RTEND CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 47+00.0023.00' LT, 25.00' LTPI CONCRETE REMOVALSTA 46+90.0023.00' LT, 24.00' LTSSMWSSMFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2273\145370_20\13448-01_SREM04.dgn1/27/2026 5:20:54 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND TO ITEM 104. OF CONC PAVEMENT REMOVAL SUBSIDIARY3. PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVALS IN AREAS SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.2. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF GRAVEL DRIVEWAYS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE GRAVEL DRIVEWAYREMOVE ASPH DRIVEWAYREMOVE FENCESTA 40+00 - END3644 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLAN6+00 5+0040+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+005+00 6+005+00
5+00 6+005+0046+0047+0048+0049+00ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(70 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT1.00' MIN 2.00' MIN1.00' MIN(81 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT(1 EA)REMOVE R2-1 SIGN ASSMREMOVE SGT (1 EA)1 EAREMOVE WORD 1 EAREMOVE ARROW (32 SY)REMOVE ASPHALT DRIVEWAY(580 LF)REMOVE FENCE (28 SY)REMOVE ASPHALT DRIVEWAY(144 SY)REMOVE GRAVEL DRIVEWAYREMOVE BOLLARD (3 EA)DRIVEWAY (34 SY)REMOVE GRAVEL(1 EA)REMOVE DRWY CULVERT(1 EA)REMOVE DRWY CULVERT(1 EA)REMOVE BOLLARDDRIVEWAY (22 SY)REMOVE GRAVEL1 EAREMOVE R3-7R SIGN ASSM500 LFREMOVE 8" MARKINGSREMOVE MBGF (140 LF)ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(2 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT(16 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE TAS1 EAREMOVE WORD1 EAREMOVE ARROW 1.00' MIN2.00' MIN(95 LF)REMOVE FENCEEND REMOVAL 4" W SLDEND REMOVAL 4" W BRKEND REMOVAL 4" Y DBL SLDEND REMOVAL 8" W DOT AND SLDSTA 47+60.0040 LFREMOVE 24" MARKINGREMOVE 4" Y DBL MARKINGS (TYP.)REMOVE 4" W BRK, REMOVE 4" W SLD,
1/27/202611+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW11+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. SAWCUTROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDBEGIN CONSTRUCTIONBEGIN WIDENINGPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.0025.04' RTBEGIN SAWCUTMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.0023.00' RTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 14+40.0423.00' RTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 14+40.0424.00' RTPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 15+36.8732.26' RTEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 16+68.1344.78' RTEXIST ROWEXIST ROWMIN
2.00'
1600.00'R
MIN
1.00'
TH
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2252\145370_21\13448-01_SPAV01.dgn1/27/2026 12:24:58 AM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AT DRIVEWAYS. SHEETS FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN 4. REFER TO DRIVEWAY PLAN AND PROFILE INFORMATION. ALIGNMENT DATA AND ADDITIONAL3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR HORIZONTAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTED. EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS OTHERWISE1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OF CURB ORNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANED-#PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENTPROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346BEGIN - STA 16+803741 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLAN6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+00
1/27/202616+80.00MATCHLINE STA.
22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 18+20.0052.00' RTSAWCUT40.00'24.00'? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 18+25.0052.00' RT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 19+25.0064.00' RTEXIST ROWPROP ROWMIN
1.00'
1600.00'R22+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSAWCUT28.00'
40.00'24.00'EXIST ROWPROP ROW? DRIVEWAY01SAGEHAW K DRD1CULVERT 01MIN
1.00'
24.00'THFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2252\145370_22\13448-01_SPAV02.dgn1/27/2026 12:30:58 AM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AT DRIVEWAYS. SHEETS FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN 4. REFER TO DRIVEWAY PLAN AND PROFILE INFORMATION. ALIGNMENT DATA AND ADDITIONAL3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR HORIZONTAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTED. EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS OTHERWISE1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OF CURB ORNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANED-#PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENTPROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346STA 16+80 - STA 28+403842 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLAN17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+00N89°53'52.0"E23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+006+00S00°06'08.0"E5+005+00
1/27/202628+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 31+15.0064.00' RT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 30+15.0052.00' RTEXIST ROWPROP ROWMIN
1.00'
24.00'28.00'
24.00'40.00'TTH34+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 36+40.0052.00' RT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 37+40.0064.00' RTEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? DRIVEWAY02CULVERT 02LANDM ARKTRAIL
MIN
1.00'D228.00'24.00'
40.00'24.00'
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2252\145370_23\13448-01_SPAV03.dgn1/27/2026 12:15:40 AM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AT DRIVEWAYS. SHEETS FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN 4. REFER TO DRIVEWAY PLAN AND PROFILE INFORMATION. ALIGNMENT DATA AND ADDITIONAL3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR HORIZONTAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTED. EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS OTHERWISE1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OF CURB ORNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANED-#PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENTPROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346STA 28+40 - STA 40+003943 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLAN29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+0035+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+006+00S00°06'08.0"E5+005+00
W1/27/202640+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWSAWCUTBEGIN MOW STRIPPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+85.08102.00' RTBEGIN MBGFPC? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 41+93.41 52.00' RTPT? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 43+82.62 40.77' RTPC? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 44+20.79 36.23' RT418 LF MBGFINSTALLPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 45+55.0024.00' RTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 45+55.0023.00' RTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+22.1323.00' LTBEGIN SAWCUTMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+12.1323.00' LTSAWCUTEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? DRIVEWAY03? DRIVEWAY04? DRIVEWAY05PROP ROWMIN
1.00'D3D4D51600.00'RINSTALL SGT1600.00'R28.00'24.00'CULVERT 03MIN2.00'MIN1.00'24.00'12.00'
12.00'24.00'PT MOW STRIP? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 41+32.5457.86' RT50.00'R45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. WROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEND SAWCUTMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 46+10.0023.00' LT? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 46+20.0036.00' LTINSTALL DATSAWCUTEXIST ROWI
H 35W NB FRON
TAGE RDI
H 35W NBI
H 35W SBIH 35W SB FRONTAGE RD(TO REMAIN)EXISTING MBGF 12.00'24.00'MIN2.00'SSMWSSMFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2262\145370_24\13448-01_SPAV04.dgn1/27/2026 2:50:50 AM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANEWORK BY OTHERSLEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AT DRIVEWAYS. SHEETS FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN 4. REFER TO DRIVEWAY PLAN AND PROFILE INFORMATION. ALIGNMENT DATA AND ADDITIONAL3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR HORIZONTAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTED. EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS OTHERWISE1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OF CURB ORNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANED-#PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENTPROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346STA 40+00 - END4044 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLANEXIST ROWBEGIN WIDENING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+12.1325.33' LTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+22.1324.00' LTCULVERT 04CULVERT 05END WIDENINGPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 46+10.0025.00' RTEND MOW STRIPEND MBGF? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 46+10.0028.50' RTEND CONSTRUCTIONEND WIDENING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+00.0025.51' LTEND SAWCUTMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+00.0023.00' LTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 46+90.0024.00' LTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 46+90.0023.00' LT40+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+006+005+005+00N00°06'08.0"W
5+00 6+005+00
N00°06'08.0"W5+00 6+005+0046+0047+0048+0049+00
1/27/2026TH
708'709'708'7
0
8'708' 5+00 6+00700700705705710710715715-2.000%GROUNDEXISTINGPROPOSED 24" RCP? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+83.00? = 704.02VPC 5+98.50
EL 708.10
VPC 5+64.50
EL 707.79
+0.580%VPI 6+06.00
EL 708.23'
VPI 5+72.00
EL 707.64'STA 5+72.00EL707.64'ex0.07'K4L15.00'
VPT 6+13.50
EL 708.27
VPT 5+79.50
EL 707.77
708.12
709.04
707.00
708.31 BEGIN DRIVEWAY01 PROFILE(MATCH WIDENING)VPI 5+64.00EL 707.80END DRIVEWAY01 PROFILE(MATCH BY OTHERS)VPI 6+15.00EL 708.28STA 6+06.00EL708.23'ex-0.02'K13L15.00'+1.719%708.12 GRADEPROPOSEDWIDENINGPROPOSEDFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2272\145370_34\13448-01_SDWY01.dgn1/27/2026 5:04:49 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROWNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT ARE SHOWN AT INCREMENTS OF 0.2'. INCREMENTS OF 1.0'. MINOR CONTOURS6. MAJOR CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.5. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADDITIONAL INFO.4. REFER TO PAVING PLANS FOR INFORMATION. AND ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFD-#PROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWWORK BY OTHERSMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346EXISTING GROUNDPROPOSED GRADE
200HORIZONTALVERTICALSCALE IN FEET20400224DRIVEWAY014151V:1"=4'SCALE: H:1"=40' AND PROFILEDRIVEWAY PLAN 123456789101150.00'R50.00'
R
CULVERT 01 (1-24" RCP)? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+83.00LENGTH = 100'SLOPE = 0.97%BEGIN CULVERT 01 (1-24" RCP)? = 704.51'? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+83.0051.73' RTEND DRIVEWAY01MATCH BY OTHERS? DRIVEWAY01STA 6+15.00? DRIVEWAY01END CULVERT 01 (1-24" RCP)? = 703.54'? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+83.0250.27' LTCULVERT 01BEGIN DRIVEWAY? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+64.00 =? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 23+28.99, 64.00' RT
3.50'R
DRIVEWAY01POINT #DESCRIPTIONSTATIONOFFSETLT/RT1PC5+52.0080.00'LT2PL*5+64.0057.50'LT3PT6+02.0030.00'LT4PI6+15.0030.00'LT5PI / BOC6+15.003.50'LT6PT / BOC5+70.003.50'RT7PC / BOC5+70.003.50'RT8PI / BOC6+15.003.50'RT9PI6+15.0030.00'RT10PC6+14.0030.00'RT11PT5+64.0080.00'RT* PL = PAVEMENT WIDENING LIMIT23+00 24+005+006+005+00PROP ROWPROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
? ROBSON RANCH RD? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 23+28.99 = ? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+00.00SAGEHAWK DRROBSON RANCH RD
D1
1/27/2026TH
701'701'701'700'GROUNDEXISTINGPROPOSED2-4'x2
' MBC? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+83.00? = 696.39BEGIN DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH WIDENING)VPI STA 5+64.00EL = 700.37END DRIVEWAY PROFILE (MATCH BY OTHERS)VPI STA 6+15.00EL = 701.43 5+00 6+00695695700700705705710710VPC 5+92.50
EL 700.87
VPC 5+66.50
EL 700.32
+
3.7
9
1
%VPI 6+00.00
EL 701.15'STA 6+00.00EL701.15'ex-0.04'K8L15.00'-2.000%VPI 5+74.00
EL 700.17'STA 5+74.00EL700.17'ex0.11'K3L15.00'VPT 6+07.50
EL 701.29
VPT 5+81.50
EL 700.45
701.12
+1.877%WIDENINGPROPOSEDGRADEPROPOSED701.73
699.12
701.20
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2272\145370_30\13448-01_SDWY02.dgn1/27/2026 5:03:52 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROWNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT ARE SHOWN AT INCREMENTS OF 0.2'. INCREMENTS OF 1.0'. MINOR CONTOURS6. MAJOR CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.5. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADDITIONAL INFO.4. REFER TO PAVING PLANS FOR INFORMATION. AND ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFD-#PROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWWORK BY OTHERSMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346EXISTING GROUNDPROPOSED GRADE
200HORIZONTALVERTICALSCALE IN FEET20400224DRIVEWAY024252V:1"=4'SCALE: H:1"=40' AND PROFILEDRIVEWAY PLAN 12345678910115
0.0
0'R50.00'R5.50'RCULVERT 02 (2-4'x2' MBC)? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+83.00LENGTH = 101'SLOPE = 0.50%END CULVERT 02 (2-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 696.14'? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+80.2049.95' LTBEGIN CULVERT 02 (2-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 696.65'? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+85.9752+89' RTCULVERT 02END DRIVEWAY02MATCH BY OTHERS? DRIVEWAY01STA 6+15.00? DRIVEWAY02DRIVEWAY02POINT #DESCRIPTIONSTATIONOFFSETLT/RT1PC5+52.0082.00'LT2PL*5+64.0049.50'LT3PT6+02.0032.00'LT4PI6+15.0032.00'LT5PI / BOC6+15.005.50'LT6PC / BOC5+72.005.50'LT7PT / BOC5+72.005.50'RT8PI / BOC6+15.005.50'RT9PI6+15.0032.00'RT10PC6+14.0032.00'RT11PT5+64.0082.00'RT* PL = PAVEMENT WIDENING LIMIT35+00 36+0035+00 5+006+005+00PROP ROW PROP ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 35+22.25 = ? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+00.00BEGIN DRIVEWAY? DRIVEWAY02 STA 5+64.00 =? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 35+22.25, 64.00' RTLANDMARK TRAILROBSON RANCH RD
D2
1/27/2026DRIVEWAY03POINT #DESCRIPTIONSTATIONOFFSETLT/RT1PC5+52.0074.00'LT2PL*5+64.0041.50'LT3PT6+02.0024.00'LT4PI6+15.0024.00'LT5PI6+15.0012.00'RT6PC6+14.0012.00'RT7PT5+64.0062.00'LT* PL = PAVEMENT WIDENING LIMIT698'698'5+00 6+00 690690695695700700705705698.81
696.78
699.37
698.81
696.78
699.37
VPC 5+97.50
EL 698.71
VPC 5+65.50
EL 697.39
VPI 6+05.00
EL 699.16'STA 6+05.00EL699.16'ex-0.10'K3L15.00'-2.000%VPI 5+73.00
EL 697.24'
VPT 5+80.50
EL 697.69
698.84
+6.000
%+0.533%VPC 5+97.50
EL 698.71
STA 6+05.00EL699.16'ex-0.10'K3L15.00'-2.000%VPI 5+73.00
EL 697.24'STA 5+73.00EL697.24'ex0.15'K2L15.00'698.84
+6.000
%+0.533%BEGIN DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH WIDENING)VPI STA 5+64.00EL = 697.42GRADEPROPOSEDGROUNDEXISTINGVPT 6+12.50EL 699.20PROPOSED 3-4'x2' MBCSTA 5+87.00? = 693.69END DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH BY OTHERS)VPI STA 6+15.00EL = 699.21WIDENINGPROPOSEDFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2272\145370_31\13448-01_SDWY03.dgn1/27/2026 5:05:36 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROWNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT ARE SHOWN AT INCREMENTS OF 0.2'. INCREMENTS OF 1.0'. MINOR CONTOURS6. MAJOR CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.5. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADDITIONAL INFO.4. REFER TO PAVING PLANS FOR INFORMATION. AND ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFD-#PROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWWORK BY OTHERSMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346EXISTING GROUNDPROPOSED GRADE
200HORIZONTALVERTICALSCALE IN FEET20400224DRIVEWAY034353V:1"=4'SCALE: H:1"=40' AND PROFILEDRIVEWAY PLAN ? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+59.08 = ? DRIVEWAY03 STA 5+00.00BEGIN DRIVEWAY? DRIVEWAY03 STA 5+64.00 =? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+59.08, 64.00' RT? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWPROP ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
? DRIVEWAY03END DRIVEWAY03MATCH BY OTHERS? DRIVEWAY03STA 6+15.00123456750.00'R
50.00'REND CULVERT 03 (3-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 693.48'? DRIVEWAY03 STA 5+83.3741.84' LTCULVERT 03 (3-4'x2' MBC)? DRIVEWAY01 STA 5+87.00LENGTH = 73'SLOPE = 0.50%BEGIN CULVERT 03 (3-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 693.86'? DRIVEWAY03 STA 5+88.9532.88' RTCULVERT 03? DRIVEWAY04D3D45+006+005+0040+00 41+0040+00 5+006+005+00EXIST ROWEXIST ROW ROBSON RANCH RD
1/27/2026698'CULVERT 04 (2-4'X2' MBC)? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+54.48LENGTH = 73'SLOPE = 0.35%END DRIVEWAY04MATCH BY OTHERS? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+70.05END CULVERT 04 (2-4'X2' MBC)(SET)? = 693.96'? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+57.7837.26' RTDRIVEWAY04POINT #DESCRIPTIONSTATIONOFFSETLT/RT1PC5+25.2353.00'LT2PL*5+36.0029.98'LT3PT5+55.2323.00'LT4PI5+70.0023.00'LT5PI5+70.0023.00'RT6PC5+66.0023.00'RT7PT5+36.0053.00'RT* PL = PAVEMENT WIDENING LIMIT5+00 6+00 690690695695700700705705PROPOSED 2-4'X2' MBCSTA 5+54.48? = 694.07GRADEPROPOSEDGROUNDEXISTINGBEGIN DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH WIDENING)VPI 5+36.00EL 698.23END DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH BY OTHERS)VPI 5+70.00EL 697.76VPC 5+54.50
EL 697.86-2.000%+0.590%VPI 5+62.00EL 697.71'STA 5+62.00EL697.71'ex0.05'K6L15.00'
VPT 5+69.50
EL 697.76
697.95
698.77
694.95
697.71 WIDENINGPROPOSEDFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2272\145370_32\13448-01_SDWY04.dgn1/27/2026 5:03:57 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROWNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT ARE SHOWN AT INCREMENTS OF 0.2'. INCREMENTS OF 1.0'. MINOR CONTOURS6. MAJOR CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.5. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADDITIONAL INFO.4. REFER TO PAVING PLANS FOR INFORMATION. AND ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFD-#PROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWWORK BY OTHERSMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346EXISTING GROUNDPROPOSED GRADE
200HORIZONTALVERTICALSCALE IN FEET20400224DRIVEWAY044454V:1"=4'SCALE: H:1"=40' AND PROFILEDRIVEWAY PLAN ? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+65.13 = ? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+00.00? ROBSON RANCH RDPROP ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROWEXIST ROW BEGIN DRIVEWAY? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+36.00 =? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 40+65.13, 36.00' RTBEGIN CULVERT 04 (2-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 694.21'? DRIVEWAY04 STA 5+51.1937.20' LT? DRIVEWAY0412345673
0.0
0'
R
30.00'RCULVERT 04D3D45+006+005+0040+0041+0040+005+006+005+00EXIST ROWEXIST ROWRO BSON RANCH RD
1/27/2026W696'697'5+00 6+00 690690695695700700705705PROPOSED 2-4'X2' MBCSTA 5+59.31? = 692.25GROUNDEXISTINGGRADEPROPOSEDBEGIN DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH WIDENING)VPI 5+36.00EL 696.28END DRIVEWAY PROFILE(MATCH BY OTHERS)VPI 5+86.59EL 696.54VPC 5+43.00
EL 696.14-2.000%+
3.3
9
3
%VPI 5+63.00EL 695.74'STA 5+63.00EL695.74'ex0.27'K7L40.00'VPT 5+83.00
EL 696.42
696.03
696.92
692.40
696.46 WIDENINGPROPOSEDFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2275\145370_33\13448-01_SDWY05.dgn1/27/2026 5:48:22 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROWNOTES:DRIVEWAY IDEXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT ARE SHOWN AT INCREMENTS OF 0.2'. INCREMENTS OF 1.0'. MINOR CONTOURS6. MAJOR CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.5. CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADDITIONAL INFO.4. REFER TO PAVING PLANS FOR INFORMATION. AND ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFD-#PROPOSED DRIVEWAY PAVEMENTPROPOSED ROWWORK BY OTHERSMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346EXISTING GROUNDPROPOSED GRADE
200HORIZONTALVERTICALSCALE IN FEET20400224DRIVEWAY054555V:1"=4'SCALE: H:1"=40' AND PROFILEDRIVEWAY PLAN END CULVERT 05 (2-4'X2' MBC)(SET)? = 692.08'? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+59.7834.78' RTCULVERT 05 (2-4'X2' MBC)? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+59.31LENGTH = 60'SLOPE = 0.5%END DRIVEWAY05MATCH BY OTHERS? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+86.591363
0.00'
R
50.00'RBEGIN CULVERT 05 (2-4'x2' MBC)(SET)? = 692.38'? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+59.6925.52' LTDRIVEWAY05POINT #DESCRIPTIONSTATIONOFFSETLT/RT1PC5+36.0045.00'LT2PL5+66.0015.00'LT3PT5+86.5915.00'LT4PI5+86.5915.00'RT5PI5+86.0015.00'RT6PC5+36.0065.00'RT24544+0045+0045+005+006+005+00PROP ROWPROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
BEGIN DRIVEWAY? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+36.00 =? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 44+36.73, 36.00' RT? ROBSON RANCH RD? DRIVEWAY05RO BSON RANCH RD
D5? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 44+36.73 = ? DRIVEWAY05 STA 5+00.00
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONTStandardDivisionDesignC TxDOT:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DATE:FILE:2"6"3"½TT3"24"2"6"2"RT3"½3"24"2"6"6"R
2"6"2"RT8"½TT½T3"8"6"R 2"6"2" to 4"8"2"6"2"R8"½T2 ½"2 ½"3 ½"½"2" to 4"2" to 4"TBar C3"2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB (MONOLITHIC)2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB AND GUTTER5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB AND GUTTER5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB (MONOLITHIC)(See Note 12)JointConstructionPermissible 2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line plans,or as directed by the Engineer.shall be shown elsewhere in the longer or shorter transition, and Field conditions may require a CURB TRANSITION NOTE:BAR CBAR BVaries12"CURB TRANSITIONTTop of CurbTop of PavementHeightChange in(See Curb Transition Note)10'-0" Curb Transition (0" to 2"),Note: To be paid for as Highest Curb3"2"3"2"3"½TT6"T½TBar C7"1"2"8"3"R3"R8"6"7"2"1"3"R3"R24"5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IIa CURB5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IIa CURB AND GUTTER2"6"2" to 4"8"2"2"R8"5" or 5 ¾"(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 6"R6"5"5"1"1"2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE III CURB (KEYED)5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IV CURB (KEYED)2"3"3"2 ½"2 ½"EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL½TJoint Material½" Wide ExpansionT10"14"1½"to wrap bars and plug endUse 2 layers of roofing feltTop of PavementSmooth Dowels2 ea ~ ?"x 24"Top of CurbBar CGENERAL NOTESJointConstructionPermissible JointConstructionPermissible JointConstructionPermissible SteelUsual Pavementcccg21.dgn TXDOTANKMAsphaltAsphaltSteelUsual Pavement(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 6"R
For Curb Height= 5 ¾"For Curb Height= 5"For Curb Height= 5"For Curb Height= 5 ¾"ANDCONCRETE CURBCURB AND GUTTERT½T See Note 13See Note 13See Note 6 and 13See Note 13See Note 13CCCG-22See Note 13 support curb reinforcing steel during concrete placement.13. Bar B placement as needed (typically at four ft. C-C) to conform to that required for concrete curb. plans. Reinforcing steel for curb section shall then accordance with pavement details shown elsewhere in the the longitudinal pavement steel shall be placed in 12. When horizontal permissible construction joints are used, or riprap. where curb or curb and gutter is adjacent to sidewalk 11. One-half inch expansion joint material shall be provided and plan-profile sheets for exact locations.10. Usual profile grade line. Refer to typical sections pavement dimension 'T' is 8" maximum. pavement. When curb is installed adjacent to flexible 9. Dimension 'T' shown is the thickness of concrete reinforcing bars shall be placed at four feet C~C.8. Vertical and horizontal dowel bars and transverse at locations directed by The Engineer. provided at structures, curb returns at streets, and to concrete pavement, expansion joints shall be placement of curb or curb and gutter is not adjacent gutter adjacent to jointed concrete pavement. Where to match pavement joints in all curbs and curb and 7. Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed or may be inserted into fresh concrete. pavement, Bar B may be drilled and grouted in place, 6. Where concrete curb is to be placed on existing concrete sawed or removed at existing joints.5. All existing curbs and driveways to be removed shall be minimum radius of ¼ inch.4. Round exposed sharp edges with a rounding tool, to a "Fibers for Class A and B Concrete Applications." dose fibers in accordance with Material Producers List (MPL) the requirements of DMS 4550, "Fibers for Concrete," and lieu of reinforcing steel is acceptable. Use fibers meeting otherwise shown. The use of fiber reinforced concrete in 3. When reinforcing bars are used, they shall be No.4 unless 2. Concrete shall be Class A. Curb and Gutter." with Item 529, "Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Combined1. All materials and construction shall be in accordanceJUNE 2022CS 46
FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTCESCONTINUOUSLY REINFORCEDCRCP(1)-24StandardDivisionDesigncrcp124.dgnREVISIONSCONCRETE PAVEMENTT - 7 to 13 INCHESONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENTSHEET 1 OF 2LONGITUDINALAND BAR SIZESLAB THICKNESS (IN.)TSIZEBARc#68.53 TO 4#63 TO 4#56.03 TO 4#53 TO 4TABLE NO.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL STEEL BARSOR JOINTAT EDGESPACINGFIRST7.07.58.08.5#63 TO 4#63 TO 49.09.56.59.08.07.5#63 TO 4#66.253 TO 4#63 TO 4#63 TO 4#63 TO 410.010.511.011.512.07.06.756.56.0#63 TO 4#63 TO 412.513.05.755.5ZYYZTRAVEL LANEOR SHOULDERTRAVEL LANETRAVEL LANETRAVEL LANEOR SHOULDERPAVEMENT ORSHOULDER EDGEPAVEMENT ORTRANSVERSELONGITUDINALccccSHOULDER EDGEXXSTEELSTEEL TIE BARSSINGLE PIECESEE SECTION Y-YTIE BARSOF PAVEMENTFROM BOTTOM VERTICAL POSITIONLONG. STEEL 8.0 - 13.0STEELTRANSVERSETABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS(SECTION Y-Y)CONSTRUCTION JOINTAT LONGITUDINALTIE BARS(SECTION Z-Z)CONTRACTION JOINTAT LONGITUDINALTIE BARS#5 48 48(IN.)SPACING(IN.)THICKNESSSLAB(IN.)SPACING(IN.)SPACING 48 4824247.0 - 7.5c(IN.)SPACINGTRANSVERSE BARST1TLONGITUDINAL BARSNO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT. MATERIALJOINT SEALINGccccLONGITUDINAL BARSTRANSVERSE BARSTRANSVERSE BARS IN SAME PLANE AS TIE BARS MAY BE TIE BAR PROJECTIONSEE NOTE 7 FOR 50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAROR MULTIPLE-PIECETIE BARS,SINGLEMATERIALJOINT SEALINGSAW CUTccccTRANSVERSE BARS50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAR21" FOR #5 BAR25" FOR #6 BARSHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS.SINGLE PIECE TIE BARSMATERIALJOINT SEALING2/2/ccLONGITUDINALCONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINALCONSTRUCTION JOINT3TBARSLONGITUDINAL LONGITUDINALc/2c/2TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUTPLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)LONGITUDINALTRANSVERSECONSTRUCTIONJOINT48"
24"48"
24"24"
48"MIN.CLEAR 2"CONTRACTION JOINTCONSTRUCTION JOINTTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:GENERAL NOTESC TxDOT:aaaaaa6.03.53.753.753.754.04.254.755.04.55.56.06.57.07.58.0(IN.)T1(IN.)SPACINGLONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINTSECTION Z - ZTRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTSECTION X - XLONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTSECTION Y - YT1TT1T OR COMBINATION OF EACH SIZECONTRACTOR MAY USE #6 REINFORCING STEEL INSTEAD OF #5 REINFORCING STEEL *SIZEBARSIZEBARSIZEBAR#5#5#5 1. DETAILS FOR PAVEMENT WIDTH, PAVEMENT THICKNESS AND THE CROWN CROSS-SLOPE SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. FOR PAVEMENTS 2. USE COARSE AGGREGATES WITH A RATED COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL EXPANSION (CoTE) OF NOT MORE THAN 5.5 X 10 IN/IN/ °F AS LISTED IN THE CONCRETE RATED SOURCE QUALITY CATALOG (CRSQC). 3. ALL THE REINFORCING STEEL AND TIE BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 (GRADE 60) OR ASTM A 996 (GRADE 60) OR ABOVE. STEEL BAR SIZES AND SPACINGS SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1 AND TABLE NO.2. 4. STEEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1 IN. HORIZONTALLY AND +/- 0.5 IN. VERTICALLY. CALCULATED AVERAGE BAR SPACING (CONCRETE PLACEMENT WIDTH / NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL BARS) SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1. 5. ADJUST REINFORCING STEEL VERTICALLY USING SHIMS OR OTHER METHODS,AS APPROVED, TO MEET VERTICAL TOLERANCES PRIOR TO CONCRETEPLACEMENT. 6. PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 15 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS. 7. THE MINIMUM PROJECTION OF TIE BARS INTO THE ADJACENT PLACEMENTIS 22.5 IN. for #6 BARS AND 18.5 IN. FOR #5 BARS. 8. SEE STANDARD SHEET "CONCRETE CURB AND CURB AND GUTTER," FOR DETAILS WHEN TYING CONCRETE CURB OR CURB GUTTER AT A LONGITUDINAL JOINT. 9. REPLACE MISSING OR DAMAGED TIE BARS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION BY DRILLING MIN.10 IN. DEEP AND GROUTING TIE BARS WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY. MEET THE PULL-OUT TEST REQUIREMENTS IN ITEM 361.10. OMIT TIE BARS LOCATED WITHIN 18-IN. OF THE TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (SECTION X-X). USE HAND-OPERATED IMMERSION VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL FORMED JOINTS.11. THE DETAIL FOR THE JOINT SEALANT AND RESERVOIR IS SHOWN ON STANDARD SHEET "CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS." #6#6WIDER THAN 100 FT. WITHOUT A FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT, ADDITIONAL DETAIL MAY BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.-6Sept 2024KMCES A MINIMUM OF 25-IN.12. LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING STEEL SPLICES SHALL BE****AN 47
FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTTxDOTCONTINUOUSLY REINFORCEDCRCP(1)-24StandardDivisionDesigncrcp124.dgnREVISIONSCONCRETE PAVEMENTT - 7 to 13 INCHESONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENTEXPOSED EXISTING STEEL BARSJACK HAMMERS AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.CONCRETE WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY LIGHTWEIGHTIN THIS AREA, THE BREAKING OF THE EXISTINGOPTION B: BREAKBACK AND LAPPARTIAL DEPTH SAWCUTNEW LONGITUDINAL STEEL BARSEXISTING CRCPNEW CRCP TT1NEW CRCP TO EXISTING CRCPTRANSVERSE TIE JOINT DETAILMIN.36"EDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENTOR LONGITUDINAL JOINT EXISTING CRCPMIN.10"NEW CRCPMIN.30"TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTPLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)OPTION A: DRILL AND EPOXYCENTERLINE FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT DETAILCONCRETEPAVEMENTVARIESSIDE OF THE JOINT.BARRIER SHALL BE ON THE SAMEPIECE OF CONCRETE TRAFFICALL TIE BARS IN ANY CONTINUOUSSHEETS FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS.SEE CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD FREE SIDE OF JOINT.MAY BE USED ON THE CONFORMING TO DMS-6310ASPHALT BOARDS ROOFING FELT OR 1/2"TWO LAYERS OF 30 LBBARRIERCONCRETE TRAFFICCAST-IN-PLACETO DMS-6310.BOARD CONFORMING 1/2" MIN. ASPHALTLONGITUDINAL WIDENING JOINT DETAILCONCRETE CURB TO BEREMOVED (IF APPLICABLE)MINEXISTING PAVEMENT EDGE PROPOSED PAVEMENTSEALING MATERIALJOINT10"SEE NOTE 7TIE BARS TPYE III,CLASS C EPOXY DRILL & GROUT WITH PAVEMENTS, USE #5 TIE BARS FOR LESS THAN 8" THICK PAVEMENTS.2.SPACE TIE BARS AT 24" SPACING. USE #6 TIE BARS FOR 8" AND THICKER ON EPOXY-GROUTED TIE BARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 360.1.BEFORE CONCRETE PLACEMENT, PERFORM PULL-OUT TESTST(SEE NOTE 11)1½" EXPANSION JOINTTRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT DETAILAT BRIDGE APPROACHPAVEMENTCONCRETE T THMAC(UNDERLAYMENT) SLABBRIDGE APPROACHROOFING FELT2 LAYERS OF 30 LB2"OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS LOCATION OF THE JOINT WILL BE (JOINT WITHOUT TIE BARS)FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT OR LONGITUDINAL JOINTEDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENT12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTH12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTHCONFIGURATION MEETING THIS REQUIREMENT WILL BE ALLOWED.AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT. ANY OTHER LAPLONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTHSTAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3 OF THEEXAMPLES OF LAP CONFIGURATIONPLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)SPLICESREINFORCING STEELLONGITUDINALITEM 361.REQUIREMENTS OF PULL-OUT TEST SPECIFIED INEPOXY-GROUTED LONGITUDINAL BARS MEETS THEDEMONSTRATE THAT THE BOND STRENGTH OF THEDRILL AND GROUT WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY.SHEET 2 OF 2DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.C TxDOT:WITHIN 60 FT. AS NEEDED.T/2 TO T1 POSTITION TRANSITION STEEL BARS FROMT/2Sept 2024KMCEST/2AN 48
FILE:DATE:6'- 3"6'- 3"6'- 3"MBGF LENGTH OF NEED (L)31"RAIL ELEMENTFINISHED GRADE 25'- 0"6'- 3"DIRECTION OF TRAFFICStandardDivisionDesignTXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:GF(31)-191 ½" (TYP)12"1 ½" 9"9"(TYP)12"(TYP)?" 7"25"CULVERT SLAB9" MIN. FILL DEPTH18" MINSTEEL POSTW6 X 9 OR W6 X 8.5GUARDRAIL HEIGHT.MODIFICATION TO ENSURE PROPER POST(S) MAY REQUIRE FIELD CULVERT SLAB).IS LESS THAN 36" COVER OVERCULVERT SLAB (USE WHEN THERESTEEL POST CONNECTION TOGENERAL NOTESGUARDRAILBLOCK4 ½"4 ½"VARIESLOW FILL CULVERT POSTNOTE: CULVERTS OF 25 FT. OR LESS, SEE GF(31)LS STANDARD FOR "LONG SPAN" OPTION. REQUIRED WITH 6'-3" POST SPACINGS.NOTE: GF(31), MID-SPAN RAIL SPLICES ARE MID-SPAN RAIL SPLICEELEVATIONSHOWING A 25'- 0" SECTION OF W-BEAM RAIL. (SEE GENERAL NOTE 2)(TYP)26'- ½"2"4"¼4"¼3'-1 ½"SLOTTED HOLES AT 6'-3" C-COR 3'-1 ½" C-CELEVATION 25'- 0"(NOM.) W-BEAM SECTION SEE RAIL SPLICE DETAIL FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE.NOTES: SEE GENERAL NOTE 2 FOR ALLOWABLE RAIL TYPES.8"2'-0" TYPVARIES32"(NOMINAL LENGTH)-6'-0" STEEL AND RAIL ELEMENTBETWEEN BOLT HEAD DO NOT USE WASHERTREATED WOOD BLOCK6"X 8"X 14" BREAKFRONT SLOPEOR WIDENED CROWN.EDGE OF SHOULDER25"7"12"x 12"x ?"(ASTM A572 GR 50)TOP PLATEOR CORED IN CONCRETE1" DIA. HOLES FORMED 40" STEEL POST36" WOOD POST SPLICE & POST BOLT DETAILS.NOTE: SEE GENERAL NOTE 3 FOR EPOXIED THREADED RODS. EXTEND RODS ¼" MIN. BEYOND NUT. ROD DIA. FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLING OF HILTI HIT RE 500 WITH THE SAME EMBEDMENT DEPTH AND THREADED IF IT CAN BE DEMONSTRATED THAT THEY MEET OR EXCEED THE STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF DMS-6100, "EPOXIES AND ADHESIVES", MAY BE USED ADHESIVE. OTHER TYPE III CLASS C EPOXY ADHESIVES MEETING THE WASHER EACH. EMBED ANCHOR RODS 6" WITH HILTI HIT RE 500 EPOXY ASTM A449 OR A193 GRADE B7 WITH HEAVY HEX NUT, AND ONE HARDENED SLAB IS 9" MIN. THICK. THREADED ANCHOR RODS MUST BE ?" DIA. EPOXY ANCHOR OPTION: THIS OPTION MAY ONLY BE USED IF THE CULVERT (SEE GENERAL NOTE 3).AND NUT WITH ?" WASHER?" BUTTON HEAD POST BOLT POST & BLOCKOUT¾" DIA. HOLE SLOTTED HOLES1" X 1 ½"BOLT-THROUGH INSTALLATION.PLATE WITH 1" DIA. HOLES REQUIRED WITH 12" X 12" X ¼"(ASTM A36) STEEL BOTTOM BUTTON HEAD BOLTRAIL SPLICE DETAILMID-SPANDIRECTION OF TRAFFICSPLICE2"2"4¼"4¼"12 ½"CL BOLTS WITH RECCESSED NUTS.(8) ?" X 1 ¼" BUTTON HEAD SPLICE NO BOLT REQUIREDTL-3 MASH COMPLIANTMETAL BEAM GUARD FENCEWASHER EACH AND HEAVY HEX NUTS.?" DIA (ASTM A449) HEAVY HEX BOLTS WITH TWO HARDENED BOLT-THROUGH OPTION: REQUIRES A 6" MIN. SLAB THICKNESS.NOTE: BOLT LENGTH = SLAB PLUS 2 ¼" MIN.NOTE: TWO INSTALLATION OPTIONS.1.2.FBBO4 = 18" FBBO3 = 10"POST & BLOCK LENGTHFBBO2 = 2"FBBO1 = 1 ¼"BOLTS COME WITH A RECCESSED NUT.FOUR TYPES OF BUTTON-HEAD GUARD RAIL NOTE: SLOTTED HOLES (TYP)2 ½" X ¾" HOLES (TYP)(8) RAIL SPLICE 12 ¼"6?"6?"TYPICAL POST PLACEMENT14"8"6"MIN DIAWOOD BLOCK TO7 ½CL3"7"3"ROUND WOOD POST6'-0"40"(STEEL) 36" (WOOD)(NOMINAL LENGTH)-5'-8" WOODROUND WOOD POST ONLY8"NOTE: "WOOD" INDICATES DIMENSIONS FOR BOTH ROUND AND RECTANGULAR WOOD POST SYSTEMS.** SEE GF(31)TL2 TR STANDARD FOR LOW-SPEED TL-2 TRANSITIONS. SEE GF(31)TL3 TR STANDARD FOR HIGH-SPEED TL-3 TRANSITIONS.NOTE: TRANSISTIONS TO BRIDGE RAILS OR TRAFFIC BARRIERS.8"6"14"CL3"7" 7"6" X 8" X 68" TO PREVENT BLOCK ROTATION.NOTE: TOENAIL WITH ONE 16D GALV. NAIL 8"6"1"14"W6 x 9.0OR W6 X 8.5 7"CL LENGTH 72"(TYP)ROUTED WOOD BLOCKTO I-BEAM STEEL POSTWOOD BLOCK TO RECTANGULAR WOOD POST OF RAIL. FOR GUARDRAIL LOCATED DOWN A 10:1 SLOPE, MEASURE FROM THE NOMINAL TERRAIN. PAVEMENT/SHOULDER SLOPE TO THE BACK OF RAIL, MEASURE FROM THE BOTTOM OF STRAIGHTEDGE TO THE TOP OF THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FOR A PAVEMENT OVERLAY, USE A 10-FOOT STRAIGHTEDGE TO EXTEND THE FROM THE PAVEMENT TO THE TOP OF THE W-BEAM RAIL. WHEN THE GUARDRAIL IS LOCATED UP TO 2 FT. OFF GUARDRAIL HEIGHT MEASUREMENT: WHEN THE GUARDRAIL IS LOCATED ABOVE PAVEMENT, MEASURE THE HEIGHT 14. SEE CONCRETE CLOSURE DETAILS ON BRIDGE STANDARD SCP-MD. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CLOSURE SHALL ACCOMMODATE THE PLACEMENT OF THE LOW FILL CULVERT OPTION. UNITS, THE USE OF A CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CLOSURE BETWEEN BOXES IS REQUIRED. THE LENGTH OF THE FOR THE LOW FILL CULVERT OPTION, POSTS LOCATED PARTIALLY OR WHOLLY BETWEEN PRECAST BOX CULVERT 13. ON THE MPL MAY FURNISH COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCKS. MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL) FOR PRODUCERS OF MATERIALS CONFORMING TO DMS-7210 ONLY PRODUCERS SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKS OF SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. THE CONSTRUCTION DIVISION, TXDOT MAINTAINS A OF DMS-7210,"COMPOSITE MATERIAL POSTS AND BLOCKS FOR METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE" MAY BE 12. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, A COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCK THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS THAN 150 FT. RADIUS.11. SPECIAL FABRICATION WILL BE REQUIRED AT INSTALLATION LOCATIONS HAVING A CURVATURE OF LESS 10. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE, OF ANY DEPTH. CUT TO ENSURE PROPER GUARDRAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT. BACKFILL WITH COARSE AGGREGATE MATERIAL. DEPTH, WHICHEVER MAYBE LESS. ANY EXCESS POST LENGTH, AFTER MEETING THESE DEPTHS, MAY BE FIELD IS ENCOUNTERED BELOW 18", DRILL A 12" DIA. HOLE, 12" INTO THE ROCK OR TO THE STANDARD EMBEDMENT WITHIN 0 TO 18" OF THE FINISHED GRADE, DRILL A 24" DIA. HOLE, 24" INTO THE ROCK. IF SOLID ROCK 9. APPLICATIONS IN SOLID ROCK ARE ONLY ALLOWED WITH STEEL POSTS. IF SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED INCHES ABOVE THE GUTTER PAN OR EDGE OF SHOULDER. RAIL PLACED OVER CURBS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE POST BOLT IS LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 25 POSITIONED SO THAT THE FACE OF CURB IS LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW OR BEHIND THE FACE OF THE RAIL. 8. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, GUARD FENCE PLACED IN THE VICINITY OF CURBS SHALL BE AT A RATE OF 25:1 OR FLATTER. 7. IF SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, THE GUARD FENCE MAY BE FLARED 6. THE LATERAL APPROACH TO THE GUARD FENCE, SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 1V:10H. 5. CROWN SHALL BE WIDENED TO ACCOMMODATE THE METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE. FITTINGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE BID ITEM. 4. FITTINGS (BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 445,"GALVANIZING." AND NOT MORE THAN 1" BEYOND IT. TRIM REMAINING BOLT LENGTH TO MEET REQUIRED LENGTH. SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO EXTEND THROUGH THE FULL THICKNESS OF THE NUT AND ?" WASHER (FWC16a) 3. BUTTON HEAD "POST BOLTS & NUTS" SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF (ASTM A307), AND SHALL BE OF TRANSITION SECTIONS OF GUARDRAIL. LENGTH OF RAIL MAY BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THE DOWNSTREAM ANCHOR TERMINAL (DAT) AND THE (NOM.) LENGTHS. RAIL ELEMENTS MAY HAVE SLOTTED HOLES AT 3'-1 ½" C-C OR 6'-3" C-C. A SPECIAL MODIFIED IN THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR MAY FURNISH RAIL ELEMENTS OF 25'- 0", OR 12'- 6" 2. RAIL ELEMENTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITEM 540,"METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE" EXCEPT AS ENGINEER. STEEL POSTS TO BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 445, "GALVANIZING." IN THE PLANS. THE EXACT POSITION OF MBGF SHALL BE SHOWN IN THE PLANS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE 1. THE TYPE OF POST (ROUND WOOD POST, RECTANGULAR WOOD POST, OR STEEL POST) WILL BE AS SHOWN SPLICE BOLT LENGTHVARIES?"RAIL HEIGHT MEASUREMENT)(SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 FORNOTE:gf3119.dgnDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTC TxDOT:KMVPNOVEMBER 2019TxDOTCGL/AG 49
(DOWNSTREAM ANCHOR TERMINAL)METAL BEAM GUARD FENCEGF(31)DAT-1916" 3" 4"4"4"2"2" 2" 35(TYP)HOLESBENT PLATE16" x 12 ½" x ?"GUARDRAIL ANCHOR BRACKET12222345678910111213141516171111111204284218TERMINAL RAIL ELEMENTSHELF ANGLE BRACKETBCT BEARING PLATEGUARDRAIL ANCHOR BRACKET(ROUNDED)W-BEAM END SECTIONBCT CABLE ANCHORRECESSED NUT, GUARDRAIL10" BUTTON HEAD BOLTSTEEL FOUNDATION TUBE10'- 4 ¾"9'- 4 ½"3'- 1 ½"12"4'- 1"3 SPACES AT 4"TERMINAL RAIL ELEMENT FOR DAT41STEEL FOUNDATION TUBE6"8"1"17"72"FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWTERMINAL POST27 ¼"5 ¼"7"46"28 ½"31 ½"HOLEDIA.½"2SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEWEND PLATE 3" 1½" 2¾" 1?" 6" 3" ¼" 1?" 7½" 1 ½" SHELF ANGLE BRACKETW-BEAM END SECTION (ROUNDED) (12 GA.)9FULL POUR AT THE FOUNDATION TUBES.STRUTS MAY BE OMITTED. THIS WILL REQUIRE A STEEL FOUNDATION TUBES AND THE TWO CHANNEL THE LEAVE-OUT AREA AROUND THE INSTALLATION IF A MOW STRIP IS REQUIRED WITH THE DAT MOW STRIP INSTALLATION11TUBES WITH HARDWARESTEEL FOUNDATION DOWNSTREAM ANCHOR TERMINAL (DAT)6'- 3"3'-1 ½"3'-1 ½"+31" 7 ¼" x 5 ¼" x 46" DAT TERMINAL POST32781417119'- 4 ½" Rail Section(SEE GENERAL NOTE 2)WITH HARDWAREAND ANCHOR BRACKETBCT CABLE ANCHOR11111112 OF NEED BEGIN LENGTH (LON)AND STANDARD HARDWARE.CABLE BRACKET, BEARING PLATE CABLE ANCHOR ASSEMBLY WITH BREAKAWAY CABLE TERMINAL (BCT)BRACKETSHELF ANGLE (SEE NOTE 2)END SECTION(ROUNDED) W-BEAMBCT POST SLEEVE2" x 5 ½"(SCH 40 GALV. PIPE) C3 X 5 X 80" GROUND STRUTS 12'-6" (Min.) MBGF151711594TUBE EMBEDMENT68 ¼"(MIN.)above the finished grade. projection is required a 3 ¼"( ) ½" tube maintain the anchor system, To properly install and GRADE FINISHED 8"(TYP)8"4"2~NAILS OF PLATE5"TO TOPBEARING PLATE6L8"x 8"x ?" P16"12"1" x 1?"R ¼"6 3" MIN7 ½"2"3" 2 ½"2 ½" 1½" 80"CHANNEL STRUT3FILE:DATE:StandardDivisionDesign#(DAT) PARTS LIST QTYgf31dat19.dgn TXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:8 ½"PLAN VIEW(SEE NOTE 1)ELEVATION VIEWTRANSITION RAIL (EA)PAYMENT FOR NON-SYMMETRICALDIRECTION OF TRAFFICGRADE FINISHED (SEE GF(31)STANDARD)BEGIN PAYMENT FOR METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE END PAYMENT FOR DAT SYSTEM (EA.)GENERAL NOTES13171716810THE HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE AREA OF OPPOSING TRAFFIC.NOTE: ONLY FOR DOWNSTREAM USE, WHEN LOCATED OUTSIDE TO BRACKETEND PLATE WELDSIDESTHREESLOT (TYP)SPLICE BOLTEND PLATEBRACKETSLOTS (TYP)¾" x 1" 7 ¼"x 5 ¼"x 46" WOOD POST6"x 8"x ?" x 72" STEEL TUBE851 ?" DIA TO PREVENT PLATE ROTATIONNOTE: DRIVE NAILS AND BEND OVERHOLES?" DIA.HOLEDIA.C3 X 5 X 80",GRADE A36SLOTS (TYP)¾" X 2" HOLES ?" DIA.DIA.DAT TERMINAL POSTCHANNEL STRUT BCT POST SLEEVE(SEE APPLICABLE TRANSITION STANDARD)TRANSITION RAIL SECTIONNON-SYMMETRICAL1 ¼" BUTTON HEAD BOLT ?" X 2" HEX HEAD BOLT?" FLAT WASHER?" X 10" HEX HEAD BOLT ?" X 8" HEX HEAD BOLT5. REFER TO GF(31) SHEET FOR TERMINAL CONNECTION DETAILS. OTHERWISE SHOWN.4. ALL HARDWARE FOR DAT SHALL BE ASTM A307 UNLESS ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE.3. THE FOUNDATION TUBES SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 3 ¾" TO THE END POST. SHELF ANGLE BRACKET. THE RAIL ELEMENT IS NOT ATTACHED 2. THE RAIL SECTION AT THE END POST IS SUPPORTED BY THE A CONCRETE RAIL. FOR A DOWNSTREAM ANCHOR TERMINAL (DAT) CONNECTED TO 1. THE DETAIL SHOWN IS THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF NEED (LON) DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTC TxDOT:KMVPNOVEMBER 2019TxDOTCGL/AGTL-3 MASH COMPLIANT 50
FILE:DATE:MOW STRIP DETAILSECTION A-AAAPavementEdge of9"3"W-BeamPLANPavementEdge of3'-6"usualTypical7"minusualCurb shown on top of mow stripCURB OPTION (2)CURB OPTION (1)usual7"usualmin7"usualminCURB OPTION (3)7"usualminMow Stripor Asphaltic PavementReinforced ConcreteCurb TypesStandard for See CCCG Curb TypesStandard forSee CCCGCurb TypesStandard for See CCCG15"15"15"15"Varies 3'-6" Typicalpostsguard fenceMinimum 1'-10" beyond5'-0"5'-10"Approx.2'-0"Mow Strip (1V : 10H or Flatter)Grading or approved50' Approach Taper of Grading or Mow Strip W-Beam3'-6"1'-6"
1'-6"9"PavementEdge ofminmin
usual of need requirements. proper installation and lengthNote: See SGT standard sheets for (See General Note 4)Approved Post min
7"(See General Note 4)Approved Post MBGF or MBGF TransitionPavementEdge of GRADING AND MOW STRIP AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS4"4"4"4"25"25"
25"
25"proper installation)(See GF(31) standard sheet forGF(31) shown with Mow StripLength varies. Adjust Mow Strip width accordingly when offset is used. (offset "option" shown)OffsetSlope to drainSlope to drainSlope to drainSlope to drainNote: Site Condition(s)or eliminated, as directed by the Engineer.Approach grading or mow strip may be decreased end treatments. for the proper installation of metal guard fence and Site conditions may exist where grading is requiredDirection of TrafficGENERAL NOTESStandardDivisionDesignTXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:GF(31)MS-19leave-out18" dia. min.18" x 18" min. orleave-out18" dia. min.18" x 18" min. orembedment throughout the system.This option will increase the post(See General Note 8)Grout mixture(See General Note 8)Grout mixtureFill leave-out with(See General Note 8)Grout mixture(See General Note 8)Grout mixture(See General Note 8)Grout mixtureTL-3 MASH COMPLIANT40" (STEEL)36" (WOOD)Mow StripReinforced ConcreteMow StripReinforced ConcreteMow StripReinforced ConcreteMow StripReinforced ConcreteMow StripReinforced Concrete18" Dia. minimum leave-out.with 18" x 18" Square or Mow Strip Reinforced Concrete will be subsidiary to the pay item of riprap mow strip. (Suggested Maximum leave-out of 20"). Payment for furnishing and placing the grout mixture dimensions are acceptable from both an impact performance and maintenance repair standpoint that will flow into and completely fill all voids. Due to auger size, larger leave-out compressive strength of approximately 230 psi or less. Provide grout with a consistency 188 pounds Type 1 or II cement, and 550 pounds of water per cubic yard, with a 28-day 8. The leave-outs shall be filled with a Grout mixture consisting of: 2719 pounds sand, 7. The limits of payment for reinforced concrete will include leave-outs for the posts.6. Thickness of the mow strip will be 4". mow strip and will be paid for under other pertinent bid item.5. Other curb placement options may be used. Curbs are not considered part of the in the mow strip. See GF(31) Standard for additional details.4. Only steel (W6 x 8.5 or W6 x 9.0), or 7 ½" Dia. round wood posts are acceptable for use 3. The leave-out behind the post shall be a minimum of 7". Producer List (MPL), maintained by TxDOT, Construction Division. steel reinforcing is acceptable, provided the fiber producer is on the Department Material placed in accordance with Item 432, "Riprap." The use of the synthetic fiber in lieu of the plans and will be paid for under the pertinent bid item. Reinforced concrete shall be 2. Mow strips shall be reinforced concrete with (wire mesh or synthetic fiber), as shown on sheet for additional information. and guard fence end treatments. See applicable GF(31) MBGF or GF(31) Transition Standard1. This mow strip design is for use with metal beam guard fence, guard fence transitions, DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTC TxDOT:KMVPNOVEMBER 2019TxDOT gf31ms19.dgn CGL/AGMETAL BEAM GUARD FENCE(MOW STRIP) 51
DN:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTFILE:DATE:TxDOTStandardDivisionDesignHCDN:CK:ANDECEMBER 2014js14.dgnC TxDOT:HCCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINT/T -¼"?"3 ¼"¼"TO½"COMPOUNDSEALINGJOINT-¼"?"¼"¼"TO½"JOINT SEALINGCOMPOUNDCONSTRUCTION JOINT?"- ¼"LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE?"?" CONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL SAWEDFORMEDISOLATION JOINTBACKER ROD½"¼"?"- ½"1½"OR EQUIVALENT.MATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTT
1 ½"?"¼"--
3"RODBACKER1¾""EXPANSION JOINT TRANSVERSE FORMEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTOR EQUIVALENT.MATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDCONTRACTION JOINT/T 3
½" MIN.1
?"?"¼"-¼TO"½"RODBACKER?"- ¼"TRANSVERSE SAWEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTMETHOD B: JOINT SEALING COMPOUNDGENERAL NOTES1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, EITHER METHOD "A" OR METHOD "B" MAY BE USED.2. THE LOCATION OF JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLAN OR APPROVED. USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 AT NEW JOINTS. USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 4,5,7,OR 8 FOR MAINTAINING EXISTING JOINTS.ITEM 713 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS AND CRACKS (CONCRETE PAVEMENT)".GUTTER, OLD AND NEW PAVEMENTS, OR AROUND DRAINAGE INLETS, MANHOLES, FOOTINGS AND LIGHTING4. DIMENSIONS d1, d2, AND d3 SHOWN IN METHOD A SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PREFORMED3. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT OR PCS SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANSFOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND THE SAWED JOINTS.5. REFER TO DMS-6310 "JOINT SEALANTS AND FILLERS" FOR THE CLASSIFICATIONS. 6. FOR SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT, LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT, USE JOINT 7. FOR TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACTION, TRANSVERSE FORMED EXPANSION JOINT, AND ISOLATION JOINT8. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ITEM 438 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS" ORSTRUCTURES./TCONSTRUCTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL3 d1T ¼"¼"d1d2d2 d3d3?"- ¼"PCSPCSCONTRACTION JOINTTRANSVERSE SAWED/T 3 ?"d3d1d2?"- ¼"PCS(PCS)(DMS-6310 CLASS 6)METHOD A: PREFORMED COMPRESSION SEALS T
d3d1d2 1 ½"-1 ?"EQUIVALENTMATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDTRANSVERSE FORMEDPCSEXPANSION JOINT CONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL SAWED CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS JOINT SEALSJS-14 COMPRESSION SEAL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.AND A STRUCTURE. ISOLATION JOINTS MAY BE USED FOR BRIDGE ABUTMENTS, INTERSECTIONS, CURB AND9. ISOLATION JOINTS ACCOMMODATE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOVEMENTS THAT OCCUR BETWEEN A PAVEMENTTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER: 52
MBGFSTANDARDBEGINEND PAYMENT FOR SGT16"50'-9 ½" STANDARD INSTALLATION LENGTH (MASH TL-3 SoftStop)6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"5'-8"4'-7"BB6'-1?"PLAN VIEWMASH TEST LEVEL 3 (TL-3) LENGTH OF SoftStop TERMINAL (50'-9 ½")LINE AT THE BACK OF POST #2 THRU #8BEGIN LENGTH OF NEED31"HEIGHTRAILELEVATION VIEWPN:15204AANCHOR PADDLE(4 PLIES)W-BEAM FLATTENEDPN: 15202GANGLE STRUT PN: 15204AANCHOR PADDLEAPPROACH GRADING AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS6'- 1 ?"PN:15202GANGLE STRUT PN:3340G ?" HEX NUTS PN:3360G GR BOLTS(8) ?"x 1- ¼" HARDWARE FOR POST(2) THRU POST(8)SEE NOTE:C25'-0" DOWNSTREAM W-BEAM GUARDRAIL PN:61G3'-1 ½"6"¼(2)½" X 6'-9 ?"OUTSIDE SLOTS CUTOUTDEPTHPOST PN:3340G ?" HEX NUTS PN:3360G HGR BOLTS(8) ?"x 1- ¼" (1) ?" HGR HEX NUT PN:3340G(1) ?"x 10" HGR BOLT PN:3500GPOST(3)POST(3)POST(8)POST(7)POST(6)POST(5)POST(4)POST(8)POST(7)POST(6)POST(5)POST(4) AT (POSTS 2 THRU 8) STANDARD WOOD BLOCKOUTS (6"X8"X14") PN:4076B NOTE: STEEL I-BEAM POST W6 X 8.5 (6'-0") PN:533G?" HGR NUT PN:3340G?" X 10" HGR BOLT PN:3500GAAMASH - TL-3SOFTSTOP END TERMINALTRINITY HIGHWAYDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTFILE:DATE:KMStandardDivisionDesignC TxDOT:VPTxDOT1171HARDWARE126777B15204A15207G15206G15201G15202G124213612711416254902G3908G3717G3701G3704G3360G3340G3500G3391G4489G4372G105285G105286G3240G3245G15852B4076B7111611115208A15215G61G15205A15203G15000G533G1QTYMAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTSPARTTRAFFIC FLOWTRAFFIC FLOWHEIGHTPOST40"32"REPLACE THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL.SoftStop END TERMINAL
, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF THE NOTE:PN:15204APADDLEANCHOR ANCHOR KEEPER PLATE (24 GA)ANCHOR PLATE WASHER ( ½" THICK )ANCHOR PADDLEANGLE STRUTANCHOR POST ANGLE (10" LONG)POST #1 - (SYTP) (4'- 9 ½")
POST #2 - (SYTP) (6'- 0") SoftStop HEAD (SEE MANUAL FOR RIGHT-LEFT APPROACH)PN:15215GANCHOR RAILEND OFGENERAL NOTESPN:15215G RAIL 25'-0" DEPTHPOST(TYP 1-8)31"HEIGHTRAILPN:61G RAIL 25'-0" ANCHOR RAIL WITH SLOTS - (THREADED THRU HEAD)
SEE SoftStop MANUAL FOR COMPLETE DETAILSMBGF LAPPED IN DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOWGENERAL NOTE:6SEE BLOCKOUTALTERNATE?" x 9" HEX HD BOLT A3251" ROUND WASHER F436¾" x 2 ½" HEX BOLT A325?" x 2 ½" HEX HD BOLT GR-5?" x 1 ½" HEX HD BOLT GR-5?" WASHER F436 ?" x 1 ¾" HEX HD BOLT A325?" x 10" HGR POST BOLT A307¾" ROUND WASHER F436?" ROUND WASHER (WIDE) HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING - SEE NOTE:B& NOTE:BSEE GN(3)SoftStop FACEFROM THE CENTERLINE OF POST(1) & POST(0) DETAIL SEE2DETAIL SEE3PN: 15205A6'-5 ?"POST(0) PN: 15000G6'-0" (SYTP)POST(2) PN: 15203G4'-9 ½" SYTPPOST(1) NOTE: DO NOT BOLT ANCHOR RAIL PANEL TO POST(2)?"HOLESYIELDING DIA.?"HOLESYIELDING DIA.3 AT POST(0)DETAIL PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL (LATEST REV.)NOTE:SEE ANOTE:SEE AJULY 2016 RAIL OFFSET 2'-0" MAX.MBGFSTANDARD5'-0" 50' APPROACH
GRADING 2'-0" APPROX 5'-10" EDGE OF PAVEMENT ?" HEX NUT A563 GR.DH¾" HEAVY HEX NUT A563 GR.DH1" HEAVY HEX NUT A563 GR
.DH NOTE: ADJUST WIDTH ACCORDINGLY WHEN OFFSET IS
USED. (OFFSET "OPTION" SHOWN) FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE.SEE PRODUCT ASSEMBLY MANUAL(1V:10H OR FLATTER)APPROACH GRADING3'-1 ½"(+/-)ELIMINATED FOR SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS, IF DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.FROM ENCROACHING ON THE SHOULDER. THE FLARE MAY BE DECREASED ORA FLARE RATE OF UP TO
25:1 MAY BE USED TO PREVENT THE TERMINAL HEAD 12. BE CURVED.11. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE GUARDRAIL WITHIN THE SoftStop
SYSTEM 10. DO NOT ATTACH THE SoftStop SYSTEM DIRECTLY TO A RIGID BARRIER. GRADE LINE OR WITH AN UPWARD
TILT. 9. IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO INSTALL THE SoftStop IMPACT HEAD PARALLEL TO THE 8. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE. AND REFER TO THE LATEST ROADWAY MBGF STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION GUIDANCE. 7. IF SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED
SEE THE MANUFACTURER
'S INSTALLATION MANUAL DIVISION MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL)
FOR CERTIFIED PRODUCERS. MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKOUTS OF SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. SEE CONSTRUCTION 6. A COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCKOUT THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF DMS-7210, ITEM 445,"GALVANIZING". FITTINGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE BID ITEM. 5. HARDWARE (BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ROADWAY MOW STRIP STANDARD. 4. FOR POST (LEAVE-OUT) INSTALLATION AND GUIDANCE SEE TXDOT
'S LATEST
OBJECT MARKER SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED IN TEXAS MUTCD. FRONT FACE OF THE DEVICE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. APPLY HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, "OBJECT MARKER" ON THE SoftStop END
TERMINAL, PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL. PN:620237B 2. FOR INSTALLATION, REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE REFER TO THE; 2525 N. STEMMONS FREEWAY, DALLAS, TX 75207 OF THE SYSTEM, CONTACT: TRINITY HIGHWAY AT 1(888)323-6374. 1. FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION REGARDING INSTALLATION AND TECHNICAL GUIDANCE (1) 1 ¾" X 6'-10 ¼"MIDDLE SLOT CUTOUT 6'-3"6'-3"I-BEAM POST PN:15205A 6'-5 ?" (W6 X 15)6'-3"?" x 1 ¼" W-BEAM RAIL SPLICE BOLTS HGR ?" W-BEAM RAIL SPLICE NUTS HGR BLOCKOUT - COMPOSITE (4" x 7 ½" x 14")BLOCKOUT - WOOD (ROUTED) (6" x 8" x 14")POST #0 - ANCHOR POST (6'- 5 ?")POST #3 THRU #8 - I-BEAM (W6 x 8.5) (6'- 0") SoftStop DOWNSTREAM W-BEAM RAIL (12GA) (25'- 0") (TYP) PN:3704G(2) ¾" HEX NUT (TYP) PN:3701G(4) ¾" FLAT WASHER (TYP) PN:3717G(2) ¾" x 2 ½" HEX BOLTPN:15201GPOST ANGLE(2) ANCHORI-BEAM POST PN: 533G6'-0" (W6 X 8.5)32"40"PN:3340G?" HGR NUTPN:3500GHGR POST BOLT?" X 10" 31"HEIGHTRAILHEIGHTPOSTGRADEFINISHED 6, 7 & 8) (3, 4, 5,LINE POSTHEIGHTPOSTPOST(2)32"40"PN:3340G?" HGR NUTPN:3500GHGR POST BOLT?" X 10" 31"HEIGHTRAILGRADEFINISHED B-BSECTION VIEW25'-0"W-BEAM RAIL25'-0"W-BEAM RAILBLOCKOUT WOOD6" X 8" X 14" BLOCKOUT WOOD6" X 8" X 14" (SYTP) I-BEAM POST PN:15000G 6'-0" (W6 X 8.5) NOTE: DO NOT BOLT ANCHOR RAIL PANEL TO POST(2)A-ASECTION VIEWSTANDARD WOOD BLOCKOUTW6 X 8.5 I-BEAM POST SHOWING NOTE: NO BLOCKOUT INSTALLED AT POST(1)POST(1 & 2) ISOMETRIC VIEW PN:15207GPLATE (24 GA) ANCHOR KEEPER ?"HOLESYIELDING DIA.(SYTP) I-BEAM POST PN:15203G 4'-9 ½" (W6 X 8.5) FRONT VIEW POST(1)NOTE: NO BLOCKOUT INSTALLED AT POST(1)HEIGHTPOST17"- ½"4'- 9 ½"POST(1)40"PN 3340GHGR HEX NUT(1) ?" DETAILPN 3391GHEX HD BOLT(1) ?" x 1 ¾" PN 4372G(2) ?" WASHERSPN: 15202GANGLE STRUTNEAR GROUNDSHOWN AT POST(1)1PN:3240G ROUND WASHERS(2) ?" PN:105286 HD BOLT-GR-5(1) ?" x 1- ½" HEX HEX NUT(1) ?"DETAIL2SHOWN AT POST(1) PN:105285G HD BOLT GR-5 (2) ?" x 2 ½" HEX (WIDE) PN:3240G(2) ?" ROUND WASHER F463 PN:4902G1" ROUND WASHERPN:3245GA563 GR.DH (2) ?" HEX NUT ½" THICK PN:15206GANCHOR PLATE WASHER SGT(10S)31-16sgt10s3116620237BSoftStop ANCHOR RAIL (12GA) WITH CUTOUT SLOTSSoftStop ANCHOR RAIL (12GA) PN:15215GKEEPER PLATE.BUT NOT DEFORMING THEAFTER FINAL ASSEMBLY,BE SECURELY TIGHTENED1" NUT PN:3908G SHALL NOTE:ANOTE:BNOTE:CPART PN:5851B LEFT-SIDE (HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING)PART PN:5852B RIGHT-SIDE (HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING) LAP GUARDRAIL IN DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW.ANCHOR RAIL 25'-0" PN:15215GGUARDRAIL PANEL 25'-0" PN:61GW-BEAM SPLICE LOCATED BETWEEN LINE POST(4)AND LINE POST(5)VARY FROM 3-¾" MIN. TO 4" MAX. ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.THE INSTALLATION HEIGHT OF FULLY ASSEMBLED ANCHOR POST WILLMB/VPCREATED BY VINCENT PARKER MANAGER FOR TxDOT STATEWIDE CAD STANDARDS [7-13-2016]
CREATED BY VINCENT PARKER MANAGER FOR TxDOT STATEWIDE CAD STANDARDS [7-13-2016]POST(1)POST(0)DETAIL SEE1DO NOT BOLTANCHOR RAIL TO - POST (2)14"8"6"POST(2)ANCHOR RAIL TO DO NOT BOLT NOTE:?"GRADEFINISHED PN:3340G?" HGR NUTPN:4076BWOODBLOCKOUT6" X 8" X 14" PN:6777BCOMPOSITEBLOCKOUT4" X 7 ½" X 14" SEE GENERAL NOTE:6ALTERNATE BLOCKOUTPN:3500GHGR POST BOLT?" X 10" LOCATED IN FLANGESDIAMETER YIELDING HOLES AT FINISHED GRADE)(HOLES APROXIMATELY CENTEREDPOST(2)ANCHOR RAIL TO DO NOT
BOLT
TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER: 53
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:NEW STANDARD REVIEWED BY JAIME FRANCO AT LINDSAY INC. & APPROVED BY KENNETH MORA RDS MANAGER FOR TXDOT ROADWAY STANDARDS 02-2018
FILE:REVISIONSSGT(11S)31-18StandardDivisionDesignTRAFFIC FLOW2'-0" PLAN VIEWREPLACE THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL.MAX-TENSION END TERMINAL, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF THE NOTE:APPROACH GRADING AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS RAIL OFFSET 2'-0" MAX.MBGFSTANDARDAPPROX 5'-10" EDGE OF PAVEMENT NOTE: ADJUST WIDTH ACCORDINGLY WHEN OFFSET IS USED. (OFFSET "OPTION" SHOWN) FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE.SEE PRODUCT ASSEMBLY MANUAL(1V:10H OR FLATTER)APPROACH GRADING5'-0" 50' APPROACH GRADING USED FOR ALL TANGENT TYPE END TREATMENTS.NOTE: TXDOT GENERIC APPROACH GRADING LAYOUTsgt11s3118.dgnFEBRUARY 20186'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'- ¾"(8) X-LITE LINE POST - ITEM 6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"11GRADEFINISHED TRAFFIC FLOW BEGIN LENGTH OF NEEDEND PAYMENT (SGT) BY EACH POST 4POST 3POST 2POST 1POST 4POST 3POST 2POST 7POST 6POST 5POST 8POST 9POST 7POST 6POST 5POST 8POST 9 INSTALLATION LENGTH 55'- ½"LINE POST(9) THRU POST(2)REFERENCE LINE USED TO INSTALLCABLE ASSEMBLYITEM 10 31"HEIGHTRAIL31"HEIGHTRAILGROUNDSTRUTITEM 2GROUNDSTRUTITEM 2W6 X 9I-BEAM ITEM 4ITEM 1ASSEMBLYCABLE ITEM 10 7-?" FROM REFERENCE LINEPOST 1 OFFSET DISTANCE MEASURED 37 ½" RAIL 1RAIL 2RAIL 4RAIL 3 (RAIL 3)FIELD-SIDEAT (POST 1)NO BLOCKOUTAT (POST 1)NO BLOCKOUTHEIGHTHEAD32-¼"68-?"AA ITEM 13 RAIL 4ITEM 13 RAIL 3ITEM 13 RAIL 2ITEM 13 RAIL 12. DO NOT INSTALL A BLOCKOUT AT LINE POST(1). LINE POST(9) THRU LINE POST(2). 1. ITEM 12 COMPOSITE BLOCKOUTS INSTALLED AT NOTES: TRAFFIC-SIDERECESSED HEX NUTS FACING NOTE: ARROWS(ISS) PANEL FOR RAIL 3INNER SIDE SLIDERITEM 6MAX-TENSION HEADITEM 25RAIL TO POST 6DO NOT BOLT SEE DETAIL(A)SEE DETAIL(C)ELEVATION VIEWANCHOR POSTSOIL 4XITEM 16 8XITEM 20 ITEM 3 ITEM 21ITEM 24 ITEM 9HEAD UNITFRICTION PLATECABLE ACCORDANCE WITH TEXAS MUTCD.NOTE: DELINEATION MARKER IN ITEM 25REFLECTIVE SHEETINGHIGH INTENSITY 6XITEM 23EACH SIDE3 SCREWSITEM 22SHIPPED FLATBRACKET NUTS ON TRAFFIC SIDE.INSTALL ?" RECESSED HEXNOTE:8XITEM 17 (
R
AI
L 1)DETAIL(A)TO GUARD FENCE (RAIL1)SPLICE FOR IMPACT-HEAD (BACK SIDE)UPPER CABLE(TRAFFIC SIDE)LOWER CABLE 2 ?"7 ?"X-TENSION CABLE ASSEMBLY. USE THE MASH APPROVED NOTE: DETAIL(B)ITEM123456789101112BSI-1610060-00BSI-1610061-00BSI-1610062-00BSI-1610063-00BSI-1610064-00BSI-1610065-00BSI-1610066-00BSI-1610067-00B061058BSI-1610069-00BSI-1012078-00B090534PART NUMBERDESCRIPTIONW6x9 I-BEAM POST 6FT.-GALVANIZEDQTY1111111112881314BSI-4004386BSI-1102027-00X-LITE SQUARE WASHER4115161718192021222324BSI-2001886BSI-20018854001115200184020016364001116BSI-2001888BSI-1701063-004002051DELINEATION MOUNTING (BRACKET)GUARDRAIL WASHER RECT AASHTO FWR031448825911718" W-BEAM COMPOSITE-BLOCKOUT XT110X-LITE LINE POST-GALVANIZED?" X 7" THREAD BOLT HH (GR.5)GEOMET?" WASHER F436 STRUCTURAL MGAL¼" X ¾" SCREW SD HH 410SS?" X 10" GUARD FENCE BOLTS MGALGENERAL NOTESGROUND STRUT - GALVANIZEDMAX-TENSION IMPACT HEADSOIL ANCHOR - GALVANIZEDTOOTH - GEOMETCABLE ASSEMBLY - MASH X-TENSIONCABLE FRICTION PLATE - HEAD UNITTSS PANEL - TRAFFIC SIDE SLIDERISS PANEL - INNER SIDE SLIDERRSS PLATE - REAR SIDE SLIDER¾" X 3" ALL-THREAD BOLT HH (GR.5)GEOMET?" X 1 ¼" GUARD FENCE BOLTS (GR.2)MGAL?" RECESSED GUARD FENCE NUT (GR.2)MGAL?" X 2" ALL THREAD BOLT (GR.5)GEOMET12'-6" W-BEAM GUARD FENCE PANELS 12GA.25HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING12627281MANMAX Rev-(D)MAX-TENSION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS400233782STANDARD 31" MBGF(SEE GN NOTE 15)49'-8 ?"******OR CONTRACTOR.TO BE PROVIDED BY DISTRIBUTORBSI-2001887BSI-40044318" W-BEAM TIMBER-BLOCKOUT, PDB01B25' W-BEAM GUARDRAIL PANEL,8-SPACE,12GA.ITEM(27) 25'GUARD FENCE PANELSITEM(26) 8" WOOD-BLOCKOUTSALTERNATIVE ITEMS NOT SHOWN.(D)DETAIL(B)DETAIL"5'-3 ?RAIL 1MBGF HEX NUTS ON TRAFFIC-SIDEINSTALL GUARD FENCE RECESSED DETAIL(C)RAIL 2MBGF CABLES CABLESGRADEFINISHED C TxDOT:CK:CLDN:TxDOTCK:KM POINTING TOWARDS THE HEAD. OF RAIL 2 WITH THE PANEL ARROWS NOTE: SECURE THE (TSS) PANEL TO OUTSIDE (TSS) PANEL FOR RAIL 2TRAFFIC SIDE SLIDERITEM 5 OF THE MAX-TENSION SYSTEM.15. A MINIMUM OF 12'-6" OF 12GA. MBGF IS REQUIRED IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM ARE ALSO ALLOWED.14. THE SYSTEM IS SHOWN WITH 12'-6" MBGF PANELS, 25'-0" MBGF PANELS WITH TEXAS MUTCD.13. IF A DELINEATION MARKER IS REQUIRED, MARKER SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE OF GUARDRAIL.12. MAX-TENSION SYSTEM SHALL NEVER BE INSTALLED WITHIN A CURVED SECTION DRIVING POST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE GALVANIZING ON TOP OF THE POST.11. A DRIVING CAP WITH A TIMBER OR PLASTIC INSERT SHALL BE USED WHEN 10. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE. MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION GUIDANCE. 9. IF SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED SEE THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION 8. REFER TO INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC PANEL LAPPING GUIDANCE. DIVISION MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST(MPL)FOR CERTIFIED PRODUCERS. MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKOUTS SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. SEE CONSTRUCTION 7. COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCKOUT THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF
DMS-7210, 6. SYSTEM SHOWN USING STEEL WIDE FLANGE POST WITH COMPOSITE BLOCKOUTS. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.5. ALL STEEL COMPONENTS ARE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 OR EQUIVALENT ROADWAY MOW STRIP STANDARD.4. FOR POST (LEAVE-OUT) INSTALLATION AND GUIDANCE SEE TXDOT'S LATEST MARKER SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED IN TEXAS MUTCD. FRONT FACE OF THE DEVICE PER MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATIONS. OBJECT 3. APPLY HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, "OBJECT MARKER" ON THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION MANUAL. P/N MANMAX REV D (ECN 3516).2. FOR INSTALLATION, REPAIR, & MAINTENANCE REFER TO THE; MAX-TENSION (LTS) - BARRIER SYSTEMS, INC. AT (707) 374-6800 GUIDANCE OF THE SYSTEM, CONTACT: LINDSAY TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS1. FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION REGARDING INSTALLATION AND TECHNICAL *SEE NOTE BELOWGALVANIZEDTSS PANELITEM 5GALVANIZEDRSS PLATEITEM 8 TSS PANEL AND RSS PLATEDETAIL(D)TOWARDS THE MAX-HEADWITH THE ARROWS POINTING INSTALL THE TSS AND RSS ITEM 1 31-?"40-?"32-¼"68-?"HEIGHTHEADDEPTHANCHOR POSTANCHOR GRADEFINISHED TOP OF POSTSECTION VIEW A-A& LINE POST 2 THRU 9SOIL ANCHOR, POST 1DW:ITEM 112 THRU 9LINE POSTS AS LINE POSTS.)TO BE INSTALLED AT SAME DEPTH (NOTE: ITEM 4 POST 1(NOT SHOWN),MASH - TL-3MAX-TENSION END TERMINALTxDOTVINCENT PARKER TXDOT CAD MANAGERVINCENT PARKER TXDOT CAD MANAGER
VP 2-26-2018
VP 2-26-2018
CONTSECTJOBHIGHWAYSHEET NO.COUNTYDIST 54
FILE:DATE:FILE:REVISIONSSGT(12S)31-18StandardDivisionDesignsgt12s3118.dgnC TxDOT:CK:CLDN:TxDOTCK:KMDW:VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER APRIL 2018
GENERAL NOTES2'-0" RAIL OFFSET 2'-0" MAX.MBGFSTANDARDAPPROX 5'-10" EDGE OF PAVEMENT NOTE: ADJUST WIDTH ACCORDINGLY WHEN OFFSET IS USED. (OFFSET "OPTION" SHOWN) 5'-0" 50' APPROACH GRADING FLARE RATE)(25:1 MAX TRAFFIC FLOWMAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTSITEMBCDEFGHJKLMNOAMSKT IMPACT HEADBEARING PLATECABLE ANCHOR BOXBCT CABLE ANCHOR ASSEMBLYW-BEAM MGS RAIL SECTION (9'-4 ½")11111111116612QTYNUMBERSITEME750MS3000SF1303MTPHP1AMTPHP1BUHP2AHP2BS760E770MS785P621CBSP-14G12025G1203AW6x9 OR W6x8.5 STEEL POSTW-BEAM MGS RAIL SECTION (12'-6")PQP67561WOOD BLOCKOUT 6" X 8" X 14"G1209bcdefghjklmnoapq242252333112288816?" HEX NUT?" x 1" HEX BOLT (GRD 5)B5160104A?" WASHER¾" Dia. HEX NUT½" STRUCTURAL NUTS1 ANCHOR CABLE HEX NUT1 ANCHOR CABLE WASHERBEARING PLATE RETAINER TIEW050B580122N050B580904AN100W100W0516N0516SB12AN012AW012AB340854AN030CT-100STB581002?" Dia. H.G.R NUT ?" x 10" H.G.R. BOLT?" Dia. x 9" HEX BOLT (GRD A449)¾" Dia. x 8 ½" HEX BOLT (GRD A449)?" Dia. x 1 ¼" SPLICE BOLT (POST 2)E3151OBJECT MARKER 18" X 18"1rSMALL HARDWAREW-BEAM GUARDRAIL END SECTION, 12 Ga.GROUND STRUTPOST 1 - TOP (6" X 6" X ?" TUBE)POST 1 - BOTTOM (6' W6X15)POST 2 - ASSEMBLY TOPPOST 2 - ASSEMBLY BOTTOM (6' W6X9)COMPOSITE BLOCKOUTSW-BEAM MGS RAIL SECTION (25'-0")?" WASHER1 ?" O.D. x ?" I.D. STRUCTURAL WASHERSSEE NOTES:**ITEM(Q) 25'GUARD FENCE PANELITEM(P) 8" WOOD-BLOCKOUTALTERNATIVE ITEMS NOT SHOWN. ANCHOR BRACKETSECTION B-BSKTGRADEFINISHED GRADEFINISHED 6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"3'-1 ½"d,(8),g(8)POST 7POST 6POST 8POST 5POST 4POST 3POST 2POST 1LLLLLLCENBEGIN LENGTH OF NEEDPOST 7POST 6POST 5POST 4POST 3POST 8B12'-6"END SECTIONW-BEAM GUARDRAIL 9'-4 ½"RAIL SECTIONW-BEAM MGSPLAN VIEWELEVATION VIEWGAIMPACT HEADMSKTPOST 2*DOWNSTREAM SIDESOIL PLATE ON POST BBDETAILCONNECTION SEE POST 1HARDWARE FOR (POST 8) THRU (POST 3)q,gDETAILCONNECTION SEE IMPACT HEADrMARKEROBJECTABNOO12'-6"RAIL SECTIONW-BEAM MGSOO12'-6"RAIL SECTIONW-BEAM MGSF6'-0"6'-0"KSTRUTDDEPTHDEPTH50'-0"46'-10 ½INSTALLATION DEPTH(POST 3-8) 3'-4"END PAYMENT FOR MSKT INSTALLATION31" MBGFSTANDARD TRAFFIC FLOW APPROACH GRADING AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS USED FOR ALL TANGENT TYPE END TREATMENTS.NOTE: TXDOT GENERIC APPROACH GRADING LAYOUT THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL. MSKT END TERMINAL, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO REPLACENOTE: THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF THE MSKT-MASH-TL-3SINGLE GUARDRAIL TERMINALAPRIL 20182. ITEM P WOOD BLOCKOUTS CAN BE USED AS ALTERNATE. AT LINE POST(8) THRU LINE POST(3). 1. ITEM M COMPOSITE BLOCKOUTS INSTALLED NOTES: ****½" x 1 ¼" A325 BOLT WITH CAPTIVE WASHERWITH CAPTIVE WASHER½" X 1 ¼" A325 BOLTl,ke,f,g J pDCONNECTION DETAILPOST 1CGK CONNECTION DETAILIMPACT HEAD31" GRADEFINISHED SECTION A-APOST 2d,gh,jEWITH CAPTIVE WASHER½" X 1 ¼" A325 BOLT mmHo,n o,nWITH STRUCTURAL WASHER½" STRUCTURAL NUTWITH STRUCTURAL WASHER½" STRUCTURAL NUT H,m(8),n(8),o(8) AVPNOTE: SEE (GENERAL NOTE 14) FOR DRIVING CAP INFORMATION.e,(2)f,ga,c,b(2)e,(2)f,g CONTSECTJOBHIGHWAYSHEET NO.COUNTYDISTAVINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER APRIL 2018
FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE.SEE PRODUCT ASSEMBLY MANUAL(1V:10H OR FLATTER)APPROACH GRADING USED ON LOWER POSTS 1 & 2 TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE WELDED PLATES. TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE GALVANIZING ON TOP OF THE POST. SPECIAL DRIVING CAP TO BE 14. A DRIVING CAP WITH A TIMBER OR PLASTIC INSERT SHALL BE USED WHEN DRIVING POSTS 3-8 ALLOWED IN THEIR PLACE.13. THE SYSTEM IS SHOWN WITH TWO 12'-6" MBGF PANELS, ONE 25'-0" MBGF PANEL IS ALSO INSTALLATIONS, IF DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. ENCROACHING ON THE SHOULDER. THE FLARE MAY BE DECREASED OR ELIMINATED FOR SPECIFIC 12. A FLARE RATE OF UP TO 25:1 MAY BE USED TO PREVENT THE TERMINAL HEAD FROM 11. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE GUARDRAIL WITHIN THE MSKT SYSTEM BE CURVED.10. SYSTEM MUST BE ATTACHED TO STANDARD 31" MBGF. 9. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE. MANUFACTURER, & REFER TO THE LATEST ROADWAY MBGF STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION GUIDANCE. 8. IF SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED IN THE AREA OF (POST 1) AND / OR (POST 2) CONTACT THE MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL) FOR CERTIFIED PRODUCERS. SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKOUTS OF SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. SEE CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 7. A COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCKOUTS THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF DMS-7210, MAY BE 6. SYSTEM SHOWN USING STEEL WIDE FLANGE POSTS WITH COMPOSITE BLOCKOUTS. "GALVANIZING". FITTINGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE BID ITEM. 5. HARDWARE (BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 445, STRIP STANDARD. 4. FOR POST (LEAVE-OUT) INSTALLATION AND GUIDANCE SEE TXDOT'S LATEST ROADWAY MOW TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED IN TEXAS MUTCD. OF THE DEVICE PER MANUFACTURER
'S RECOMMENDATIONS. OBJECT MARKER SHALL CONFORM 3. APPLY HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, "OBJECT MARKER" ON THE FRONT FACE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL (PUBLICATION~062717). 2. FOR INSTALLATION, REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE REFER TO THE; MSKT END TERMINAL, BIG SPRING, TX 79720 SYSTEM, CONTACT: ROAD SYSTEMS, INC. (432)263-2435. 3616 OLD HOWARD COUNTY
AIRPORT, 1. FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION REGARDING INSTALLATION AND TECHNICAL GUIDANCE OF THE TXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSIONOF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER: 55
1/26/2026M ATCHLINE A-A
SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com0500250250SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDDRAINAGE AREADRAINAGE AREA IDDA-1XX.XDA-292.17
DRAINAGE FLOWSHEET 15621 SCALE: 1" = 500'MAPDRAINAGE AREA DA-154.14DA-225.168.581.48100.570.2325.16DA-240.582.5844.050.2954.14DA-1(CFS)QDISCHARGE(IN/HR)I INTENSITY5-YEAR EVENT(MIN)USEDTC C (ACRES)AREA SIZEAREA IDDRAINAGE AREA RUNOFF COMPUTATIONS
THW1/26/2026VAN
PARKING
PARKING
W
M ATCHLINE A-A
SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com0500250250SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDDRAINAGE AREADRAINAGE AREA IDDA-1XX.XDA-292.17
DRAINAGE FLOWSHEET 25722 SCALE: 1" = 500'MAPDRAINAGE AREA DA-154.14DA-225.16DA-3168.59DA-48.75DA-67.89CULVERT 04CULVERT 056.554.6115.540.187.89DA-56.984.4316.930.188.75DA-486.272.8437.80.18168.59DA-38.581.48100.570.2325.16DA-240.582.5844.050.2954.14DA-1(CFS)QDISCHARGE(IN/HR)I INTENSITY5-YEAR EVENT(MIN)USEDTC C (ACRES)AREA SIZEIDAREA DRAINAGE AREA RUNOFF COMPUTATIONS? ROBSON RANCH RDCULVERT 01CULVERT 02CULVERT 035+0010+0015+0020+0025+0030+0035+0040+0045+00
1/26/2026StandardDivisionBridgeDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE: February 2020 TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTSpan X HeightNo. Spans ~ Box CulvertDescription of(Ft) HeightFillMax(Ft) LengthToewallCulvertLtw(Ft) LengthToewallAnchorAtw(Ft) WingwallEnd ofCurb toA(Ft) WingwallLongestLength ofLw(Ft) Wingwallof End ofOffsetB45°)30° or(0°,15°, AngleSkew(SL:1) Slope Ratioor ChannelSlopeSideStandardCulvertBoxApplicableStandardTreatmentor EndWingwallApplicable(Ft) HeightCurbEstimatedC(Ft) WingwallofHeightHw(In) ThicknessTop SlabCulvertT(In) ThicknessWallCulvertU43122413(CY) ApronRiprap(CY) (Wingwall) Conc"C"Class(SF) AreaWingwallTotal(CY) (Curb) Conc"C"Class(Lt, Rt or Both)followed by applicable endCulvert Station and/or Creek Namethe dimensions and quantities shown.responsibility to make the necessary adjustments tothose shown on this sheet, it is the Contractor'selects to provide culverts of a different type thanshown elsewhere on the plans. If the Contractorcast-in-place or precast culverts unless otherwisethe Contractor has the option of furnishingRegardless of the type of culvert shown on this sheet,curb quantities are not included.and wingwall toewalls. Riprap aprons, culverts, andculvert toewall (if any), anchor toewalls (if any)Concrete volume shown is total of wings, footings,considered part of the Box Culvert for payment.Class S concrete for the curb. Curb concrete is required for the top slab of the culvert, also provide increased by a factor of 2.25. If Class S concrete is (RAC) standard sheet quantities shown must be For curbs using the Box Culvert Rail Mounting Details Concrete volume shown is for box culvert curb only.foot for bidding purposes.Round the wall heights shown to the nearest Area for four wingwalls (two structure ends) if Both.Total Wingwall Area = Wingwall area in sq. ft. for two wingwalls (one structure end) if Lt or Rt.Atw = Length of anchor toewall (applicable to safety end treatment only)Ltw = Length of culvert toewall (not applicable when using riprap apron)Lw = Length of longest wingwall.B = Offset of end of wingwall (not applicable to parallel or straight wingwalls)A = Distance from face of curb to end of wingwall (not applicable to parallel or straight wingwalls)Hw = Height of wingwallSee applicable wing or end treatment standard sheets for calculations of Hw, A, B, Lw, Ltw, Atw, and Total Wingwall Area.C = Curb heightU = Box culvert wall thickness. Dimension can be found on the applicable box culvert standard sheet.T = Box culvert top slab thickness. Dimension can be found on the applicable box culvert standard sheet. · Slope must be 3:1 or flatter for safety end treatments. · Channel slope for parallel wingwalls. · Side slope at culvert for flared or straight wingwalls. SL:1 = Horizontal : 1 Vertical 30° maximum for safety end treatmentSkew = 0° on SW-0, FW-0, SETB-CD, SETB-SW-0, and SETB-FW-0 standard sheets; NOTES:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:BOX CULVERT SUPPLEMENTWINGS AND END TREATMENTSBCS D
ESNECIL
REENIGN
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346CD-BCS-20.dgn 58 1.2'0°6:17.5"5"2-4x214.25'N/A0.25'2.625'N/AN/A10.50'0.2SCP-4SETB-PD9.6N/A0.0 0°SETB-PDSCP-41.6'3-4x26:17.5"5"0.25'2.625'N/AN/A14.25'N/A15.83'0.014.0N/ACULVERT 2 (BOTH)CULVERT 3 (BOTH) 1.1'0°6:17.5"5"2-4x214.25'N/A0.25'2.625'N/AN/A10.50'SCP-4SETB-PDN/A0.0 0°SETB-PDSCP-41.2'2-4x26:17.5"5"0.25'2.625'N/AN/A14.25'N/A10.50'0.0CULVERT 4 (BOTH)CULVERT 5 (BOTH) N/A0.20.20.29.69.6
StandardDivisionBridgeDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:February 2020 GAF JTR KLR RLW6345215"InvertPipe I.D.Min
Min5"
3"6"0" to 4"
5"
Min
Minas requiredor bell endwith spigotbe producedsection mayPrecast endINVERT BOTTOMOPTION WITHSECTION A-ASQUARE BOTTOMOPTION WITHMULTIPLE PIPE INSTALLATION5"64MinMin5"Pipe I.D.5~~1315"Min Top face of safety end treatment 1 Slope6""D"5"0" to 4"3" Min 23" MinFlowline
OF SAFETY PIPE RUNNERSEND DETAILS FOR INSTALLATIONLONGITUDINAL ELEVATION(if required)Runners24" MaxSafety Pipe5"
Min Min
5"1PIPE 1'-0""D"I.D.Eq Spa at 24" MaxMin Dim pipe runner? SafetyPLANSAFETY PIPE RUNNERSINSTALLATION DETAIL FOROPTION AOPTION BFlowlineMin
5"Pipe Dia6"
projection
Max Pipe DiaSafety pipe runnerprojection
5"6"Pipe DiaMin Max
Flowlineprecast safety end treatment.)(Showing joint between RCP andGENERAL NOTES:with washers and inserts? ¾" galvanized steel boltswith washers and inserts" galvanized steel bolts43? (If required)(If required)Min6"77insert" Threaded43with washers and inserts" galvanized steel bolts43? step slopeOptional(Typ) (if required)Safety pipe runnerline for toewallOptional castingrunnerSafety pipeinsert" Threaded43safety pipe runnerTop line ofinsert" Threaded43runnerSafety pipesafety pipe runnerTop line ofbackfillbedding andCement stabilized1" Min coverReinforcing to have(Showing bell end connection.)(Showing bell end connection.)OPTIONAL JOINT FOR RCP1Unit length (varies)RequiredPipe Runners3''STD> 2 pipesYes, for> 2 pipesYes, for> 2 pipesYes, for> 2 pipesYes, for0" Min to 6" Max
? Pipe Dia
? Pipe Dia
I.D.
= Pipe
end treatments to have a bell end for grouted connections.Thermoplastic pipe wall thickness may vary. Adjust accordingly. Thermoplastic pipe requires the safety concrete riprap is specified around the safety end treatment, backfill as directed by Engineer.Structures." Bedding and backfill is considered subsidiary to the Item 467, "Safety End Treatment." WhenProvide cement stabilized bedding and backfill in accordance with the Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Adjust clear distance between pipes to provide for the minimum distance between safety end treatments. considered subsidiary to the Item 467, "Safety End Treatment."Fill the top 4" of void between precast end treatments with concrete riprap. Concrete riprap isToewall to be used only when dimension is shown elsewhere in the plans. Slope as shown elsewhere in the plans. Slope of 6:1 or flatter is required for vehicle safety. pipe (TP) take into account the annular space requirements for grouted connections.Class III, (RCP Wall "B" thickness). Adjust "D" for any other wall thickness used. For thermoplasticDimension "D" is based on reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) meeting the requirements of ASTM C-76,REQUIREMENTS FORCULVERT PIPES AND SAFETY PIPE RUNNERSI.D.PipeThickness"B"Wall RCPThicknessTP Wall"D"SlopeRunner SizeRequired PipePipeSinglePipeMultipleDia.NominalO.D.I.D.12''2''1.15''17.00''6:14'-9''No3''STD3.500''3.068''15''2 ¼''1.30''20.50''6:16'-5''No3''STD3.500''3.068''18''2 ½''1.60''24.00''6:18'-0''No3.500''3.068''24''3''1.95''31.00''6:111'-3''No3''STD3.500''3.068''30''3 ½''2.65''38.50''6:114'-8''NoYes4''STD4.500''4.026''36''4''2.75''45.50''6:117'-11''YesYes4''STD4.500''4.026''42''4 ½''2.7"52.50''6:121'-2''YesYes4''STD4.500''4.026''12-21: Added 42" TPLength Mingrouted connections with TP and precast safety end treatment.grouting. See Pipe and Box Grouted Connections (PBGC) standard foraccordance with Item 464, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe." Connect TP by Connect RCP using the Optional Joint for RCP detail shown or inwith the specifications.Repair galvanizing damaged during transport or construction in accordance Galvanize all steel components except reinforcing steel after fabrication.Grade B), ASTM A500 (Grade B), or API 5LX52. Provide pipe runners meeting the requirements of ASTM A53 (Type E or S,Parallel-Drainage Structures", Texas Transportation Institute, March 1981.as recommended by Research Report 280-2F, "Safety Treatment of Roadside Pipe runners are designed for a traversing load of 10,000 Lbs at yieldcast is that of the required size of pipe.safety end treatment may be furnished; as long as the "D" dimension At the option and expense of the Contractor the next larger size of (f'c = 3,600 psi). B. For precast (steel formed) sections, provide Class "C" concrete or 5"x5" - D10 x D10 welded wire reinforcement (WWR). or #4 at 9" (Grade 60) each way or 6"x6" - D12 x D12 A. Provide minimum reinforcing of #4 at 6" (Grade 40)except as noted below : Manufacture this product in accordance with Item 467, "Safety End Treatment"unless noted otherwise.List (MPL) may be used in lieu of steel reinforcing in riprap concrete Synthetic fibers listed on the "Fibers for Concrete" Material Producerthe plans.to mitered RCP, riprap will not be required unless noted otherwise on When precast safety end treatment is used as a Contractor's alternatespecified in Item "Safety End Treatment."thermoplastic pipe (TP) may be used for TYPE II end treatment as Precast safety end treatment for reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), andTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:PRECAST SAFETY ENDTREATMENTTYPE II ~ PARALLEL DRAINAGEPSET-SP 59
StandardDivisionBridgeDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:February 2020TxDOTTxDOTTxDOT3H
(Typ)1"reinforcingLongitudinalAS1HAS4 S1"M(Typ)FILL HEIGHT 2 FT AND GREATERCORNER OPTION "B"CORNER OPTION "A"4" Min2"AS5S1" MaxAS7(Typ)1"AS4noted otherwise)1" (Typ unlessAS2AS8AS3AS1(Typ)radius2" MaxFILL HEIGHT LESS THAN 2 FT CORNER OPTION "B"CORNER OPTION "A"56" Min2" Max (Typ)1"
1"" Min (Typ)21AATSTS
TB TT
TSTSAATSTTTB
TSTS radius (Typ)4d Min1TSfor TS = 5"for TS = 6"" Max211 for TS = 5"4" Minfor TS = 6"SECTION A-A4slab joint reinforcement.)(Showing top and bottom HL93 LOADINGTxDOT3AS4 (side)AS3 (bottom)AS2 (top)reinforcing plus 2" (Typ)spacing of longitudinalMinimum length is equal toradius (Typ)4d Minradius (Typ)2" Maxat groove end.reinforcementcircumferentialOuter cage AS3 (bottom)AS2 (top)3AS3 (bottom)AS2 (top)4reinforcing plus 2". (10" Min) (Typ)Length is equal to spacing of longitudinal MATERIAL NOTES:GENERAL NOTES:with Item "Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)."table. Submit shop plans for alternate designs in accordance or exceeds the box design for the design fill height in the contractor may furnish an alternate design that is equal to In lieu of furnishing the designs shown on this sheet, the standard sheet for details and notes not shown. See Box Culverts Precast Miscellaneous Details (SCP-MD) for information or details not shown. Designs shown conform to ASTM C1577. Refer to ASTM C1577 Provide Class H concrete (f`c = 5,000 psi).reinforcement is used.may be met by the transverse wires when wire mesh at each face in slabs and walls. This minimum requirement Provide 0.03 sq. in./ft. minimum longitudinal reinforcement reinforcementLongitudinalrequired area of reinforcement per linear foot of box width.reinforcement per linear foot of box length. AS5 is minimum AS1 thru AS4, AS7 and AS8 are minimum required areas of For box length = 8'-0"12BOX DATASECTION DIMENSIONSFillMLiftSHTTTBTSHeight(Min)AS1AS2AS3AS4AS5AS7AS8Weight(ft.)(ft.)(in.)(in.)(in.)(ft.)(in.)(tons)427.565< 2-0.180.270.150.120.180.180.144.5425552 < 3380.180.190.170.12---3.6425553 - 5380.130.130.130.12---3.64255510380.120.120.120.12---3.64255515380.140.160.160.12---3.64255520380.180.200.210.12---3.64255525380.230.250.250.12---3.64255530380.280.300.300.12---3.6437.565< 2-0.180.310.180.120.180.180.145.0435552 < 3380.150.230.200.12---4.1435553 - 5380.120.160.160.12---4.14355510380.120.140.140.12---4.14355515380.120.180.180.12---4.14355520380.140.230.240.12---4.14355525380.170.290.290.12---4.14355530380.210.350.350.12---4.1447.565< 2-0.180.330.200.120.180.180.145.5445552 < 3380.120.260.230.12---4.6445553 - 5380.120.180.180.12---4.64455510380.120.150.150.12---4.64455515380.120.190.200.12---4.64455520380.120.250.250.12---4.64455525380.140.310.310.12---4.64455530380.170.370.370.12---4.62REINFORCING (sq. in. / ft.)TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:SINGLE BOX CULVERTSSCP-4 PRECAST4'-0" SPANCD-SCP04-20.dgn 60
StandardDivisionBridgeDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:February 2020GAF LMW BWH/TxDOT GAF54SkewK(Showing multi-box placement.)PLAN OF SKEWED ENDS55627246H8Max13"(Spa = 1'-0" Max)Min
1'-0"DETAIL "A"2" Typ
1'-0"2" TypMin
391'-0" Min extension (Typ)1'-0" Min extension146" Min662'-0" Min115"3'-0" Min closure3'-0" Min(Typ)3'-0" Min9Bars C541213131110911Inside faceWINGWALL CONNECTION10"OWingwallH(#4)Reinforcing SteelConcrete closure4.12 LbConcreteANGLE DETAIL14436521121113871090.037 CY8(Typ)
3"
usual
Max
9"4"SECTION A-A8" wide band 3"1'-0"
C ~ Curb height2'-0" Min
QUANTITIES PER FOOT OF CURB SECTION B-B2'-9"8"KSECTION THRU CURB1SECTION THRU TOP SLABS LESS THAN 8"2'-0" Minthan 8"T ~ Less
HL93 LOADING"211 backfillstabilizedCementBox Culvert"End of "ConcretePLACEMENTMULTIPLE UNITbackfillstabilizedCementmulti-boxesbackfill betweenCement stabilized? Box(roadway slope)Finished gradeand usualwallculvertPrecastas shown.)(Place 4 ~ #4'sconcrete closureCast-in-placebackfillCement stabilizedBBconcrete boxPrecastas shown.)(Place 4 ~ #4'sconcrete closureCast-in-place(roadway slope)Finished gradeNOTES)(See GENERAL3" chamferslabbox topconcretePrecastNotes)(See General3" chamferreinforcingOutside facereinforcingInside faceof 4" into gapand outside a min reinforcing inside Extend exposed closureplace concreteEnd of cast-in-? Boxas shownspaced at 6" maxlayer of 6 ~ #4'sPlace additional"211'-2 (Length = 4'-2")(Spa = 1'-0" Max)boxconcretePrecastclosureconcreteCast-in-placeAAGENERAL NOTES:MATERIAL NOTES:? Box9(Also applies to safety end treatment.) Chamfer the bottom edge of the top slab closure 3 inches at culvert closure ends.notes not shown. Refer to the Single Box Culverts Precast (SCP) standard sheets for details and Designed according to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.subsidiary to the box culvert. Any additional concrete required for the closures will be considered "Excavation and Backfill for Structures." Provide cement stabilized backfill meeting the requirements of Item 400, Provide Class C concrete (f’c = 3,600 psi) for the closures. Provide ASTM A1064 welded wire reinforcement. Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel.for paymentbox culvertEnd of concreteBARS C (#4)BARS K (#4)JointJoint(Typ)for paymentbox culvertconcreteEnd ofpaymentbox culvert forEnd of concreteSee Detail "A"detail for curb detailsSee Section Thru Curb gap between adjacent boxes.Tunneling Pipe or Box." No payment will be made for any additional material in the boxes to be tunneled or jacked in accordance with Item 476, "Jacking, Boring, or This dimension may be increased with approval of the Engineer to allow the precast Detail "A".with the top slab as the final riding surface, provide wall closure as shown in For multiple unit placement with overlay, with 1 to 2 course surface treatment, or referred to elsewhere in the plans.1'-0" typical. 2'-3" when the Box Culvert Rail Mounting Details (RAC) standard sheet is subsidiary to the box culvert for payment.Any additional concrete and reinforcing required for the closures will be considered All curb concrete and reinforcing is considered part of the box culvert for payment.for payment.Cement stabilized backfill between boxes is considered part of the box culvert be made in quantities and no additional compensation will be allowed for this work.Reduce curb heights, if necessary, to meet the above requirements. No changes will · For structures with bridge rail, construct curbs flush with finished grade. finished grade. · For structures without bridge rail, construct curbs no more than 3" aboveFor vehicle safety, the following requirements must be met:bands to the exposed reinforcing at each point of contact.of the wall in the gaps of the walls (placed in the outside face only). Tack weld the gaps of the top and bottom slabs. Place a band matching the outside face reinforcing Place bands of reinforcing matching the inside and outside face reinforcing in the Extend precast box reinforcing a minimum of 1'-0" into concrete closure (Typ).and exterior wall. See Section B-B detail when interior walls are cast full length.as necessary. Provide a 3’-0” Min cast-in-place closure in the top slab, bottom slab, For multiple unit placements, adjust the length of the closure for the interior walls faces of the precast box section.otherwise, construct the cast-in-place closure flush with the inside and outside reinforcement spaced at 12 inches Max within the closure. Except where shown size and spacing as in the precast box section. Provide #4 longitudinal or cast boxes short. Provide bands of reinforcing in the closure that are the same Provide a 3’-0” Min cast-in-place concrete closure. Break back boxes in the field Bend or trim, as necessary, any reinforcing that does not fit into closure area.Extend curb, wingwall, or safety end treatment reinforcing into concrete closure. maintain cover. For curbs less than 3" high, Bars K may be omitted.For curbs less than 1'-0" high, tilt Bars K or reduce bar height as necessary to sheet for structures with bridge rail other than T631 or T631LS.standard sheet. Refer to the Box Culvert Rail Mounting Details (RAC) standard bridge rail, refer to the Mounting Details for T631 & T631LS Rails (T631-CM)Extended Curb Details (ECD) standard sheet. For structures with T631 or T631LS structures with pedestrian rail, bicycle rail, or curbs taller than 1'-0, refer to the0" Min to 5'-0" Max. Estimated curb heights are shown elsewhere in the plans. ForReinforcing bars dimensions are out-to-out of bars.Cover dimensions are clear dimensions, unless noted otherwise."411'- 4
"211 TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:BOX CULVERTSSCP-MD PRECASTMISCELLANEOUS DETAILSCD-SCP-MD-20.dgn 61
StandardDivisionBridgeFILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT SHEET 1 OF 2February 2020 GAF CATTYPICAL INSTALLATIONISOMETRIC VIEW OFPLAN VIEWS OF CORNER DETAILSSLWingwall1Slab145123U37"7"U3G or FRWingwallRJDEJC2"4"WingwallG or F7"7"SGFJAtw7""211 Typ3331'-3"Max"211 "211 of culvertTop slabof culvertBottom slabMaxCE1'-0""211 BARS JBARS RBARS K2'-0"2'-0"(Length = 4'-3")Length varies ~1'-2"1'-2"T (shortest)11""218 "211'-10 UU5JOptional7"full width312"1precast culvertsBackfill betweenculvertPrecastTYPICAL WINGWALL ELEVATION(Cross pipes not shown for clarity.)CLwJFEK3"12"3"3"14"3"R7"3C1'-0"2"3"12"2'-0"12'-0"2H
SL14DCTT Maxgrade FinishedlineFlowjointconstruction PermissibleHw (7'-0" Max)of trafficDirectiontoewallAnchorpipe (Typ)saddleBottomlineFlowcross pipeFirstcross pipeTypicalTxDOTTxDOTAA(Typ)jointConstructionreinforcementculvertPrecastHw + T - 4" (longest)R As shownK 1'- 0" MaxJ 10" MaxG As shownF 1'- 3" MaxE 1'- 0" MaxC 10" MaxBar Size SpacingD Match F and E#4#4#4#4#6#4#4#4EXTERIOR WINGWALLAT TOP OFINTERIOR WINGWALLAT TOP OFOF BOTTOM SLABAT OUTSIDE(Cast-in-place culvert)(Cast-in-place culvert)(Cast-in-place culvert)AT INTERIOR WINGWALL(Precast culvert)(Typ)SECTION A-AT, and U values. See applicable box culvert standard for H, S, For cast-in-place culverts: For precast culverts:Hw = H + T + C - 0.250'Lw = (Hw - 0.250') (SL)(Showing bolted anchor option.)Bars F ~ Spaced at 1'-3" Max Bars J and C ~ Spaced at 10' MaxAtw = (N) (S) + (N + 1) (U)SIZES AND SPACINGREINFORCING BAR TABLE OF Atw = (N) (2U + S) + (N - 1) (0.500') (Atw) (1.000') (1.167' - 0.583')] ÷ (27) (Lw) (Atw) (0.583') + = [(Wingwall Area) (0.583') +Total Concrete Volume (CY) = (0.5) (Hw + 0.250') (Lw) (N - 1)Total Wingwall Area (SF)reinforcing. Pipe runners not shown for clarity.)(Showing typical wingwall and wing slabnecessary to clear cross pipe.)G (Adjust bar locations asDetails (SCP-MD) standard sheet.Connection detail on the Box Culvert Precast Miscellaneous D and R may be omitted. Otherwise, refer to the Wingwallmay extend 1'-0" minimum into wingwall. Wingwall barsFor culverts with C = 0", the precast culvert reinforcingcompensation will be allowed for this work.No changes will be made in quantities and no additional provide a maximum 3" projection above finished grade. For vehicle safety, reduce height, if necessary, to compensation will be allowed.no changes will be made in quantities and no additionalIf thicknesses greater than the minimum (7") are used,adjacent culvert wall and slab thicknesses (7" Minimum).Wingwall and slab thicknesses may be the same as theDetails the Extended Curb Details (ECD) standard sheet.and curbs taller than 1'-0", refer to Extended Curb elsewhere in the plans. For structures without railing0" Min to 5'-0" Max. Estimated curb heights are shownProvide 6:1 or flatter slope.WING DIMENSION CALCULATIONS:Reinforcing dimensions are out-to-out of bars. Cover dimensions are clear dimensions, unless noted otherwise.MATERIAL NOTES:GENERAL NOTES:end treatments.engineer will be acceptable for precast construction of the safety Alternate design drawings bearing the seal of a professional additional dimensions and information. See the Box Culvert Supplement (BCS) standard sheet for information only.resulting from the formulas given herein are for Contractor's The quantities for concrete, reinforcing steel, and cross pipes March 1981.Roadside Parallel-Drainage Structures", Texas Transportation Institute, yield as recommended by Research Report 280-2F, "Safety Treatment of Cross pipes are designed for a traversing load of 10,000 pounds at openings approximately perpendicular to the cross pipes.installations where out of control vehicles are likely to traverse the The safety end treatments shown herein are intended for use in those Designed according to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing." Repair galvanizing damaged during transport or construction unless required elsewhere in the plans, after fabrication. Galvanize all steel components, except the concrete reinforcing, Provide ASTM A307 bolts.or API 5LX52.the requirements of ASTM A53 (Type E or S, Gr B), ASTM A500 Gr B, Provide pipe runners, cross pipes, and anchor pipes meeting Provide Class "C" concrete (f`c = 3,600 psi).".21of 1 Adjust reinforcing as necessary to provide a minimum clear cover Provide galvanized reinforcing steel if required elsewhere in the plans. Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel. (K) (Hw) (N + 1) ( Lw) (4.43) (Atw) + = (1.55) (Lw) (Atw) + Total Reinforcing (Lb)= Side slope ratio (horizontal : 1 vertical)= Number of culvert barrels= Length of wingwall (feet)= Anchor toewall length (feet) 6:1 ~ 10.41 Slope SL:1 K= Constant value for use in formulas= Height of wingwall (feet)= Height of curb above top of top slab (feet)SL:1 N Lw Atw K Hw C 06-2022 ~ Wing dimens
ions
TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:SAFETY END TREATMENTSETB-PD FOR BOX CULVERTS(MAXIMUM Hw = 7'-0")TYPE I ~ PARALLEL DRAINAGECD-SETBPD-22.dgn 62
StandardDivisionBridgeFILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONT SHEET 2 OF 2February 2020 GAF CAT TxDOT slabSET bottom Eq Spa at 2'-9" Max18" Riprap9618" Riprap10109(Showing installation of cross pipes.)OPTIONAL ANCHOR BAR DETAILS63.548"3" STD3.500"6.625"6" STD4.000"2.469"3" STD" STD212 " STD212 " STD213 3.068"104" STD4.026"8795.563"5" STD6.065"2.875"4.500"5.047"9"214 SECTION THROUGH INSTALLATION OF TYPICAL FULL CROSS PIPE4"4"CROSS PIPE INSTALLATION DETAILS14"
12"INSIDE CULVERT BARRELof wingwall (Typ)(Typ)TYPICAL WINGWALL INSIDE ELEVATIONToewallWingwall~ 6" Min88ToewallC6PART PLAN66"
(Typ)6"2'-0"2'-0" Max67Typ30°WITH BOLTED ANCHOROUTSIDE CULVERT BARRELSizesSpanCulvertSizePipeCrossSize PipeSleeveSizePipeI.D.PipeO.D.PipeOPTIONAL ANCHOR BARS & RIPRAPOUTSIDE CULVERT BARREL WITH4" STD6" STD5" STD" STD213 4" STD5" STD 78" to 120"98First Pipe30" to 42"48" to 72"12"12"2'-0"Typ4"2"
6"Measured at toe(Typ)3"TypSLEEVE PIPE DETAILS4"TypL Cross pipeCSECTION B-BTyp
STANDARD PIPE SIZESREQUIRED PIPE SIZESpipe? Cross2 ¼"wingwall? Insidewingwall? Outsidewingwall? Inside" Std)21(3 ? Saddle pipewingwall? Outsideof wingwallflush with top? Cross pipein Section Through Installation of 3 b" First Cross Pipe detail.)(Anchor details and dimensions are similar to those shown belowwingwall? Outsidewingwall? Insideof wingwallflush with top? Cross pipewingwall? Insidewingwall? Outside"411 "2110 " (Typ)211 "411 "213 through hole" Dia1615 "412 "214 "412 41 BBx 1'-4" (Typ)#6 anchor barof concrete riprap2" clear cover to edgenecessary to maintainBend anchor bar asx 1'-4" (Typ)#6 anchor barfor size)(see tableSleeve pipepipeSleevecurbCulverttop slabCulvertbarrelCulvertslabbottomCulvertboltpipe anchor? Crosswith top of wingwall)L Cross pipe (flushcross pipe? 3 b" DiapipecrossTop oflineFlow" Std)21Saddle pipe (3 pipeSaddlehex nut, and washer" x 12" bolt,43with hole in cross pipe" Dia through1615? pipeSleevehex nut, and washer" x 12" bolt,43with hole in sleeve pipe" Dia through1615? TxDOTconstruction jointPermissibleCross Pipe ~ Equal spaces at 2'-0" MaxSaddle pipe spacing" FIRST CROSS PIPE21SECTION THROUGH INSTALLATION OF 3 S + U - 2"S + U - 3""21S + U + 6 Saddle pipe spacing ~ Eq spa at 2'-9" MaxSaddle pipe spacing ~ Eq Spa at 2'-9" Maxriprap in accordance with Item 432, "Riprap."is included in the bid price for Safety End Treatment. Provide Provide riprap when using the Optional Anchor Bar details. Riprap interior wingwall.pipe to accept the anchor bolt at the centerline of each pipe and make a 15#16" diameter throughhole in the cross the inside wingwalls. If this option is selected, omit the sleeve At Contractor's option, make the cross pipe continuous across for the 3 1#2" first cross pipe.in the Required Pipe Sizes table. Provide 3 1#2" saddle pipesProvide cross pipes and sleeve pipes (if required) as shown disassembly of the bolted connection to allow cleanout access.concrete does not flow into this cross pipe so as to permit culvert using a bolted connection. Take care to ensure that Always install the third cross pipe from the bottom of the at no more than 6" above the flow line.for vehicle safety. Place the top of the first cross pipeThe proper installation of the first cross pipe is critical 06-2022 ~ Wing dimens
ions
TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:SAFETY END TREATMENTSETB-PD FOR BOX CULVERTS(MAXIMUM Hw = 7'-0")TYPE I ~ PARALLEL DRAINAGECD-SETBPD-22_02.dgn 63
1/28/202611+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW11+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. 120THBEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.00ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWSHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYLEGENDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED ROWAstound BroadbandFrontierSpectrumCity of Denton SewerCity of Denton WaterHunterEnergy TransferEnergy TransferColt MidstreamHunterPROPOSED PAVEMENTEnterpriseD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TS90094GUY R. BRADLEYNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYBEGIN - STA 16+806441 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITIES6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+00
1/28/202616+80.00MATCHLINE STA.
22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW22+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. TH? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROWSHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYLEGENDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED ROWAstound BroadbandFrontierSpectrumCity of Denton SewerCity of Denton WaterHunterEnergy TransferEnergy TransferColt MidstreamHunterPROPOSED PAVEMENTEnterpriseD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TS90094GUY R. BRADLEYNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYSTA 16+80 - STA 28+406542 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITIES17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+00N89°53'52.0"E23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+004400.00S00°06'08.0"E 5+006+00 5+00150.00
1/28/202628+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA. 121TTH? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW34+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROWSHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYLEGENDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED ROWAstound BroadbandFrontierSpectrumCity of Denton SewerCity of Denton WaterHunterEnergy TransferEnergy TransferColt MidstreamHunterPROPOSED PAVEMENTEnterpriseD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TS90094GUY R. BRADLEYNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYSTA 28+40 - STA 40+006643 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITIES29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+0035+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+00S00°06'08.0"E 5+006+00 5+00150.00
W1/28/202640+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. WSSMWSSMROBSON RANCH ROADEND PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+15.00EXIST ROWEXIST ROWSHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYLEGENDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED ROWAstound BroadbandFrontierSpectrumCity of Denton SewerCity of Denton WaterHunterEnergy TransferEnergy TransferColt MidstreamHunterPROPOSED PAVEMENTEnterpriseD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TS90094GUY R. BRADLEYNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYSTA 40+00 - END6744 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITIES40+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+00N00°06'08.0"W
5+00 6+005+00
S00°06'08.0"E6+00 N00°06'08.0"W5+00 6+005+00 100.005+005+00150.00POT 49+00.0046+0047+0048+0049+00
11+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROAD6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. AHKL4xSPEEDLIMITXX130"X36"R2-11BEGINBEGIN GOREBEGINBEGINBEGINMATCH EXISTINGBEGIN PROJECTSTA 13+85EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROAD2x2x2xAAHHKKDD2x2xL11+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+001/27/2026FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2279\146174_5\13448-01_SPMK01.dgn1/27/2026 6:39:20 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND SHALL BE 2' DOTTED MARKING WITH A 6' GAP.4. DOTTED EXTENSION LINES THROUGH INTERSECTIONS MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDFLREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(DBL ARROW)(90MIL)TBEGIN - STA 16+806841 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGSSIGNING AND PAVEMENT
16+80.00MATCHLINE STA.
22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 18+24CBEGINSTA 19+24EXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROWEXIST ROWROBSON RANCH ROADAKDD2xHAHKBEGIN TAPER2xCENDEND TAPER2xBBEGIN2xJ2xBEGINCBJFFGGGGFFLL2x2x16'17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+0022+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDEND TAPER STA 28+27ENDCSTA 22+65BEND GORESTA 23+84ABEGINPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSTA 27+25ROBSON RANCH ROADSTA 22+68STA 27+41MATCH EXISTINGENDAENDAEND2xJEND2xNENDAKHHKDD2x2xFFGGABJCABEGIN GOREBBEGINJBEGINBEGIN TAPERENDBENDJBEGINC1STOPR1-136"X36"1LLL2x2x2xØ=16'Ø=16'16'
28'
SAGEHAW K DR(BY OTHERS)80LFBGFJKHONLYONLY
ONLYONLY23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+001/27/2026FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2279\146174_6\13448-01_SPMK02.dgn1/27/2026 6:38:56 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND SHALL BE 2' DOTTED MARKING WITH A 6' GAP.4. DOTTED EXTENSION LINES THROUGH INTERSECTIONS MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDFLREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(DBL ARROW)(90MIL)TSTA 16+80 - STA 28+406942 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGSSIGNING AND PAVEMENT
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADPROP ROWPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDSTA 30+15BEGIN TAPER BEGINCSTA 31+15END TAPER ENDSTA 34+20AENDAKHD2xD2xHK2xC2xBEGINB2xBEGINJ2xFFACCFFGGBBJJGGR2-130"X36"1SPEEDLIMITXX1LL2x2x28'
16'29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+0034+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
LANDM ARK TR
ABEGINPROP ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADSTA 34+30END GOREHENDSTA 35+84ABEGINSTA 36+11STA 36+40CBEGINSTA 37+40BBEGINKENDBENDJEND2x2x2x2xNHBEGINKBEGIN2xBEGIN TAPERJBEGINCEND2x2x2xSTA 38+86STA 39+86HBEGINKBEGINBBEGINJBEGINBEGIN GOREBEGIN TAPERBENDJENDCENDEND TAPERGGGGGGFFFFFFBBBBGNNACCJJJCDD2x2xFHKKHCBEGINLLL2x2xØ=16'Ø=16'13'16'
4'
LANDM ARK TR(BY OTHERS)11I-2aT(MOD)42"X18"CT80LFJDHKONLYONLY
ONLYONLY
3.3
66.129.8338.711.92.7106.18.72.7
1842I-2aT(MOD);1.5" Radius, 0.8" Border, White on Green;"Argyle", ClearviewHwy-5-W-R;"TOWN LIMIT", ClearviewHwy-3-W;ArgyleTOWNLIMIT2' DOT, 6' GAP(TYP)(R=100')35LF TOTAL35+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+00ONLYONLY
ONLYONLY
1/27/2026FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2281\146174_7\13448-01_SPMK03.dgn1/27/2026 7:11:01 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND SHALL BE 2' DOTTED MARKING WITH A 6' GAP.4. DOTTED EXTENSION LINES THROUGH INTERSECTIONS MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDFLREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(DBL ARROW)(90MIL)TSTA 28+40 - STA 40+007043 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGSSIGNING AND PAVEMENT
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. STOPRIGHTLANEMUSTTURNRIGHT1R3-7R36"X36"R1-136"X36"R2-130"X36"3M1-1T30"X24"4M2-1P21"X15"R3-5R30"X36"5SPEEDLIMITXXONLYJCTINTERSTATETEXAS35W628W4-1aTL36"X36"79R3-224"X24"CENDSTA 44+20PROP ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADSTA 40+15AENDEND GOREHENDKENDBENDJENDNJBFGD2x50 LF100 LF TOTALDN2x(100LF TOT.)STA 41+87BEGINA2xBEGINBEGINBJBEGINBEGINHK2xBEGIN GOREBEGINCBEGINPBEGIN@ 5' O.C.2xSTA 45+00STA 43+20STA 43+91STA 45+02EXIST ROWHKBJAFFGGDD2x2xPCACGFJBEND@ 5' O.C.FGNAPCBEGIN TAPERBEGINCBENDJENDBEGINCBENDJENDBEGINPENDCBBEGINJBEGINENDPEND TAPER64922815LL2x2xØ=16'Ø=16'16'16'VARFGB80LFJNFGD2x100LF TOTALONLYR3-5R30"X36"THRUTRAFFICMERGELEFT12.5'12.5'12'12'VAR VAR
1840+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+00STA 41+147W45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. W? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWROBSON RANCH ROADSTA 45+90STA 46+30STA 47+00STA 47+60STA 47+35FGBJFGBJNCABEGINCBENDJENDENDAENDCENDBENDJENDDENDL2x2xENDHENDKENDAENDCBBEGINJBEGINENDP1HKDL2x2xLLEND GOREDBEGINLBEGIN2x2xMATCH EXISTINGR3-5R30"X36"1ONLY12.5'12.5'46+0047+0048+0049+00ECPVECPVECPV
1/27/2026FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\2279\146174_8\13448-01_SPMK04.dgn1/27/2026 6:40:44 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND SHALL BE 2' DOTTED MARKING WITH A 6' GAP.4. DOTTED EXTENSION LINES THROUGH INTERSECTIONS MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDFLREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(DBL ARROW)(90MIL)TSTA 40+00 - END7144 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGSSIGNING AND PAVEMENT
6" minor joint to edgeStubKeeper PlateBolt36"42"12" Diaexpansion or adhesive type.50 ft-lbs). Anchor may be5 1/2" and torque to min. of8 places (embed a minimum of5/8" diameter Concrete Anchor -(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostTRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILSSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SA(X-XXXX)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SB(X-XXXX)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS2 1/2".Bolt length isItem 445 "Galvanizing."galvanized peror A449 and(6) per ASTM A325(3), and washersbolts (3), nuts5/8" structuralSlip Base4" Max.manufacturerif required by Washers24" max.12" min.CONCRETE ANCHORGENERAL NOTES:1. Slip base shall be permanently marked to indicate manufacturer. Method, design, and location of marking are subject to approval of the TxDOT Traffic Standards Engineer.2. Material used as post with this system shall conform to the following specifications: 10 BWG Tubing (2.875" outside diameter) 0.134" nominal wall thickness Seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe Steel shall be HSLAS Gr 55 per ASTM A1011 or ASTM A1008 Other steels may be used if they meet the following: 55,000 PSI minimum yield strength 70,000 PSI minimum tensile strength 20% minimum elongation in 2" Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.122" to 0.138" Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.867" to 2.883" Galvanization per ASTM A123 or ASTM A653 G210. For precoated steel tubing (ASTM A653), recoat tube outside diameter weld seam by metallizing with zinc wire per ASTM B833. Schedule 80 Pipe (2.875" outside diameter) 0.276" nominal wall thickness Steel tubing per ASTM A500 Gr C Other seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe with equivalent outside diameter and wall thickness may be used if they meet the following: 46,000 PSI minimum yield strength 62,000 PSI minimum tensile strength 21% minimum elongation in 2" Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.248" to 0.304" Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.855" to 2.895" Galvanization per ASTM A1233. See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed drawings of sign clamps and Texas Universal Triangular Slipbase System components. The website address is: http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm4. Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown. Sign support posts shall not be spliced.ASSEMBLY PROCEDUREFoundation1. Prepare 12-inch diameter by 42-inch deep hole. If solid rock is encountered, the depth of the foundation may be reduced such that it is embedded a minimum of 18 inches into the solid rock.2. The Engineer may permit batches of concrete less than 2 cubic yards to be mixed with a portable, motor-driven concrete mixer. For small placements less than 0.5 cubic yards, hand mixing in a suitable container may be allowed by Engineer. Concrete shall be Class A.3. Push the pipe end of the slip base stub into the center of the concrete. Rotate the stub back and forth while pushing it down into the concrete to assure good contact between the concrete and stub. Continue to work the stub into the concrete until it is between 2 to 4 inches above the ground.4. Plumb the stub. Allow a minimum of 4 days to set, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.5. The triangular slipbase system is multidirectional and is designed to release when struck from any direction.Support1. Cut support so that the bottom of the sign will be 7 to 7.5 feet above the edge of the travelway (i.e., edge of the closest lane) when slip plate is below the edge of pavement or 7 to 7.5 feet above slip plate when the slip plate is above the edge of the travelway. The cut shall be plumb and straight.2. Attach sign to support using connections shown. When multiple signs are installed on the same support, ensure the minimum clearance between each sign is maintained. See SMD(SLIP-2) for clearances based on sign types.Concrete anchor consists of 5/8"diameter stud bolt with UNC seriesbolt threads on the upper end.Heavy hex nut per ASTM A563, andhardened washer per ASTM F436. Thestud bolt shall have a minimumyield and ultimate tensile strengthof 50 and 75 KSI, respectively.Nuts, bolts and washers shall begalvanized per Item 445, "Galvaniz-ing." Adhesive type anchors shallhave stud bolts installed with TypeIII epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxiesand Adhesives." Adhesive anchorsmay be loaded after adequate epoxycure time per the manufacturer'srecommendations. Top of bolt shallextend at least flush with top ofthe nut when installed. The anchor,when installed in 4000 psi normal-weight concrete with a 5 1/2"minimum embedment, shall have aminimum allowable tension and shearof 3900 and 3100 psi, respectively.2.5 cf of concrete.should take approx.plans). Foundationelsewhere in theunless noted(shall be usedconcrete footingNon-reinforcedrod or #4 rebar.7" x 1/2" diameter Provide a3/4 " diameter hole.Class A concrete9-08Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:July 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26BTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOT(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip Base(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip Base(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip BaseTOP VIEWSMD(SLIP-1)-08(DAL)12-10 (DISTRICT)TORQUE 135 TO 145 FT LBSSIDE VIEW 1-1SIDE VIEW 2-22211ADDED CLAMP BASE DETAIL FOR SLIPBASE INSTALLATIONprovided to the Engineer by Contractor.Installation procedures shall bemanufacturers' recommendations.The devices shall be installed perNOTE10-2010DETAIL AADDED DETAIL A FOR CLAMP BASEDallas District Standard 72
Detail DDetail FREQUIRED SUPPORTSIGN DESCRIPTION48x60-inch signs36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signsRegulatoryWarning
48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)48x60-inch signsLarge Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)11½41½1½W(max)=6FT85WW3988HWW-392W(max)=6FT3838½401.12 #/ft Wing Channel1½61"U" Extender11FT 9IN(max)0.2WH0.6W0.2WWW(max)=8FTSUPPORTPostDetail ESTOP = 2 - 32 inch piecesYIELD = 1 - 8 inch piece & 1 - 32 inch pieceorExtenderU-Bracketlock washer.washers andbolt, nut, 2 flatassembly and install(through) afterDrill 7/16" hole*1 1/2"ONE-WAYStreet NameSign(if required)Gap betweenplaquesshall be4 + 1PLAQUE = 1 - variable length2.3.4.Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft."REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.1.abnormally high due to a fill slope.GENERAL NOTES:when impacted by an errant vehicle.used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height isThe Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post beAluminum sign blanks shall conform to DepartmentalMaterial Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have thefollowing minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs lessthan 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,Signs that require specific supports due to reasonsWhen two triangular slipbase supports are used tosupport a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"connected to each other except through the sign panel.This will allow each support to act independentlyoff so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when theAdditional route markers may be added vertically,maximum allowable amount per Note 1.Detail ADetail BDetail CSide ViewTop ViewTop View Item 445, "Galvanizing."galvanized perper ASTM A307and flat washernut, lock washerhex bolt with5/16" x 3 3/4" ChannelWingChannelWingChannelWingPanelSignAluminumPanelSignAluminum Sign support posts shall not be spliced.galvanized per ASTM A 123.provided the total sign area does not exceed thesign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanizedcoating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing." SIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA10 BWG 2 32 SFSch 80 1 32 SFSch 80 2 64 SF10 BWG 1 16 SFbottom of sign when possible.Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" postTOP VIEWPostUniversal)(Specific orSign Clamp(see SMD(2-1))WindbeamAluminumExtrudedUniversal)(Specific orSign ClampSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P-BM)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-WC)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-1EXT)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-2EXT)SM RD SGN ASSYM TY XXXXX(2)XX(P)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILSin addition to windloading are indicated on the "Galvanizing."Item 445,A307 galvanized perwashers per ASTMwasher and 2 flathex bolt, nut, lock1/2" x 4" heavy"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 1 3/4"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 1 3/4"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A307and 2 flat washersnut, lock washerhex bolt with5/16" x 3/4"Detail ASeeDetail BSeeDetail CSeeUniversal)(Specific orSign ClampDetail DSeeSplices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.pipe diameter.)clamp type anddepending on signlength may vary"Galvanizing." (Boltper Item 445per ASTM A307 galvanizedwasher and lock washerhead bolt, nut, flat3/8" x 3 1/2" squareDetail ESeeDetail FSeeItem 445 "Galvanizing."A307 galvanized perand 2 flat washers per ASTMbolt with nut, lock washer3/8" x 3 1/2" heavy hex+.05"+.025"+.010"-.025"+.010"FRICTION CAP DETAILSkirtVariationDepthengage pipe O.D.Rolled Crimp toPipe O.D.Pipe O.D. Friction caps may be manufactured from hot rolledor cold rolled steel sheets. The minimum sheet metal The rim edges shall be reasonably straight andsmooth. Caps shall be sized and formed in such amanner as to produce a drive-on friction fit andhave no tendency to rock when seated on the pipe.The depth shall be sufficient to give positiveprotection against entrance of rainwater. Theyshall be free of sharp creases or indentationsand show no evidence of metal fracture. Caps shall have an electrodeposited coating ofzinc in accordance with the requirements of ASTMB633 Class FE/ZN 8.(R6-1) orSTOP (R1-1)YIELD (R1-2) 0.25 H1.75" max1" min,SIDE VIEWT&U Bracket48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)5.6.7.8.9.10.11.For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flatWing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and bealuminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches orless in height. U-brackets are used for signs ofgreater height.SMD(SLIP-2)-08(* - See Note 12)(See Note 11)12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.(See SMD(2-1))Extruded Alum. Windbeamunless detailed otherwise.All dimensions are in english plans.13.Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown on the for 24 inch height signs. Place the clamp 3 inches above9-08Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cutthickness shall be 24 gauge for all cap sizes.Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26CTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOT 73
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T-2EXT)28"HW2W(max)=15FT*HW0.7WW(max)=16FT0.15W0.15WW(min)>8FTSee Detail A1.GENERAL NOTES:Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown onDetail ATop View ChannelWingDetail BChannelWingSee Detail BSide ViewSIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA10 BWG 1 16 SF10 BWG 2 32 SFSch 80 1 32 SFSch 80 2 64 SFor 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (See Detail A and Detail B) steel pipeSch. 802 7/8" O.D.clampPost Sign clampSlip base12"12".2w6"variableUniversal)(Specific orClampsSigndetails)for additional(See SMD(2-1)post clampsattached withstiffenersS3x5.78 1/2"8 1/2"8"39"W-39"W-39"Universal)(Specific orSign Clampbottom of sign when possible.Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" postfor 24 inch high signs. Place the clamp 3 inches aboveSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-XX)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(2)XX(P-EXAL)REQUIRED SUPPORTSIGN DESCRIPTION48x60-inch signs36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signsRegulatoryWarning
48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)48x60-inch signsLarge Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)SUPPORTTY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILS"Galvanizing."per Item 445,ASTM A307 galvanizedand lock washer perflat washerbolt, nut,square head3/8" x 4 1/2""Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 2 1/2"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 4 1/2"Nylon washer,Detail CExtenderT-Bracketlock washer.washers andbolt, nut, 2 flatassembly and install(through) afterDrill 7/16" hole1 1/2"Item 445 "Galvanizing."A307 galvanized perand 2 flat washers per ASTMbolt with nut, lock washer3/8" x 4" heavy hexSplices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.See Detail CUse Extruded Alum. Windbeam as stiffeners6"the plans.See SMD (2-1) for additional detailsPanelSignw variablePanelSignTypical Sign Mount** Universal)(Specific orSign Clamp"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 4 1/2"Nylon washer,Aluminum PanelExtrudedhead bolt and nut3/8" x 1" squareEXTRUDED ALUMINUM SIGN WITH T BRACKETDetail D Slip baseT Bracket6"12"steel pipeSch. 80 or 10BWG2 7/8" O.D.SignExtruded AluminumSee Detail DSign Clampsign for proper mounting.be placed at the top of6" panel should 2.3.4.Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft."REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.abnormally high due to a fill slope.when impacted by an errant vehicle.used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height isThe Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post beAluminum sign blanks shall conform to DepartmentalMaterial Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have thefollowing minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs lessthan 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,Signs that require specific supports due to reasonsWhen two triangular slipbase supports are used tosupport a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"connected to each other except through the sign panel.This will allow each support to act independentlyoff so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when theSign support posts shall not be spliced.galvanized per ASTM A 123.sign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanizedcoating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing."in addition to windloading are indicated on the 5.6.7.8.9.For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flatWing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and bealuminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches orless in height. U-brackets are used for signs ofgreater height.10.11.48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)of signs when sign width is greater than 10'.Additional stiffener placed at approximate center0.25 HSMD(SLIP-3)-08(* - See Note 12)12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.Detail Efor clamp installationSee Detail E for clamp installationSee Detail E Extruded Alum. Windbeam (See Detail D on SMD (SLIP-2))greater24" orWith T BracketExtruded Aluminum Sign9-08Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cutTexas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26DTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOT 74
SIGN LOCATIONPAVED SHOULDERSLESS THAN 6 FT. WIDEHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADGREATER THAN 6 FT. WIDEmin12 ft7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedLaneTravelShoulderPaved7.0 ft min *7.5 ft max0 to 6 ftthan 6 ftGreater6 ft minthe edge of the travel lane.the sign must be placed at least 12 ft. fromWhen the shoulder is 6 ft. or less in width,edge of the shoulder.the sign must be placed at least 6 ft. from theWhen the shoulder is greater than 6 ft in width,HIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADBEHIND CONCRETE BARRIER7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedLaneTravelShoulderPaved7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxBEHIND GUARDRAILBEHIND BARRIER5 ft min**2 ft min**HIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEAD EASTWEST259259SIGNS WITH PLAQUES7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedor secondary sign.the supplemental plaquemeasured to the bottom ofthe 7 ft sign height isor secondary sign is used,When a supplemental plaqueCurbFace of7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxmin2 ftmin2 ftCurbFace of7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedT-INTERSECTION7.0 ft min *7.5 ft max6 ft minLaneTravelShoulderPavedROWPaved ShoulderEdge of Travel Lane that results in the greatest sign elevation:* Signs shall be mounted using the following condition(1)(2)the Engineer.The maximum values may be increased when directed byPost TypeNumber of Posts (1 or 2)Anchor TypeSign Mounting DesignationTYPICAL SIGN ATTACHMENT DETAILSignsBack-to-Back3"12 ft minU-boltSign PanelSign PostSign PostSign PanelClamp BoltSingle SignsSIGN SUPPORT DESCRIPTIVE CODESRESTRICTED RIGHT-OF-WAY(Descriptive Codes correspond to project estimate and quantities sheets)edge of the travel lane ora minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above thePipe DiameterApproximate Bolt Length3 or 3 1/2"3 or 3 1/2"4 1/2"2" nominal2 1/2" nominal3" nominal3 1/2 or 4"3 1/2 or 4"RailGuardBarrierConcreteREQUIRED CLEARANCE(i.e., typical space between wheel paths).more than 4 inches above a 60-inch chordwhen it is broken away, should not projectsubstantial remains of a breakaway support,To avoid vehicle undercarriage snagging, anyClampSignClampSignor the universal clamp.Sign clamps may be either the specific size clampSign PanelSpecific ClampUniversal ClampSign Boltnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatwasherNut, lockwasherNut, lockNot AcceptableNot AcceptableNot AcceptableAcceptablewithin a 7 ft. circle.posts should be locatedNo more than 2 signcirclediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.**Sign clearance based on distance required for proper guard rail or concrete barrier performance.***installed on the backslope.grade at the base of the support when sign isa minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above theSTOPSurfaceGroundTX-DOTTEXAS(i.e., stub).supportportion ofNon-breakaway4" max.60"FOR BREAKAWAY SUPPORTdepending upon field conditions.right. The bolt length may need to be adjustedsizes and sign clamp types are given in the table atwasher. The approximate bolt lengths for various posthead per ASTM A307 with nut and helical-spring lockback-to-back, use a 5/16-18 UNC galvanized hexWhen two sign clamps are used to mount signs(When 6 ft min. is not possible.)possibleMaximumslope.post could not be hit due to extremeguardrail or if Engineer determines the*** Post may be shorter if protected by lane as practical.should be placed as far from the travelfrom the edge of the travel lane, signsprevents the minimum horizontal clearanceIn situations where a lateral restriction factors.buildings, a narrow island, or otherby rocks, water, vegetation, forest,Right-of-way restrictions may be createdas close to ROW as practical.be in line with the centerline of the roadway. Placetwo way roadway, the right edge of the sign shouldWhen this sign is needed at the end of a two-lane,SM RD SGN ASSM TYXXXXX(X)XX(X-XXXX)GENERAL NOTES & DETAILSSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILShttp://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htmThe website address is: components and Wedge Anchor System components.drawings of sign clamps, Triangular Slipbase SystemSee the Traffic Operations Division website for detailedCURB & GUTTER OR RAISED ISLANDSMD(GEN)-08FTIN LOWCLEARANCE144M.P.H. 35FARMROAD EAST3713FARMROAD EAST3713316bolt length is 1 inch for aluminum.nylon washer, flat washer and lock washer. The5/16-18 UNC galvanized square head with nut,Bolts used to mount sign panels to the clamp areS80 = Schedule 80 Pipe (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))10BWG = 10 BWG Tubing (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))TWT = Thin-Walled Tubing (see SMD(TWT))FRP = Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Pipe (see SMD(FRP))SB = Slipbase - Bolted Down (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))SA = Slipbase - Concreted (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))WP = Wedge Anchor Plastic (see SMD(TWT))WS = Wedge Anchor Steel - (see SMD(TWT))UB = Universal Anchor - Bolted down (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))UA = Universal Anchor - Concreted (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))EXAL = Extruded Aluminum Sign Panels (see SMD(SLIP-3)) WC = 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))BM = Extruded Wind Beam (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))1EXT or 2EXT = Number of Extensions (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))IF REQUIREDU = Prefab. "U" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))T = Prefab. "T" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))P = Prefab. "Plain" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT), (FRP))9-08Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26ATXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOT 75
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT REQUIREMENTS TYPICAL SIGN of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:October 2003 3 12-039-08TSR(3)-13 7-13tsr3-13.dgn http://www.txdot.gov/can be found at the following website.The Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD) Square Feet 0.080 Less than 7.5 Greater than 15 0.125 0.100 7.5 to 15 Minimum ThicknessALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESS USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL WHITELEGEND & BORDERS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS BACKGROUNDTYPE A SHEETINGLEGEND & BORDERSBLACKACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMALL OTHERSBACKGROUNDTYPE A SHEETINGWHITETYPE B OR C SHEETING DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSALUMINUM SIGN BLANKSDMS-7110SIGN FACE MATERIALSDMS-8300 USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL WHITELEGEND & BORDERS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS TYPE D SHEETINGBACKGROUNDTYPE B OR C SHEETING& BORDERSLEGEND, SYMBOLSALLALL OTHERSTYPE B OR C SHEETINGD AND I SERIES GUIDE SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR BLUE, BROWN & GREEN F CV-6W Emod CV-5WR E CV-4W D CV-3W C CV-2W B CV-1W TYPE B or C SHEETINGLEGEND & BORDERSALL OTHERSTYPICAL EXAMPLESGENERAL NOTESROUTE SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR INDEPENDENT MOUNTED Plan Sheets.8. Mounting details of roadside signs are shown in the "SMD series" Standard Specification requirements of DMS-7110 or approved alternative.7. Sign substrate shall be any material that meets the Departmental Material widths. The sign area outside the corner radius should be trimmed or rounded. 1 inch. Borders and corner radii within a parent sign must be of matching much as 1/2 inch. Corner radii above 3 inches may vary in width as much as and corner radii on parent sign are nominal. Borders may vary in width as Highway Sign Designs for Texas". Dimensions shown and described for borders 6. Information regarding borders and radii for signs is found in the "Standard colored background sheeting. and borders on all other signs shall be cut-out white sheeting applied to to colored background sheeting, or combination thereof. White legend, symbols colored overlay film to white background sheeting or cut-out white sheeting shall be applied by screening process with transparent color ink, transparent 5. Independent mounted route sign with white or colored legend and borders a balanced appearance when spacing is not shown. and any approved changes thereto. Lateral spacing of legend shall provide 4. Lateral spacing between letters and numerals shall conform with the SHSD, or F). Highway Administration (FHWA) Standard Highway Alphabets B, C, D, E, Emod 3. Route sign legend (ie. IH, US, SH and FM shields) shall use the Federal plans. (FHWA) Standard Highway Alphabets, when not specified in the SHSD, or in the shall be used to replace the existing white Federal Highway Administration 2. White legend shall use the Clearview Alphabet. The following Clearview fonts can be found in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). shown on sign tabulation sheet. Standard sign designs and arrow dimensions1. Signs to be furnished shall be as detailed elsewhere in the plans and/or asTYPICAL EXAMPLESStandardDivisionOperationsTraffic 76
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:October 2003 4 REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL SIGNSTYPICAL EXAMPLES12-039-08TSR(4)-13 7-13tsr4-13.dgn GENERAL NOTESTYPICAL EXAMPLES Square Feet 0.080 Less than 7.5 Greater than 15 0.125 0.100 7.5 to 15 WRONG WAY SIGNS)(STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND TYPICAL EXAMPLESWRONG WAY SIGNS)(EXCLUDING STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND REQUIREMENTS FOR WARNING SIGNS FL Minimum Thickness BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL REDLEGEND & BORDERS WHITE BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL TYPE A SHEETING BLACKWHITE BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL BLACKWHITEACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM BACKGROUNDTYPE B OR C SHEETINGhttp://www.txdot.gov/can be found at the following website.The Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD) BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL LEGEND & SYMBOLS ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMFLFLFLALL OTHERBLACKTYPE B OR C SHEETINGREGULATORY SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR WHITE BACKGROUNDREGULATORY SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR RED BACKGROUNDALL OTHER BACKGROUNDWHITETYPE B OR C SHEETING LEGEND REDTYPE B OR C SHEETINGAND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS AND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS TYPE B OR C SHEETINGYELLOW FLOURESCENT LEGEND & BORDERSAND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS YELLOW GREENFLOURESCENT DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTSALUMINUM SIGN BLANKSDMS-7110SIGN FACE MATERIALSDMS-8300SPECIFIC SIGNS ONLYREQUIREMENTS FOR FOUR BACKGROUNDALL OTHERS Standard Plan Sheets.8. Mounting details for roadside mounted signs are shown in the "SMD series" Specification requirements of DMS-7110 or approved alternative.7. Sign substrate shall be any material that meets the Departmental Material sheeting, or combination thereof. ink, transparent colored overlay film or colored sheeting to background 6. Colored legend shall be applied by screening process with transparent colored cut-out white sheeting to colored background sheeting, or combination thereof. colored ink, transparent colored overlay film to white background sheeting or 5. White legend and borders shall be applied by screening process with transparent thereof. acrylic non-reflective black film to background sheeting, or combination 4. Black legend and borders shall be applied by screening process or cut-out a balanced appearance when spacing is not shown. and any approved changes thereto. Lateral spacing of legend shall provide 3. Lateral spacing between letters and numerals shall conform with the SHSD, Standard Highway Alphabets (B, C, D, E, Emod or F).2. Sign legend shall use the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) can be found in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). shown on sign tabulation sheet. Standard sign designs and arrow dimensions 1. Signs to be furnished shall be as detailed elsewhere in the plans and/or asTYPE B OR C SHEETINGSYMBOLSREDTYPE B OR C SHEETING TYPE B OR C SHEETINGTYPE B OR C SHEETINGACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMTYPE A SHEETINGTYPE B OR C SHEETINGREQUIREMENTSTYPICAL SIGNStandardDivisionOperationsTraffic 77
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:INSTL DEL ASSM INSTL OM ASSM DIRECTIONTYPE OF MOUNTNUMBER OF REFLECTORSCOLOR OF REFLECTORSREFLECTOR UNIT SIZEDIRECTIONTYPE OF OBJECT MARKERTYPE OF POSTD = DoubleS = Single1 or 21, 2, 3, or 4BI = Bi-DirectionalIf RequiredTYPE OF POST OR DELINEATORBR = Bi-Directional with red on backBI = Bi-DirectionalIf RequiredNUMBER OF REFLECTORS OR DIRECTIONC = Center (Type 3 Object Marker only)R = Right Side (Type 3 Object Marker only)L = Left Side (Type 3 Object Marker only)Z = 3-Size 1 or 1-Size 4 reflector unit(s)(Type 2 only)Y = 1-Size 3 reflector unit (Type 2 only)X = 3-Size 2 reflector units (Type 2 only)TYPE OF MOUNT10-094-1020AAugust 2004TXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTDOUBLESINGLE4"4"
4"3"?"
Max
4"GND, SRFWCGND, SRFWCGND4"
?"
Max
4"OBJECT MARKERSGND, SRFWCGNDWC18"TWTWAS, WAPCHEVRONS1"Max1"Max4"4"4"4"6"12"OM-2XOM-1OM-2YOM-2ZOM-3LOM-4D & OM DESCRIPTIVE CODESDELINEATORSOM-3ROM-3C18"18"18"3"12"W1-8W1-6GNDYellow-Type B or C SheetingTWTWAS, WAP 4" + ?"
12" + ?"3" + ?" SIZE 1SIZE 2SIZE 3SIZE 44"+ ?" 12" + ?"3"+ ?" NOTE3"4"45°12"36"12"36"12"36"6"DESCRIPTIONMATERIAL OBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &dom1-20.dgn 3-15 SRF = Surface MountGF1 or GF2 = Guard Fence AttachmentCTB = Concrete Barrier Mount GND = Embedded (drivable or set in concrete)Type 1 (OM-1)Type 3 (OM-3)Type 4 (OM-4)units3-Size 2 reflector unit1-Size 3 reflector unitor 1-Size 4 reflector units3-Size 1 reflector (Conventional)48" x 24" (Expressway & Freeway)60" x 30"36" x 48"30"x 36"(Expressway)24"x 30"(Freeway)7'-0" OnlySHEETINGDEVICEMOUNTING HEIGHTSIZE (W x L)DEVICEDEVICESHEETINGDEVICESHEETINGPOST TYPEMOUNT TYPEDEVICE1.2.DEVICESHEETINGMOUNT TYPEGNDYellow, White or Red Type B or C Reflective Sheeting unit1-Size 2 reflectorunits2-Size 2 reflector unit1-Size 1 reflectorunits2-Size 1 reflector WAS, WAPTWTFLFLType 2 (OM-2)FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR & OBJECT MARKER POSTS(EMBEDDED & SURFACE MOUNT TYPES) REFLECTORS DELINEATORS, OBJECT MARKERS AND BARRIER FLFLRed -Type B or C SheetingFLFLREFLECTOR UNIT SIZES FOR DELINEATORS AND OBJECT MARKERSONE DIRECTION LARGE ARROWmetal, plastic or fiberglass backplate with 17/64" mounting holes.Size 2 and 3 - For use on wing channel (wc) post only. Use approved post (flx).Size 1 and 4 - Direct applied reflective sheeting for use on flexible SIZE (W x L)MOUNTING HEIGHT(Conventional)18"x 24" 4" + ?"6" + ?" 4"7'-0"4'-0" or 7'-0"Yellow, White or Red Type B or C reflective sheeting yellow - Type B or C SheetingAlternating acrylic black and retroflective Yellow - Type B or C Sheeting6"BARRIER REFLECTORS (BRF) Yellow, White, Red at: www.txdot.gov. "Barrier Reflectors" Material Producer List 2. Approved Barrier Reflectors are listed on the of DMS 8600.1. Barrier reflectors shall meet the requirements GF1GF2CTB Oversize)(ConventionalWAP = Wedge Anchor PlasticWAS = Wedge Anchor SteelSRF = Surface MountGND = Embedded (drivable)1.NOTE2.7-20StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficNOTE:NOTEYFLX, WFLXPOST TYPEYFLX, WFLXWFLX area of 9 square inches. dimension of 3 inches and minimum surface 1. Reflective sheeting shall have a minimum alternative. Alloy 6061-T6 or approved blank to conform to ASTM B-209shall be 0.080" Aluminum signsubstrates and sign substratesDelineator and object marker(D-XX)SZ X (XXXX)XXX(XX)(OM-XX) (XXXX)XXX(XX)TWT = Thin Walled TubingWFLX = White Flexible Post WC = Wing Channel Postthe ONE DIRECTION LARGE ARROW (W1-6). the ONE DIRECTION LARGE ARROW sign (W1-9T) may be used instead of When there is a need to increase conspicuity, the Texas version of Sheets and paid under Item 644 (Small Roadside Sign Assemblies). shall be installed per Sign Mounting Details (SMD) Standard CHEVRON (W1-8) signs and ONE DIRECTION LARGE ARROW (W1-6) SignsR = RedY = YellowW = WhiteBRF = Barrier ReflectorWFLX = White Flexible PostYFLX = Yellow Flexible PostWC = Wing Channel PostD & OM(1)-20 78
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:D & OM(2)-2010-094-1020BAugust 2004TXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTdom2-20.dgn WEDGE ANCHOR SYSTEMS4'-0"LineGroundGUARD FENCE ATTACHMENT7'-0"LineGround PostBaseSURFACE MOUNTPostmaterialReflectiveEMBEDDEDsurfacePavement2'-0" Usual materialReflectiveStub27"30"12"12" Dia.surfacePavementLineGroundsurfacePavementGNDGNDSRFWASWAPGF2GF1rail element
of MBGF
CenterlineLARGE ARROW SIGNCHEVRONS AND ONE DIRECTIONAND CHEVRONS TYPES 1, 3, AND 4 OBJECT MARKERS OBJECT MARKERSDELINEATORS AND TYPE 2POST TYPE AND SUPPORT FOUNDATION DETAILSWING CHANNEL (WC)TYPE OF BARRIER MOUNTS3-15STEELPLASTICNOTESNOTESNOTENOTE1.LineGround2'-6" Min.
4'-0"
4" Min.17"(Approx.)3"15"12" Dia.30o1"2"3.5"17"20"INSTALLATIONOBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &Approximately
4'-0"being markedin front of object2'-0" to 8'-0" or See general notes 1, 2 and 3.GENERAL NOTESStandardDivisionSafetyTraffic7-20Install per manufacturer's recommendations.1011 SS Gr. 50, or ASTM A499.1.12 lbs/ft steel per ASTM A Delineators only.Type 2 Object Markers and post option may be used for Embedded Wing Channel (WC)1.2.NOTECONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB)Place Barrier Reflector on top or on side(s) ofCTB.post or blockAttached to toward the intended travel lane. 6. Diagonal stripes on Type 3 object markers shall slope down above the edge of the pavement surface.5. Barrier reflectors should be installed a minimum of 18 inches in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.4. Install all delineators, object markers and barrier reflectors desired height as possible. case, place the obJect marker or delineator as close to the to maintain a height of approximately 4'-0". If this is the 8'-0" from the edge of the pavement, it may not be possible3. When Type 2 object markers and delineators are more than with the innermost edge of the obstruction. pavement edge, place the affected object markers in line 2. Where a restriction prevents consistent placement from the distance from the edge of pavement.1. Place delineators on a section of roadway at a consistent FLEXIBLE POSTS (YFLX, WFLX)smaller)the chevron (sizes 24" x 30" and a height of 6'-6" to the top ofchevrons that will not exceedof the chevron is permitted for Mounting at 4 feet to the bottom be yellow. centerline or median use, the flexible posts shall to separate opposing direction of travel, such as 4. When using yellow delineators with flexible posts 3. Post length may vary to meet field conditions. 2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. Material Producer List for approved devices.1. See "Flexible Delineator and Object Marker Posts"paid under item 644. be installed per SMD standard sheets andDIRECTION LARGE ARROW sign (W1-9T)shall of the chevron. Chevron sign and ONE mounted at a height of 7' to the bottom Chevrons 30" x 36" and larger shall be 79
DN:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:20CAugust 2004TXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTPLACEMENT DETAILSOBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &AAAA2A2A2A2A2A2ACurve)(Approaching/DepartingStraightaway SpacingBBBBcurvaturePoint oftangentPoint ofBBLEGENDDelineatorgnicapS evruCCurve)(Approaching/DepartingStraightaway SpacingNOTESPACINGDELINEATOR AND CHEVRON WHEN DEGREE OF CURVE OR RADIUS IS NOT KNOWN(MPH)SpeedAdvisoryNOTES ON HORIZONTAL CURVESSUGGESTED SPACING FOR DELINEATORSON HORIZONTAL CURVESSUGGESTED SPACING FOR CHEVRONS for each Advisory Speed (MPH).curve. Use the delineator curve spacingbased on the Advisory Speed of the delineator spacing may be determined If the degree of curve is not known, 3-15 55 100 200 160 50 85 170 160 45 75 150 120 40 70 140 120 35 60 120 120 30 55 110 80 25 50 100 80 20 40 80 80 15 35 70 40 A 2xA BSPACINGDELINEATOR AND CHEVRON 6 955 90 180 160 12 478 60 120 120 13 441 60 120 120 14 409 55 110 80 16 358 55 110 80 19 302 50 100 80 29 198 35 70 40 38 151 30 60 40 15 382 55 110 80WHEN DEGREE OF CURVE OR RADIUS IS KNOWNFEETCurveofDegree A 2A BCurveof RadiusCurvein SpacingStraightawayin SpacingCurvein SpacingChevron 1 5730 225 450 2 2865 160 320 5 1146 100 200 160 7 819 85 170 160 8 716 75 150 160 9 637 75 150 12010 573 70 140 120 11 521 65 130 120 23 249 40 80 80the degree of curve is known.used during design preparation or whenspaced at 2A. This spacing should bespacing should include 3 delineators Curve delineator approach and departure 57 101 20 40 40Sign RPMs Ramp EscapeTruck feet50Frwy./Exp. CurveBridge RailReduced Width Approaches toRailBridges with no ApproachHeadGuard Rail Terminus/Impactstandard sheetsSee PM-series and FPM-series See delineator spacing tableCONDITIONREQUIRED TREATMENTMINIMUM SPACINGCurvein Spacing Straightawayin Spacing CurveinSpacing Chevron 3 1910 130 260 200 4 1433 110 220 160 65 130 260 200 60 110 220 160100 feet (See Detail 3 on D & OM (4))See Detail 1 on D & OM (4)DELINEATOR AND OBJECT MARKER APPLICATION AND SPACINGnot less than 3 delineatorsEqual spacing (100'max) but dom3-20.dgn DelineatorBi-directional8-155 MPH & 10 MPH15 MPH & 20 MPHFrwy./Exp. TangentSingle delineators on right sideLaneAcceleration/Decelerationon D&OM(4))Double delineators (see Detail 3 Culverts without MBGFType 2 Object MarkersSee Detail 2 on D & OM(4)CrossoversFreeways/Expressway(lane merge) on Pavement Narrowing length of transitionto affected lane for full Single delineators adjacent D & OM(3)-20CK:8-157-20StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic100 feetthe color of the edge lineBarrier reflectors matchingPosted Speedis less than Advisory SpeedAmount by which Beam Guard Fenceconcrete)and Metal Bridge Rail (steel or or Steel Traffic BarrierConcrete Traffic Barrier (CTB) way driver applications3. Single red delineators may be mounted on the back side of delineator posts for wrong2. Barrier reflectors may be used to replace required delineators. or barrier reflectors are placed. to the color of the pavement edge line on the side of the road where the delineators1. Unless indicated otherwise, the delineator or barrier reflector color shall conformapproach lanetangent section of centerline of the Extension of the Cable Barrierof the edge lineReflectors matching the color 100'max)Every 5th cable barrier post (up to MINIMUM WARNING DEVICES AT CURVES WITH ADVISORY SPEEDSsection. beyond the point of tangent in tangentAt least one chevron pair is installedNOTECurve Advisory SpeedRPMsLarge Arrow signRPMs and One Direction RPMs and Chevrons; orRPMs and Chevrons; orRPMschevronsthe installation of roadside obstacles preventgeometric conditions orLarge Arrow sign where RPMs and One Direction RPMs and Chevronsinstallation of chevrons.obstacles prevent the conditions or roadside Arrow sign where geometric RPMs and One Direction Large of curves) (see Detail 3 on D&OM(4))side of ramp (should be on outsideSingle delineators on at least oneEqual spacing 100' maxSee D & OM(5)delineators approaching railat end of rail and 3 single Type 3 Object Marker (OM-3)Frwy/Exp.Ramplanes each directionSingle Delineators when multipledirectionundivided with one lane each Bi-Directional Delineators when departure endObject marker on approach and Undivided 2-lane highways - approach endDivided highway - Object marker onSee D & OM (5) and D & OM (6) front of the terminal enda Type 3 Object Marker (OM-3) inby manufacturer per D & OM (VIA) or Requires reflective sheeting providedSingle red delineators on both sidesSee D & OM (5)terminal end Marker (OM-3) in front of the D & OM (VIA) or a Type 3 Object provided by manufacturer per Requires reflective sheeting does not apply to ramp curves)ramp curves ("straightway spacing" Use delineator spacing table for 100 feet on ramp tangentsdelineators approaching bridgeMarkers (OM-3) and 3 singleType 2 and Type 3 Object (30 MPH or less) Turn(35 MPH or more)Curve25 MPH & moreSIGNLARGE ARROWONE DIRECTION approach lane.centerline of the tangent section of perpendicular to the extension of the should be located at approximately and ONE DIRECTION LARGE ARROW (W1-6) signDouble yellow delineators and RPMs 80
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:D & OM(4)-2020DAugust 2004TXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTdom4-20.dgn PLACEMENT DETAILSOBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &LEGENDOM-2Delineator100'usual5'8'max.Travel LanesCenter ofWITHOUT MBGFFOR CULVERTS BARRICADE INSTALLATIONTYPICAL DEAD END from travel lane.is less than 15'end treatmentplaced if safetyOM-2 to beclear zonelane or within the15' from traveland is less thanthan 20' in lengthheadwall is greaterplaced if culvertOM-2 to bezonewithin the cleartravel lane orthan 15' fromheadwall is lessplaced if culvertOM-2 to beis approximately 100 ft.deceleration lanesacceleration ordelineators forSpacing of whiteACCELERATION DECELERATION LANESFREEWAY DELINEATION FOR RAMPS AND DEAD END BARRICADETYPICAL APPLICATION OF DETAIL 1DETAIL 4DETAIL 5OM-3Barricade3-1510'BarricadeDead Endobject markersOptional type 4Bidirectional DelineatorDouble DelineatorSign100' max spacingRamp tangents-curve.outside ofshould be on Delineators not apply).spacing" does ("Straightaway spacing tableUse delineatorRamp curves-NOTES in compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List, section D.2.f and D.2.g. 3. Type 3 Barricade Supports should be anchored to soil or pavement as described 2. Barricade striping is red and white sloping toward the center of the roadway. road closures. 1. Barricade striping shall be red and white reflective sheeting for all permanentdelineatoryellowDouble CROSSOVERSnecessarydevices as or Additional as per D & OM(3)Warning devices7-20StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficFILE:delineatoryellowDouble VariesDETAIL 2DETAIL 3spacingRPM's at 20'4 Type I-AspacingRPM's at 10'Type II-C-R 81
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE: DATE: Shoulder
Shoulder
Edge Line
Edge Line
25 ft.25 ft.25 ft.25 ft.Edge Line
Edge Line
Edge Line
Edge Line 25 ft.25 ft.25 ft.ShoulderShoulder
Shoulder
Shoulder 3 total.less thanbut not(100' max),spacingEqual3 total.less thanbut not(100' max),spacingEqualMBGFdelineatorsreflectors orwhite barrier3 bidirectionalnot less than(100' max), butEqual spacingdelineatorsreflectors orwhite barrier3 bidirectionalnot less than(100' max), butEqual spacingBridge railSteel or concreteBridge railSteel or concreteLEGENDOM-2DelineatorOM-3Bidirectional DelineatorWITH REDUCED WIDTH APPROACH RAILTWO-WAY, TWO LANE ROADWAYbidirectionaldelineatorsType D-SWBRIDGE WITH NO APPROACH RAILTWO-WAY, TWO LANE ROADWAYWITH METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE (MBGF)TWO-WAY, TWO LANE ROADWAYPLACEMENT DETAILSOBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &dom5-20.dgn20ED & OM(5)-20delineatorsreflectors orwhite barrierBidirectionaldelineatorsreflectors orwhite barrierBidirectionalbidirectionaldelineatorsType D-SWbidirectionaldelineatorsType D-SWbidirectionaldelineatorsType D-SWreflectorswhite barrierbidirectionalnot less than 3 (100' max), butequal spacingwill haveThe others each OM-3.directly behindbe placedreflector shallOne barrierreflectorswhite barrierbidirectionalnot less than 3(100' max), butequal spacingwill haveThe others each OM-3.directly behindbe placedreflector shallOne barrierapartspaced 25'delineatorsD-SW3- Typeapartspaced 25'delineatorsD-SW3- Typeapartspaced 25'delineatorsD-SW3- Typeapartspaced 25'delineatorsD-SW3- TypeTraffic FlowAugust 20157-20StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic NOTE:MBGF25 ft.NOTE:Terminal EndSee Note 1See Note 1MBGF the terminal end. Object Marker (OM-3) in front of per D & OM (VIA) or a Type 3 sheeting provided by manufacturer 1. Terminal ends require reflective of the terminal end. Object Marker (OM-3) in front per D & OM (VIA) or a Type 3 sheeting provided by manufacturer 1. Terminal ends require reflective See Note 1See Note 1See Note 1See Note 1See Note 1See Note 1 82
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE: DATE:PLACEMENT DETAILSOBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &dom6-20.dgn20F August 20157-20EMERGENCY CROSSOVERStandardDivisionSafetyTrafficShoulder
Edge Line
25 ft.Shoulder
Edge Line 25 ft.MBGFMBGFEdge LineEdge LineEdge LineEdge LineShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulder
Edge Line
Shoulder
25 ft.25 ft.Edge Line
Shoulder 25 ft.25 ft.CTBorMBGFCTBorMBGFcrossover.barrier at on cablereflectors yellow5 adjacent R5-11TFOR OFFICIALOR EMERGENCYVEHICLE USEONLYspacing 100'.a maximumor up to reflectorwith yellow post marked barrier cable Every 5th delineatorsyellowDouble NOTESNote 1See Note 1See YellowDoubleNote 2See Note 1See Freeway:48x48 Expressway:48x48Conventional:30x30METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE (MBGF)TWO-WAY ROADWAY WITHMULTI-LANE UNDIVIDED,FENCE (MBGF)METAL BEAM GUARD DIVIDED ROADWAY WITHOR STEEL BARRIERCONTINUOUS CONCRETE BarrierTrafficSteelConcrete orCable BarrierFILE:100' max reflectorswhite barrierEqual spacing100' max reflectorswhite barrierEqual spacingmax.on each side). 100'or single directionbidirectional on topreflectors (eitheryellow barrierEqual spacing LEGENDOM-2DelineatorOM-3Bidirectional DelineatorTraffic FlowTerminal EndNote 3See Note 3See of the terminal end. or a Type 3 Object Marker (OM-3)in front provided by manufacturer per D & OM (VIA) 3. Terminal ends require reflective sheeting reflectors or delineators. than 3 single directional yellow barrier2. Equal spacing (100' max), but not less Barrier, equal spacing (100' max.) reflectors or delineators. On Continuos than 3 single directional white barrier 1. Equal spacing (100' max), but not lessNote 3See Note 3See Note 3See Note 3See Note 3See D & OM(6)-20 83
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTCONTFILE:DATE:20GTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTREVISIONS4-928-044-98December 1989ATTENUATORSFOR VEHICLE IMPACT OBJECT MARKERDELINEATOR &D & OM(VIA)-2036"24"1½"R6"6"12"6"6"1½"R36"6"6"12"12"1½"R24"6"36"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"1½"R6"6"6"6"1½"R48"BACK PANEL (OPTIONAL)12"12"12"10"10"***6"**L *1.2.*Engineeras directed by therecommendation, or per manufacturer'sattenuatorAdjust to fit *6"6"*36"6"6"NOTESexit gore sign.Variable to match width ofrecommendations.per manufacturer's Object marker installed domvia20.dgn 3-158-952OBJECT MARKERS SMALLER THAN 3 FT NOTES2 ¼" minimum.2 ¼" minimum.of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:Minimum size 96" x 24".with top of attenuator. Mounting should be flush or as directed by the Engineer.manufacturers recommendation, of drum, per attenuator to attach through centerline Spacing should be adjusted 6. See D & OM (1-4) for required barrier reflectors. 5. Object Marker at nose of attenuator is subsidiary to the attenuator. object markers to allow cable or other attachments. and reflectors. Holes, slots or other openings may be cut or drilled through4. Pop rivets, screws, or nuts and bolts may be used to attach object markers may have reduced width stripes of a minimum of 2 ¼". black and yellow stripes are typically 6". Object Markers smaller than 3ft 3. Object Marker size may be reduced to fit smaller devices. Width of alternating direct applied sheeting. bubbles, cuts or tears. A radius at the corners is not required for sheeting shall provide a smooth surface and have no wrinkles, air "end cap" as per the manufacturer's recommendation. Direct applied applied directly to guardrail end treatment, or applied directly to an 2. Object Markers may be fabricated from adhesive backed reflective sheeting shall be black. Background shall be yellow reflective sheeting (Type B or C) and Chevron and reflectivity requirement of Department Material Specification DMS 8300. 1. Object Markers shall conform to the Texas MUTCD and meet the color StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic7-20 84
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:FILE:NOTESWITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSFOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYCENTERLINE AND LANE LINESLane Line6" White WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSONE-WAY ROADWAYEDGE LINE AND LANE LINESShoulderEdge LineYellow6" SolidEdge LineWhite 6" SolidEdge LineWhite6" SolidEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge of Pavement Edge of Pavement 30'10'30'10'FOUR LANE DIVIDED ROADWAY CROSSOVERSPavement Edge20" max.16" min.-WidthMedianlinestop/yield line to from edge48" min.Note 2See TaperDecelerationStorage See note 3White Line8" Solid Edge Line6" Solid White Edge Line6" Solid YellowEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge Line6" Solid Yellow30'10'YIELD LINES MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130 PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240All pavement marking materials shall meet therequired Departmental Material Specificationsas specified by the plans. BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERSTRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS24"36"DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONTStandardDivisionSafetyTrafficPM(1)-22pm1-22.dgn22APAVEMENT MARKINGSTYPICAL STANDARDDecember 2022 30'10'may vary (typ.)Shoulder widthWITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSTWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY existsno shoulder 6" min. whenmay vary (typ.)Shoulder widthCenterline6" Yellow Edge Line6" Solid WhiteYellow Line6" SolidEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge of Pavement ONLYMARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONSTYPICAL TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONSTYPICAL MULTI-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT greater than 45 MPH.being marked equal to or For posted speed on road Extension LineWhite 8" DottedLinesYield GENERAL NOTESROADWAYPUBLICEdge LineWhite6" SolidEdge LineWhite 6" SolidEdge LineWhite6" SolidNote 1See Width
MedianNote 1See 18"less than 40 MPH.being marked equal to or For posted speed on road Edge LineWhite 6" Solidshoulder exists6" min. when noshoulder exists6" min. when no center of edge line of a two lane roadway. shall be measured from the center of edge line to the lanes, sidewalks, berms and shoulders. The traveled ways used for vehicular travel. It does not include the parking 2. The traveled way includes only that portion of the roadway gutter sections of roadways. conditions. Edge lines are not required in curb and distance may vary due to pavement raveling or other less than 6 inches from the edge of pavement. This directed by the Engineer. The edge line should not be placed 1. Edge line striping shall be as shown in the plans or as Lane Line6" WhiteYellow Line6" SolidYellow Line6" SolidYellow Line6" Solid6" White Lane Line6" White Lane LineLane Line6" WhiteYellow Line6" SolidDRIVEWAYMAJOROR MINOR DRIVEWAYALLEY, PRIVATE ROADMAJOR DRIVEWAYPUBLIC ROADWAYOR MINOR DRIVEWAYALLEY, PRIVATE ROADSTOP LINES Solid White Width: 12" min. 24" max.EDGE LINE 6" Solid White Gap: 30' on approaches to intersections (500' min.)30' max.4' min.30' max.4' min. 6" Yellow 6" Solid Yellow line(typ.)6" min.Width 16' W 20'Edgelines Pavement for Centerlines withoutMinimum RequirementsWay Width 20'for Edgelines Traveled Minimum Requirements CENTERLINEfor Undivided RoadwaysBased on Traveled Way and Pavement Widths Length: 10'OPTIONALEDGE LINE & CENTERLINEGUIDE FOR PLACEMENT OF STOP LINES,two separate intersections.openings shall be signed as 30 feet or more, median the median opening itself of separated by median widths at 1. Where divided highways are Yellow Line6" Solid 12"3"to12"3"to12" Refer to General Note 2 for additional details.NOTE: Traveled way is exclusive of shoulder widths.5-008-9511-782-123-038-0012-226-206"3"* - 4"6"6" shall be as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.3. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration, and storage lengths yield signs.shall only be used with stop signs. Yield lines shall only be used with lines) when a 50' or greater median centerline can be placed. Stop lines 2. Install median striping (double yellow centerlines and stop lines/yield Engineer.control. Stop signs and stop bars are optional as determined by the determine if signs are required. Yield signs are the typical intersection each approach. The narrow median width will be the controlling width to Each median opening has two width measurements, with one measurement for See Detail BDETAIL "B"3"* - 4"when approved by the Engineer.* 2" minimum for restripe projects See Detail Agreater than 48' only)(18" max. for traveled way 9"** min. - 10" typ."* - 4"36"6"the Engineer.approved by projects when for restripe ** 8" minimum the Engineer.approved by projects when for restripe * 2" minimum DETAIL "A"the Engineer.)when approved by restripe projects (16" minimum for 18" min. - 20" max. 85
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:PM(2)-22pm2-22.dgn22BFILE:StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic80'80'40'40'40'40'40'40'Type II-A-AType II-A-AType I-CType II-A-ACenterlineSymmetrical around centerlineContinuous two-way left turn laneDETAIL "A"DETAIL "B"Type I-C or II-C-RType I-C or II-C-R10'30'REFLECTORIZED PROFILEPATTERN DETAIL80'CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES FOR TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANECENTERLINE FOR ALL TWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYSGENERAL NOTESLANE LINES FOR ONE-WAY ROADWAY (NON-FREEWAY FACILITIES)SurfaceReflectorizedAA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSAll pavement marking materials shall meet therequired Departmental Material Specificationsas specified by the plans.DMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240TRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)SECTION AooAdhesiveAASurfaceReflectorizedRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSType I (Top View)Type II (Top View)25 min35 max-SurfaceRoadwayquarters to a maximum height of 7 quarters. approximately equal to a stack of 5 of base line and profile marking is A quick field check for the thickness in height300 to 500 milFOR VEHICLE POSITIONING GUIDANCEREFLECTIVE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSSee Detail ASee Detail BBROKEN LANE LINEtoward normal traffic and red face toward wrong-way traffic.Raised pavement markers Type II-C-R shall have clear face MARKINGSREFLECTORIZED PROFILERAISED MARKERSPOSITION GUIDANCE USINGNOTES6"18"+ 1"2 to 3" of 45 MPH or less. on roadways with a posted speed limit2. Profile markings shall not be placed in the plans. and the materials shall be specified1. Edge lines should typically be 6" wideCENTER OR EDGE LINE (see note 1)4"4"1" - 2"1" - 2"Type II-A-ADETAIL "C"3" - 5"5½"+ ½"Type II-A-AOR 6" LANE LINE 6" EDGE LINE, 6" CENTERLINEUSING REFLECTIVE PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKINGS4"3" - 5"3" - 5" highways and raised medians. Use raised pavement marker Type II-C-R with divided roadways, flush medians, and two way left turn lanes.3. Use raised pavement marker Type I-C with undivided joints. should be placed to one side of the longitudinal2. On concrete pavements, the raised pavement markers the stripes. shall be placed in line with and midway between1. All raised pavement markers placed along broken linesSee Note 3.Type II-A-AType I-CSee Detail C80'FOR FOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYSCENTERLINE & LANE LINES5-004-924-772-122-108-0012-226-20December 2022 86
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:PM(3)-22pm3-22.dgnFILE:GENERAL NOTESSEE DETAIL A9'3'1 Mile (Auxiliary Lane)(ONE-WAY, NON-SIGNALIZED)MINOR CROSS STREET ONLYONLY
(typ.)Stop Line24" WhiteVaries1 Mile (Lane Drop)MAJOR CROSS STREET
ONLYONLY48'Type I-C9'3'Type I-C48'StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficVaries (See general Note 2)TYPICAL TWLTL AT ONE-WAY STREET AND RIGHT TURN AUXILIARY LANETYPICAL TWLTL AT TWO-WAY CROSS STREET AND RIGHT TURN LANE DROP6" White Lane Line6" Solid Yellow LineLane Line6" White 8" Dotted White Lane Line Yellow6" BrokenYellow6" Broken 8" Dotted White Lane Line spaced at 20'Type II-A-A6" White Lane LineSEE DETAIL B MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240TRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED) BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERSas specified by the plans.required Departmental Material Specifications All pavement marking materials shall meet the D/4 DPaved ShoulderArrowLane-Reduction300'-500'EdgePavementD/2D/4LSEE DETAIL BLANE REDUCTIONNOTES(Optional)W9-1RW9-2TLVaries (See general note 2)PAVEMENT MARKINGSAND LANE REDUCTION RURAL LEFT TURN BAYS, TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANES, information on turning lanes or storage lengths. the Roadway Design Manual for additional or as directed by the Engineer. See Chapter 3 of and storage lengths shall be as shown on the plans 4. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration, divided highways and raised medians. lanes. Use raised pavement marker Type II-C-R with highways, flush medians and two way left turn 3. Use raised pavement marker Type I-C with undivided near the upstream end of the full-width turn lane. for a short turn lane, it should be located at or lane use arrow or word and arrow marking is used the bay is greater than 180 feet. When a single two sets of arrows should be used if the length of 2. When lane-use words and arrow markings are used, Highway Sign Designs for Texas. words and arrows are as shown in the Standard lanes and turn bays for emphasis. Details for or word and arrow markings may be used in other of substantial length. Lane use arrow markings arrow markings should be used in auxiliary lanes become mandatory turn lanes. Lane use word and where through lanes approaching an intersection1. Lane use word and arrow markings shall be used ONLY32'Type I-C20'White Line8" SolidDETAIL B(typ.)32'DETAIL A3"* - 4"3"* - 4"20'MarkersType II-A-A Yellow Line6" SolidTYPICAL TRANSITION FOR TWLTLAND DIVIDED HIGHWAY20'Type II-A-A Markers not required unless stated elsewhere in the plans. marking after each intersection or dedicated turn bay is a two-way left-turn lane within a corridor. Repeating the should be used at or just downstream from the beginning of A two-way left-turn (TWLT) lane-use arrow pavement marking 8'-16'30 MPH35 MPH40 MPH45 MPH50 MPH55 MPH60 MPH65 MPH70 MPH75 MPH4605656707758859901,1001,2001,2501,350D (ft)L (ft)Posted Speed WSL=WS260Yellow Line6" Solid shall conform to the TxDOT Freeway Signing Handbook. 4. For lane reductions on Freeways and Expressways, signing last lane reduction arrows. lane reduction arrow should be centered between the first and based on engineering judgement. If used, the optional third greater. An optional third lane reduction arrow may be added3. Lane reduction arrows are required for speeds of 45 mph or sign on the right side of the highway. sign may be installed in the median aligned with the W9-1R 2. On divided highways, an additional RIGHT LANE ENDS (W9-1R) see TS2(PL) standard sheets. otherwise be a through lane. For Texas Super 2 Passing Lanes, or because of a section of on-street parking in what would through lanes is reduced because of narrowing of the roadway1. Lane reduction pavement markings are used where the number of 22C3'9'9'Varies (general Note 4)Lane Line6" Dotted WhiteWhite (typ.)8" Solid20'See general Note 3Type II-C-RType I-C or Yellow6" BrokenYellow6" SolidSEE DETAIL A20'20'Type II-A-A Markers20'TYPICAL TWO-LANE ROADWAY INTERSECTION WITH LEFT TURN BAYS30-45°Yellow Line 6" Solid Note 3See general 1" (typ.)ONLY(typ.)White Line8" Solid Line Extension 8" Dotted WhiteADVANCED WARNING SIGN DISTANCE (D)Varies (see general Note 4)December 20228-005-004-982-122-103-0312-226-20L= 2" minimum allowed for restripe projects when approved by the Engineer.* 87
1/26/202611+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RD11+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 16+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW1285 SY SODBEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 13+85.00SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWROCK FILTER DAM (TY 3)BEGIN - STA 16+808841 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN6+007+008+009+0010+0011+0010+0011+0012+0013+0014+0015+0016+0015+00
ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW112 SY SOD2764 SY SODSAGEHAW K DRCULVERT 01N89°53'52.0"E23+0024+0025+0026+0027+0028+0025+005+006+00 5+00
1/27/202616+80.00MATCHLINE STA.
22+60.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW2669 SY SOD41 LF RFD22+60.00MATCHLINE STA.
28+40.00MATCHLINE STA. SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWROCK FILTER DAM (TY 3)STA 16+80 - STA 28+408942 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN17+0018+0019+0020+0021+0022+0020+00
1/27/2026ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW2942 SY SOD28+40.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
34+20.00MATCHLINE STA.
40+00.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROWPROP ROW233 SY SOD2122 SY SOD78 SY SOD41 LF RFDLANDM ARK TRAIL
41 LF RFDCULVERT 02SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWROCK FILTER DAM (TY 3)STA 28+40 - STA 40+009043 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN29+0030+0031+0032+0033+0034+0030+0035+0036+0037+0038+0039+0040+0035+0040+005+006+00 5+00
W1/27/202640+00.00MATCHLINE STA.
45+80.00MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPROP ROW110 SY SOD3144 SY SOD142 SY SOD1270 SY SOD433 SY SOD41 LF RFD39 LF RFDCULVERT 03CULVERT 04CULVERT 0545+80.00MATCHLINE STA. WROBSON RANCH ROADEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW139 SY SOD586 SY SOD89 LF RFD45 LF RFD? ROBSON RANCH RDEND PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 47+00.00SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20262595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEET DENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWROCK FILTER DAM (TY 3)STA 40+00 - END9144 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN40+0041+0042+0043+0044+0045+0040+0045+006+00 5+005+005+00 6+005+00
5+00 6+005+0046+0047+0048+0049+00
parallel to the slope contour.Dozer tracks create track imprints fabricWoven filter 90°2"minimum of 6 times with hog rings.reinforcement sheets or rolls a Connect the ends of the successive FLOWFLOW hog rings or cord at a maximum spacing of 15".Fasten fabric to the top strand of the wire using AALinear soil impressions.TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCESCFbottom in the upstream direction.side and approximently 2" across the trench Place 4" to 6" of fabric against the trench Backfill and hand tamp.Minimum trench size shall be 6" square. SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE USAGE GUIDELINESto be filtered.runoff. A 2 year storm frequency may be used to calculate the flow rate of a disturbed area along a contour to intercept sediment from overland A sediment control fence may be constructed near the downstream perimeter erosion from a drainage area larger than 2 acres.rate of 100 GPM/FT . Sediment control fence is not recommended to control Sediment control fence should be sized to filter a maximum flow through 2SECTIONA-AFLOWFilter fabric 3' min. width.Embed posts 18" min.or Anchor if in rock.6"2"90°Backfill & hand tamp.sewn vertical pockets for steel posts).for wooden posts (or 4 T-Clips or posts using 4 evenly spaced staples Attach the wire mesh and fabric on end Hardwood posts shall have a minimum cross section of 1.5" x 1.5"Softwood posts shall be 3" minimum in diameter or nominal 2" x 4".4' minimum steel or wood posts spaced at 6' to 8'.GENERAL NOTESVERTICAL TRACKINGLEGENDSediment Control FenceSCFperpendicular to the slope or direction of water flow. Install continous linear track impressions where the minimum 12" length impressions are5.4. Do not exceed 12" between track impressions. measuring a minimum of 12" in length by 2" to 4" in width by 1/2" to 2" in depth. Provide equipment with a track undercarriage capable of producing linear soil impressions 3.Perform vertical tracking on slopes to temporarily stabilize soil.2.unless otherwise approved.1. Vertical tracking is required on projects where soil distributing activities have occurredHINGE JOINT KNOT WOVEN MESH (OPTION) DETAILTop of Fencespaced at a maximum of 12 inches apart. a maximum of 12 inches apart and all vertical wires requires a minimum of five horizontal wires spaced at Galvanized hinge joint knot woven mesh (12.5 GA.SWG Min.) SLOPESLOPE(W.M.)(See woven mesh option detail)opening size of 2"x 4"or Woven Mesh (12.5 GA. SWG Min.) with a maximum Galvanized welded wire mesh (W.W.M.)DN:CK:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(1)-16StandardDivisionDesignDN/CK:KMLSVPJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, FENCE & VERTICAL TRACKINGec116TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DATEFILE
92
FlowEarthembankmentWidth for paymentSEE NOTE 6RFD3RFD1RFD2ORORGalvanized Woven Wire Mesh(for Types 2 & 3)GENERAL NOTES4" Min.Length for paymentToe of slopeNative rock or othersuitable materialSheet FlowUnconcentratedOptional Sandbags(See UsageGuidelines)2' Min.rockOpen gradedSee Note 421(for Types 2 & 3)wire meshGalvanized woven4" Min.Types 1 & 2 = 18"Type 3 = 36"SECTION C-CLength2' Min.4" Min.12Level Crested Weir1' Min.Width for PaymentWeirPROFILEWire MeshGalvanized SteelWire MeshGalvanized Steel3', 6' or 9'2' Dia.SECTION A-ATYPE 4 (SACK GABIONS)Sack GabionsPLAN VIEW3:1 Max.3:1 Max.Ditch FlowPLAN VIEWRebar Stakes¾" Dia. SECTION B-BFILTER DAM AT TOE OF SLOPERFD1FILTER DAM AT SEDIMENT TRAPRFD1RFD2ORFILTER DAM AT CHANNEL SECTIONSconstruction drawings)Excavation (If shown on RFD4Type 4 Rock Filter DamType 3 Rock Filter DamType 2 Rock Filter DamType 1 Rock Filter DamPLAN SHEET LEGENDRFD1RFD2RFD3RFD4ROCK FILTER DAM USAGE GUIDELINES2Type 5: Provide rock filter dams as shown on plans.and smaller channels to form an erosion control dam.Type 4 (Sack gabions) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 4 May be used in ditches in stream flow and should be secured to the stream bed.Type 3 (36" high with wire mesh) (4" to 8" aggregate): Type 3 may be used used in ditches and at dike or swale outlets.Type 2 (18" high with wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 2 may be on the plans or directed by the Engineer.(4" deep min.) for better filtering efficiency of low flows if called for wash out may occur. Sandbags may be used at the embedded foundation high velocity flows (approximently 8 Ft/Sec or more) in which aggregate drainage area of 5 acres or less. Type 1 may not be used in concentrated swale outlets. This type of dam is recommended to control erosion from a used at the toe of slopes, around inlets, in small ditches, and at dike or Type 1 (18" high with no wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 1 may be to calculate the flow rate.GPM/FT of cross sectional area. A 2 year storm frequency may be used The dams should be sized to filter a maximum flow through rate of 60 to intercept sediment from overland runoff and/or concentrated flow. Rock Filter Dams should be constructed downstream from disturbed areas the Engineer.11. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may be modified by 10. Flow outlet should be onto a stabilized area (vegetation, rock, etc.). double-twisted hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2 ½" x 3 ¼" 9. Sack Gabions should be staked down with ¾" dia. rebar stakes, and have a stream bed prior to aggregate placement. hog rings. For in stream use, the mesh should be secured or staked to the tightly secured to itself on the downstream side using wire ties or The mesh shall be folded at the upstream side over the aggregate and be placed on the mesh to the height & slopes specified. woven wire mesh with 1" diameter hexagonal openings. The aggregate shall 8. Rock filter dam types 2 & 3 shall be secured with 20 gauge galvanized dimensions shown on the plans.7. The sediment trap for ponding of sediment laden runoff shall be of the 6. Filter dams should be embedded a minimum of 4" into existing ground. embankment for filter dams at sediment traps.5. Maintain a minimum of 1' between top of rock filter dam weir and top of have sideslopes of 6:1 or flatter.4. Side slopes should be 2:1 or flatter. Dams within the safety zone shall 3. The rock filter dam dimensions shall be as indicated on the SW3P plans. Control". by the specification for "Rock Filter Dams for Erosion and Sedimentation 2. Materials (aggregate, wire mesh, sandbags, etc.) shall be as indicated channels to collect sediment. and/or downstream at drainage structures, and in roadway ditches and be placed near the toe of slopes where erosion is anticipated, upstream 1. If shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, filter dams should "V" SHAPE(See "V" Shape Plan View below)higher velocity flows.A "V" Shape may be used forCCBAACCof FlowDirectionDN:CK:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(2)-16StandardDivisionDesignDN/CK:KMLSVPJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, ec216ROCK FILTER DAMSFILE:DATE:BTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER: 93
SHEET 1 OF 3SECTION C-CSTAKEFLOWAA1'BBR.O.W.BACK OF CURBFLOWDISTURBED AREALIP OF GUTTER2'1'CCR.O.W.FLOW2'GENERAL NOTES:+-+-2"½"1"R REBAR STAKE DETAIL#3 BARCONTROL LOGS SPECIFIED IN PLANSDIAMETER MEASUREMENTS OF EROSIONDISTURBED AREABACK OF CURBLIP OF GUTTERPLAN VIEWPLAN VIEWCL-ROWCL-BOCCL-DPLAN VIEW1' MIN.ENGINEER.AS DIRECTED BY THE(4' MAX. SPACING), ORNEEDED TO SECURE LOGADDITIONAL POINTS ASAT EACH END, AND ATSIDE AT THE CENTER,STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILLENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY THE AS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF ENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY THEAS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF EROSION CONTROL LOG DAMSTAKESECTION B-BCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION 1' (TYP.)SECTION A-AEROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY EROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB THE ENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY(4' MAX. SPACING),NEEDED TO SECURE LOGADDITIONAL POINTS ASAT EACH END, AND ATSIDE AT THE CENTER,STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILLCONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLEDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION CONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION R.O.W.CONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLECONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION R.O.W.CONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLEDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION LOGCONTROLEROSION TEMPORARY(TYP.) 1'CL-GIRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAM RUNOFF EVENTS STAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMLOG FROM FOLDING IN ON ITSELF.UPSTREAM STAKES MAY BE NECESSARY TO KEEPFOR HEAVY RUNOFF EVENTS, ADDITIONAL10.LOG. TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM FLOWING AROUND THE TURN THE ENDS OF EACH ROW OF LOGS UPSLOPE9.SIZE TO HOLD LOGS IN PLACE.ON TOP OF LOGS & SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENTSANDBAGS USED AS ANCHORS SHALL BE PLACED8.WILL NOT BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY.COMPOST CRADLE MATERIAL IS INCIDENTAL &7.MESH.DO NOT PLACE STAKES THROUGH CONTAINMENT 6.THE ENGINEER.2" PROTRUDES ABOVE LOG, OR AS DIRECTED BY #3 REBAR, 2'-4' LONG, EMBEDDED SUCH THAT STAKES SHALL BE 2" X 2" WOOD OR5.DEFORMATION. SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS WITHOUT EXCESSIVE TO ACHIEVE THE MINIMUM COMPACTED DIAMETER FILL LOGS WITH SUFFICIENT FILTER MATERIAL4.USE RECYCLABLE CONTAINMENT MESH. SYSTEM. FOR TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS, REMAIN IN PLACE AS PART OF A VEGETATIVE CONTAINMENT MESH ONLY WHERE LOG WILL BIODEGRADABLE OR PHOTODEGRADABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, USE3.THE PURPOSE INTENDED. RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS REQUIRED FOR BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S LENGTHS OF EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL2.ENGINEER.RECOMMENDATIONS, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANFACTURER'S EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL BE INSTALLED1.CL-DCL-BOCCL-ROWCL-SSTCL-SSLCL-DICL-CIEROSION CONTROL LOG DAMEROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLETEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRATE INLETLEGENDEROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESEROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB DN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, ec916EROSION CONTROL LOGCK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DIAMETERCOMPACTEDMINIMUMDIAMETERCOMPACTEDMINIMUMFILE:DATE:SEDIMENT BASIN & TRAP USAGE GUIDELINES 3. Just before the drainage enters a water course 4. Just before the drainage leaves the right of way 1. Within drainage ditches spaced as needed or min. 500' on centersediment out of runoff draining from an unstabilized area. 2. Immediately preceding ditch inlets or drain inlets limits where drainage flows away from the project. 5. Just before the drainage leaves the constructionwill not be paid for separately.Cleaning and removal of accumulated sediment deposits is incidental and An erosion control log sediment trap may be used to filterLog Traps: The drainage area for a sediment trap should not exceed5 acres. The trap capacity should be 1800 CF/Acre (0.5" overthe drainage area).Control logs should be placed in the following locations:The logs should be cleaned when the sediment has accumulated to adepth of 1/2 the log diameter. 94
24"24" MINIMUMOVERLAP ENDS TIGHTLYDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION Flo
wROADWAYFlo
w FlowFlowCURBFLOWFLOWCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSIONEROSION CONTROL LOGAREA DRAIN INLETS WITHDRAINAGE ACCESS TO COMPLETELY SURROUND Flo
w6" CURBROADWAYFlo
w FlowFlowCURB INLETEXTENSIONINLET MIN.2 FTMIN.2 FTGRATE INLETCURB ANDEROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLETCL-DICONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSIONBB24"-30"SHEET 3 OF 3IN PLACE (TYPICAL)LOG AS NEEDED TO HOLDON DOWNHILL SIDE OFSTAKE OR USE SANDBAGSSANDBAGSANDBAGEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRADE INLETNEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & ASUSE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OFTEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL LOGNEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & ASUSE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF2 SAND BAGS2 SAND BAGSSTORM SEWER SYSTEM IS NOT FULLY FUNCTIONAL.TRAFFIC OR FLOOD THE ROADWAY OR WHEN THESHOULD ONLY BE USED IF THEY WILL NOT IMPEDEEROSION CONTROL LOGS USED AT CURB INLETSNOTE:6"-8"CL-GIDN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, EROSION CONTROL LOGec916CK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETCL-CIEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETCL-CISANDBAG DETAILSECTION B-B16"-18" 95
SHEET 2 OF 3TOE OF SLOPE5'-0" ABOVE STAGGER JOINTS5'-0" TO 10'-0"STAGGER JOINTS5'-0" TO 10'-0"STAKE NOTCH DETAIL4"STAKEROPENOTCH½" x ½"EROSION CONTROL LOG SPACING TABLE6"8"12"2:13:11'2'STAKE18"TOP OF SLOPE6' BELOW TOP OF SLOPEEROSION CONTROL LOGTOE OF SLOPE5'-0" ABOVE TOP OF SLOPE6' BELOW TOP OF SLOPEEROSION CONTROL LOG2' MINIMUMSLOPE1:1 OR STEEPER4:1 OR FLATTERLOG DIAMETERTRENCH DEPTH TABLELOG DIAMETERDEPTH6"8"2"3"4"12" MINIMUM
2" MINIMUM6" DIAMETEREROSION CONTROL LOGSLOPEROPENOTCH TypSTAKE2' TO 4' LONG.or #3 REBAR,2" x 2" WOODCONTROL LOG.SIDE OF EROSIONMATERIAL ON UPHILLPLACE EXCAVATED12" MINIMUMHARD, ROCKY SOILS- ADJUST ROWS FARTHER APARTSOFT, LOAMY SOILS-ADJUST ROWS CLOSER TOGETHER;* ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR SOIL TYPE:2'1'OVERLAP2'LOGCONTROLEROSIONLOGCONTROLEROSIONTOE OF SLOPETOE OF SLOPE12"18"5"M
IN.
2
"DISTURBED AREADIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE END 5' END SECTION RAP DETAIL UNDERCUTTING. SOIL TO PREVENT NOTE: COMPACT EXCAVATED1'2' MINIMUM2'OVERLAPLOGCONTROLEROSIONEVENTSHEAVY RUNOFFNEEDED FORSTAKING IFADDITIONAL4'TABLE BELOW)SPACINGCONTROL LOG(SEE EROSION LOG SPACINGTABLE BELOW)SPACINGCONTROL LOG(SEE EROSION LOG SPACING5'10'15'20'10'20'30'40'15'30'45'60'20'40'60'80'STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING DETAILSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING DETAILCL-SSTCL-SSLCL-SSLCL-SSTSTAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORINGEROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORINGEROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESDN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, EROSION CONTROL LOGec116CK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE: 96
NSHEET NO
.COUNTYDENTON COUNTYPLANS OF PROPOSEDROADWAY IMPROVEMENTINDEX OF SHEETSSHEET NO.DESCRIPTIONROBSON RANCH ROADLIMITS: FROM APPROX. 1 MI. EAST OF FAUGHT RD TO APPROX. 500' WEST OF ORANGEWOOD TRAILFOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF : TURN LANES FOR ROBSON RANCH COMMUNITYCONSISTING OF : GRADING, PAVING, SIGNING, AND PAVEMENT MARKINGDESIGN SPEED = 45 MPHMANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES".BC (1)- 21 THRU BC (12)- 21 AND THE "TEXAS REQUIRED SIGNS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHSHALL GOVERN ON THIS PROJECT.SEPTEMBER 1, 2024 AND SPECIFICATION ITEMS LISTED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS, SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED BY THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, NTSFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\924\151042_2\13448-02_SCOV01.dgn10/30/2025 8:16:14 PM
DENTON1 FT.= 0.31 MI.NET LENGTH OF PROJECT = 1,640 FT.= N/A MI.NET LENGTH OF BRIDGE = N/A FT.= 0.31 MI.NET LENGTH OF ROADWAY = 1,64035W
35W
10/30/2025D
ESNECIL
REENIGN
E
LANOISSEFORPSAMANTHA L. DELEONSAXET FO ET
A
TS136439BEGIN PROJECTSTA: 92+85.00END PROJECTSTA: 109+25.0035W35W377CONSTRUCTION MANAGERFINAL RECORD DRAWING DATE: ASBUILT PLANSDATE WORK WAS ACCEPTED:DATE WORK WAS COMPLETED:DATE WORK BEGAN:CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR:LETTING DATE:ROBSON RANCH RDOLD JUSTIN RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright 20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comFAUGHT RD
FLORANCE RD FAUGHT RD
GIBBS RD
CLEVELAND
TRAIL
ORANGEW OOD GENERAL1COVER SHEET2PROJECT LAYOUT3-4TYPICAL SECTIONS5A-5EGENERAL NOTES6QUANTITY SHEET7SUMMARY OF SMALL SIGNSTRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN8TCP TYPICAL SECTIONTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS9-20BC(1)-(12)-2121TCP (2-5)-1822WZ(BTS-1)-1323WZ(BTS-2)-13ROADWAY24-25REMOVAL PLAN26-27PAVING PLANTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS28CCCG-2229-30CRCP(1)-2431JS-1432-35PED-18DRAINAGE36-37DRAINAGE AREA MAP38DRAINAGE PLAN SLOT DRAIN39SLOT DRAIN PROFILETXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS40-41SDUTILITIES42-43EXISTING UTILITY PLANTRAFFIC ITEMSSIGNING & PAVEMENT MARKINGS44-45SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS PLANTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS46-48PM(1-3)-2249PM(4)-22A50SMD(GEN)-0851SMD(SLIP-2)-0852SMD(SLIP-3)-0853TSR(4)-13DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARDS54SMD(SLIP-1)-08(DAL)ENVIROMENTAL ISSUES55-56SW3P PLANTXDOT STANDARDS DETAILS57EC(1)-1658EC(2)-1659-61EC(9)-16
10/30/2025HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT REPORT Alignment name: Robson Ranch Road STATION X Y POT 85+00.00 R1 2354361.97 7097904.36 POT 115+00.00 R1 2357361.96 7097897.09 Tangential Direction: S89°51'40.48"E Tangential Length: 3000.00'
V
V
VVV
VVV
V
V
VVVV
VV
V
VV
TH
TH
100+60MATCHLINE STA. BEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 92+85.00ROBSON RANCH RDED ROBSON BLVDCLEVELAND GIBBS RD EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDV
VV
VV
V
VV
V V
V
VVV
V VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV
VVV
V
V VVVVV
VV
V
V
V
VVV
VVV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VV100+60MATCHLINE STA. END PROJECTROBSON RANCH RD STA 109+25.00ED ROBSON BLVDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW? ROBSON RANCH RDFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\932\151042_4\13448-02_SPRJ.dgn10/30/2025 9:01:08 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com50050100SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTALDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346PROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROW NOTED ? ROBSON RANCH ROAD, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. ALL STATIONS AND OFFSETS ARE BASED ON NOTES:EXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED PAVEMENT 211 SCALE: 1" = 100' PROJECT LAYOUTALL POINTS ARE LOCARED OUTSIDE PROJECT LIMITSMAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER709.8422365289.0087097928.826130MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER653.1432339189.9767095593.034125MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER678.9032346836.47095733.719113MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER680.2182345204.8367096233.174110MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER628.8812340525.9627096465.11108MAG NAIL W/ BGE WASHER672.962339335.3917097001.8281045/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP700.9442353087.9987097867.1741315/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP673.812343149.6547096413.5811275/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP700.0132362904.5737097940.4871215/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP713.6612361020.657097939.0611205/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP736.1882358488.7537097942.9851195/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP744.6132355838.0717097363.741185/8-ROD W/ BGE CONTROL CAP674.9892347964.5237097265.609114DESCRIPTIONELEVYXPOINT IDCONTROL / BENCHMARKSS89°51'40.5"E90+0095+00100+00S89°51'40.5"E105+00110+00
10/30/2025? ROBSON RANCH RD4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH50'VARIESROW? ROBSON RANCH RD4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH61'VARIESROWSTA 92+85 - STA 95+60STA 103+50 - STA 104+902.0%2.0%2.0%2.0%9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'TURN11'LANE? ROBSON RANCH RD4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH61'-50'VARIESROWSTA 104+90 - STA 106+002.0%2.0%9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'TURN11'-0'LANE6:1 MAX? ROBSON RANCH RD4:16:1EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW 4'PGLLANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH50'VARIESROWSTA 95+60 TO 103+502.0%2.0%9" CRCPSUBGRADE (36 LB/SY)6" LIME STABILIZED 1'1'6:1 MAX6:1 MAX6:1 MAX6:1 MAX6:1 MAX6:1 MAXLANE13'LANE13'LANE13'ROADWAY WIDTH40'EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONED ROBSON BLVD 0.5' 0.5'VARIESLANE19'ROADWAY WIDTH40'EXISTING TYPICAL SECTIONRIGHT TURN LANE 0.5' 0.5'VARIESFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\933\151042_10\13448-02_STYP01_BGE.dgn10/30/2025 9:14:04 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346 321 SCALE: NTSEXISTINGTYPICAL SECTIONS RANCH ROAD FROM DECEMBER 2008 BASED OFF AS-BUILTS OF ROBSON 1. EXISTING PAVEMENT STRUCTURE IS NOTES:
10/31/2025LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH65'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 95+49 - STA 100+00LANE12' 23.5' 16.5'SAWCUT 3.5'4:1 MAX2.0%2.0%PGL2.0%AB? ROBSON RANCH RD1' 4'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH65'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 100+00 - STA 103+28LANE12' 23.5'SAWCUT 3.5'2.0%2.0%PGL2.0%AB? ROBSON RANCH RD 4' 16.5'1'LANE12'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH77'-65'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 103+28 - STA 105+87LANE12' 23.5'SAWCUT 3.5'4:
14:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%AB? ROBSON RANCH RDMEDIAN16' 30'-16.5
''1'LANE12'LANE12'LANE12.5'MEDIAN16'-0'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH65'-50'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONSTA 105+87 - END LANE12' 23.5'-22.5'SAWCUT 3.5'4:
14:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%AB? ROBSON RANCH RD 16.5'-2'1'LANE12'LANE12,5'MEDIAN0'-16'LANE12.5'ROADWAY WIDTH50'-65'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONBEGIN - STA 95+50LANE12' 22.5'-23.5' 2'-16.5'SAWCUT 3.5'4:14:12.0%2.0%PGL2.0%AB? ROBSON RANCH RD1'4:1 MAXLANE13'LANE13'LANE13'ROADWAY WIDTH40'PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONED ROBSON BLVD 0.5' 0.5'VARIESROADWAY WIDTH19'PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTIONRIGHT TURN LANEVARIESABAC1'1'1'1'CFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\938\151042_11\13448-02_STYP02_BGE.dgn10/31/2025 12:56:52 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDABUNDERCUT LIMITS6” LTS (38 LB/SY)9” CRCP 422 SCALE: NTSPROPOSEDTYPICAL SECTIONS C12" LTS (76 LB/SY)
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 5A41 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 5B42 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 5C43 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTY 5D44 SCALE: N/A GENERAL NOTES
10/31/2025SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comDENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346 611 SCALE: N/A QUANTITY SHEET368EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (RPM)7033678555EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (WORD)7016678545EAPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (ARROW)700967853885LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (24")700867852962LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (8")7004678518,440LFPAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (6")7002678504EAELIM EXT PM & MRKS (WORD)7015677494EAELIM EXT PM & MRKS (ARROW)70096774850LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (24")7008677471,655LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (8")7004677462,250LFELIM EXT PM & MRKS (4")700167745302EAREFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A70046724466EAREFL PAV MRKR TY I-C7002672436,110LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(090MIL) 7422666421,960LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(090MIL) 741066641370LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(090MIL) 7407666405EAPAVEMENT SLER (WORD)7354666395EAPAVEMENT SLER (ARROW)735366638885LFPAVEMENT SLER 24"735266637962LFPAVEMENT SLER 8"7348666368,440LFPAVEMENT SLER 6"73476663520LFRE PM TY II (Y)(CURB)72216663420LFRE PM TY II (W) (CURB)720266633740LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)24"(SLD)(090MIL)7122666325EAREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(090MIL)7065666315EAREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(090MIL)704166630145LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(090MIL)703566629920LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(SLD)(090MIL)70236662842LFREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(DOT)(090MIL)7017666273EAIN SM RD SN SUP&AM TY10BWG(1)SA(P)7001644262EACURB RAMPS (TY 7)701053125102LFCONC CURB (TY II)70025292475LFBIODEG EROSN CONT LOGS (REMOVE)70465062375LFBIODEG EROSN CONT LOGS (INSTL) (6")704250622590LFTEMP SEDMT CONT FENCE (REMOVE)704150621590LFTEMP SEDMT CONT FENCE (INSTALL)7039506202EAPORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN7002503194MOBARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING7001502181LSMOBILIZATION7001500171EAREMOV STR (PIPE) 703749616160LFPIPE (PVC) (SCH 40) (6 IN)70134811580LFSLOT DRAIN (GAL STL) (12 IN)700147414203SYCONC PVMT (CRCP)(HES) (9")7048360132,891SYCONC PVMT (CRCP) (9")7003360123,470SYLIME TRT (EXIST MATL)(6")70062601173TONLIME (QUICKLIME (SLURRY))70032601074TGLVEGETATIVE WATERING700116892,064SYBLOCK SODDING700216282,064SYCOMPOST MANUF TOPSOIL (4")7002161713CYEMBANK (FNL)(DC)(TY C)700613261,930CYEXCAV (ROADWAY)7001110510SYREMOV CONC (SIDEWALK, RAMP OR SUP)701310445CYREMOV CONC (RIPRAP)70071043878SYREMOV CONC (PAV)7001104216STAPREPARING ROW70021001QUANTITYESTIMATEDUNITITEM DESCRIPTIONDESCBID ITEMNO.
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTStandardDivisionOperationsTrafficANCHOR TYPEMOUNTING DESIGNATIONSIGN POST TYPESUMMARY OF SMALL SIGNS SMALL SIGNSSUMMARY OFMay 1987 SOSSFILE:DATE:DIMENSIONSS80 = Sch 8010BWG = 10 BWGTWT = Thin-WallFRP = FiberglassSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX (X) XX (X-XXXX) Square Feet 0.080" Less than 7.5 Greater than 15 0.125" 0.100" 7.5 to 15 Minimum ThicknessALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESSPREFABRICATEDU = "U"T = "T"P = "Plain"the following website.for Texas (SHSD) can be found at The Standard Highway Sign Designs http://www.txdot.gov/NOTE:SIGNSCLEARANCE MOUNT BRIDGE POSTSNO.SHEETPLANNO.SIGNNOMENCLATURESIGN1 or 2 Note 2)(See WP=Wedge PlasticWS=Wedge SteelSB=Slipbase-BoltSA=Slipbase-ConcUB=Universal BoltUA=Universal Conc Signs General Notes & Details SMD(GEN). Sign Mounting Details Small Roadside 3. For Sign Support Descriptive Codes, see Assembly (BMCS)Standard Sheet. signs, see Bridge Mounted Clearance Sign 2. For installation of bridge mount clearance will verify all sign support locations. Contractor shall stake and the Engineer otherwise shown on the plans, the avoid conflict with utilities. Unless secure a more desirable location or to design guidelines, where necessary to may shift the sign supports, within on the plans, except that the Engineer 1. Sign supports shall be located as shown PanelsEXAL= Extruded Alum Sign ChannelWC = 1.12 #/ft Wing BM = Extruded Wind Beam1EXT or 2EXT = # of Extsums16.dgn18FLAT ALUMINUM (TYPE A)
EXAL ALUMINUM (TYPE G)TY = TYPE TY STY N4-168-167 SHEETOFDALDENTON1-TOP1W1-4LREVERSE CURVE36"X36"X10BWG1SAP2-TOP1R3-5RRIGHT TURN ONLY30"X36"X10BWG1SAPR5-2NO TRUCKS24"X24"2-BTM1W1-4RREVERSE CURVE36"X36"X10BWG1SAP
10/29/2025LANE12.5'LANE12.5'LANE12.5'VARIESROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWPROPOSED TCP TYPICAL SECTION 22.5'-23.5' 2'-28.5'SAWCUT
4:14:12.0%2.0%PGL? ROBSON RANCH RD @ 90' C-CTRAFFIC BARRELSCONSTRUCTION ON ROBSON RANCH TANGENTS1'LANE13'WORK ZONE13'LANE13'WORK ZONE13'LANE13'LANE13'LANE13'LANE13'WORK ZONE13' @ 10' C-CTRAFFIC BARRELSPROPOSED TCP TYPICAL SECTIONCONSTRUCTION PHASING FOR ED ROBSON INTERSECTION @ 10' C-CTRAFFIC BARRELS @ 10' C-CTRAFFIC BARRELS(THIS PHASE)STRENGTH CONCRETEHIGH EARLY (THIS PHASE)STRENGTH CONCRETEHIGH EARLY (THIS PHASE)STRENGTH CONCRETEHIGH EARLY CONSTRUCT ED ROBSON INTERSECTION IN THIRDS USING HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE. REFER TO TCP TYPICALS AND TXDOT STANDARDS.1.PHASE 1BCONSTRUCT ROBSON RANCH ROAD WIDENING UP TO ED ROBSON INTERSECTION, INCLUDING DEDICATED RIGHT TURN LANE.4.CLOSE OUTSIDE LANE OF WESTBOUND ROBSON RANCH BLVD INCLUDING DEDICATED RIGHT TURN LANE. DETOUR RIGHT TURN LANE TRAFFIC THROUGH INTERSECTION.3.INSTALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES AS SHOWN IN PLANS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.2.INSTALL ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS AND TCP PER TXDOT STANDARD TCP (2-5) -18.1.PHASE 1ATCP NARRATIVEFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\883\151062_1\13448-02_STCPTYP01.dgn10/29/2025 10:37:14 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGENDCHANNELIZATION DEVICES ELEMENTS. ROADWAY WIDENING AND PEDESTRIAN OF DENTON ON SIGNAL MODIFICATIONS FOR3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE CITY DEVICES (TMUTCD) AND TXDOT STANDARDS. MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL PLACEMENT MUST CONFORM TO THE TEXAS 2. ALL CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SIGN PRIVATE PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ACCESS TO NOTES:PROPOSED WIDENING PAVEMENT 811 SCALE: NTS TCP TYPICAL SECTION
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTNovember 2002 FILE:DATE: 95SHEET 1 OF 12AND REQUIREMENTSGENERAL NOTESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION4-039-075-107-13BC(1)-21 8-14 bc-21.dgn StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION (BC) STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES:http://www.txdot.govTHE DOCUMENTS BELOW CAN BE FOUND ON-LINE ATCOMPLIANT WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES LIST (CWZTCD)TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (TMUTCD)STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS FOR TEXAS (SHSD)TRAFFIC ENGINEERING STANDARD SHEETSMATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL)ROADWAY DESIGN MANUAL - SEE "MANUALS (ONLINE MANUALS)"DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS) or as approved by the Engineer. right-of-way line as possible, or located behind a barrier or guardrail, must be parked away from travel lanes. They should be as close to the 13. Inactive equipment and work vehicles, including workers' private vehicles devices.12. The Engineer has the final decision on the location of all traffic control progress or a definite need exists. 11. Traffic control devices should be in place only while work is actually in limits. For mobile operations, CSJ limit signs are not required. CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK signs shall be erected at or near the CSJ erected in advance of the CSJ limits. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES, LATER and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign with plaque shall be on BC(2). The OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW sign, STAY ALERT TALK OR TEXT Control Devices, CSJ limit signs are required. CSJ limit signs are shown than mobile operations as defined by the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic 10. Where highway construction or maintenance work is being undertaken, other appropriate traffic control devices to be used. BC sheets are examples. As necessary, the Engineer will determine the most9. The temporary traffic control devices shown in the illustrations of the provide a detail to the Contractor before the sign is manufactured. not shown in this manual shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition. Sign details8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the justify the signing. divided highways where median width will permit and traffic volumes 7. The Engineer may require duplicate warning signs on the median side of revised to show appropriate work zone distance. directed by the Engineer. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES sign shall be necessary warning signs as shown on these sheets, the TCP sheets or as adjacent project is completed first, the Contractor shall erect the redundant and the work areas appear continuous to the motorists. If the FINES DOUBLE, and other advance warning signs if the signing would be 6. When projects abut, the Engineer(s) may omit the END ROAD WORK, TRAFFIC Design Manual" or engineering judgment. "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets," the TxDOT "Roadway Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), applicable design criteria contained in manuals such as the American 5. Geometric design of lane shifts and detours should, when possible, meet the the approximate location of any device without the approval of the Engineer. control devices as shown in the plans. The Contractor may not move or change 4. The Contractor is responsible for installing and maintaining the traffic sign and seal Contractor proposed changes. by a licensed professional engineer for approval. The Engineer may develop, 3. The Contractor may propose changes to the TCP that are signed and sealed responsibility of the Engineer.2. The development and design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP)is the shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD). The information contained in these sheets meet or exceed the requirements devices, construction pavement markings, and typical work zone signs. to show typical examples for placement of temporary traffic control 1. The Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sheets) are intended 5-21COMPLIANT WORKZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Assessing safety Hardware (MASH). 2. Work zone traffic control devices shall be compliant with the Manual for and their sources. Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) describes pre-qualified products 1. Only pre-qualified products shall be used. The "Compliant Work Zone when flagging is used at night. 2. Except in emergency situations, flagger stations shall be illuminated considered for high traffic volume work areas or night time work. performance for Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. Class 3 garments should be Apparel," or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI 107-2004 standard the requirements of ISEA "American National Standard for High-Visibility within the right-of-way shall wear high-visibility safety apparel meeting 1. Workers on foot who are exposed to traffic or to construction equipment WORKER SAFETY NOTES:DENTON 9
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:96SHEET 2 OF 12R11-2ROADCLOSEDXXROADWORKAHEADENDROAD WORKENDROAD WORKCW20-1DCW1-6NAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKNEXT X MILESBEGINROADWORKAHEADROADWORKAHEADPROJECT 1 Block - City1 Block - CityROAD WORKENDROAD WORKNEXT X MILESPROJECTCROSSROADXXXX ROADWORKAHEADENDROAD WORKENDROAD WORKCW20-1DNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKBEGINT-INTERSECTIONROADWORKAHEADCW20-1DCW20-1DCW20-1D3X3XXXROAD WORKNEXT X MILESROAD WORKNEXT X MILESNEXT X MILESINTERSECTEDROADWAY1000'-1500' - Hwy1000'-1500' - HwyCSJ LimitCSJ LimitXXXXXXXXXX1,5,6XXTYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNSXXG20-5TG20-5TCW1-4RSAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITSSAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING DOWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITSCW1-4LCW20-1EWORKROADG20-5T/ MILE12NEXT X MILESTYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING30MPH354045505560320400500600PostedSpeedSignSpacing(Apprx.)265700708003**222"X"Feet1201602407590028010002SPACINGSIZE49-07DevicesChannelizingDevicesChannelizingmin.80'AREAWORKLimitCSJ1 and 4)see Note(OptionalG20-2G20-1aTG20-1aTNEXT X MILESG20-2CW13-1PSPACEWORKCW13-1PMPHMPHG20-2SPACEWORKChannelizing DevicesLEGENDSignType 3 Barricadespacing requirements.TMUTCD for signSpacing chart or theWarning Sign Size andSee Typical ConstructionG20-1bTRG20-6TG20-2G20-2G20-6Tchannelizing devicesType 3 Barricade ordeviceschannelizing Barricade or Type 3 G20-6TGENERAL NOTESor SeriesNumberSignFreewayExpressway/RoadConventionalCW20CW21CW22 48" x 48" 48" x 48"CW23CW25CW1, CW2,CW7, CW8, 36" x 36" 48" x 48"CW9, CW11,CW14CW3, CW4,CW5, CW6, 48" x 48" 48" x 48"CW8-3,CW10, CW12CSJ LIMITS AT T-INTERSECTIONTxDOT 7-13channelizing devices.within the project limits. See the applicable TCP sheets for exact location and spacing of signs and "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D)signs are placed in advance of these work areas to remind drivers they are stillWhen extended distances occur between minimal work spaces, the Engineer/Inspector should ensure additionalPROJECT LIMITBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONWARNINGSIGNSSTATE LAWOBEYR20-3TWARNINGSIGNSSTATE LAWOBEYWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTBEGINR20-5TR20-5aTPSPEEDLIMITXXXlocationwith sign coordinate line should NO-PASSING Beginning of SPEEDLIMITXXR2-1R2-1BC(2)-21 8-14R2-1SPEEDLIMITXXXG20-10TXXCW1-4LMPHCW13-1PNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTORROAD WORKNEXT X MILESBEGINDONOTPASSappropriate) (as R4-1 work area and/or distance between each additional sign.Minimum distance from work area to first Advance Warning sign nearest the (TMUTCD) typical application diagrams or TCP Standard Sheets.see Part 6 of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" For typical sign spacings on divided highways, expressways and freeways, G20-10TSPEEDLIMITR2-1XXXXXG20-2bTENDWORK ZONE(See note 2 below)May be mounted on back of "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D) sign with approval of Engineer. StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficNOTESG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPWORKZONETRAFFICFINESDOUBLEWHENWORKERSARE PRESENTR20-5TR20-5aTPBEGING20-9TPG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEROAD WORKNEXT X MILESG20-1bTLG20-2bTENDWORK ZONEXROADWORKAHEADCW20-1D the end of the work zone. Contractor will install a regulatory speed limit sign at Control Plan. and other signs or devices as called for on the Traffic Area for placement of "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign maintenance work, with the exception of mobile operations. CSJ limit signing is required for highway construction and if workers are present. lying outside the CSJ Limits where traffic fines may double motorist of entering or leaving a part of the work zone signs are required outside the CSJ Limits. They inform the shall be used as shown on the sample layout when advance The "BEGIN WORK ZONE"(G20-9TP) and "END WORK ZONE" (G20-2bT) No decimals shall be used. to the nearest whole mile with the approval of the Engineer. This distance shall replace the "X" and shall be rounded WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-5T)sign for each specific project. to be placed on the G20-1 series signs and "BEGIN ROAD The Contractor shall determine the appropriate distance 1 and 4)see Note(Optional (G20-1bTR)" signs shall be replaced by the detour signing called for in the plans. The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" left arrow(G20-1bTL) and "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" right arrow NAME"(G20-6T) sign behind the Type 3 Barricades for the road closure (see BC(10) also). 2. If construction closes the road at a T-intersection, the Contractor shall place the "CONTRACTOR being performed at or near an intersection. such as a flagger and accompanying signs, or other signs, that should be used when work is 1. The Engineer will determine the types and location of any additional traffic control devices, sizes. Sign Designs for Texas" manual for complete list of available sign design 6. See sign size listing in "TMUTCD", Sign Appendix or the "Standard Highway 5. Only diamond shaped warning sign sizes are indicated. Note 2 under "Typical Location of Crossroad Signs". crossroads at the discretion of the Engineer as per TMUTCD Part 5. See 4. 36" x 36" "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)signs may be used on low volume or more advance warning.3. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1/2 mile advance warning.2. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1500 feet 1. Special or larger size signs may be used as necessary. the plans or as determined by the Engineer/Inspector, shall be in place.6. When work occurs in the intersection area, appropriate traffic control devices, as shown elsewhere in5. Additional traffic control devices may be shown elsewhere in the plans for higher volume crossroads. will determine whether a roadway is considered high volume. motorists of the length of construction in either direction from the intersection. The Engineer 4. The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-1aT)sign shall be required at high volume crossroads to advise Zone Standard Sheets. location and spacing of any sign not shown on the BC sheets, Traffic Control Plan sheets or the Work be considered part of the minimum requirements. The Engineer/Inspector will determine the proper AHEAD, LOOSE GRAVEL, or other appropriate signs. When additional signs are required, these signs will3. Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer/Inspector may require additional signs such as FLAGGER information shall be shown in the plans. crossroads. The Engineer will determine whether a road is low volume as per TMUTCD Part 5. This Texas" manual for sign details. The Engineer may omit the advance warning signs on low volume "Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spacing"). See the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for with the reduced size 36" x 18" "END ROAD WORK"(G20-2) sign on low volume crossroads (see Note 4 under2. The Engineer may use the reduced size 36" x 36" ROAD WORK AHEAD (CW20-1D) sign mounted back to back (G20-2) "END ROAD WORK" sign, unless noted otherwise in plans.1. The typical minimum signing on a crossroad approach should be a "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign and aWORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITSG20-9TP5-21R20-3T* ###DENTON 10
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSTxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:97SHEET 3 OF 12TxDOT 9-077-13WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONBC(3)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficSPEEDLIMIT60SPEEDLIMIT70TYPICAL APPLICATION OF WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT SIGNSWORKZONESPEEDLIMIT60WORKZONEWORKZONESPEEDLIMIT70(750' - 1500')(750' - 1500')R2-1R2-1R2-1R2-1Reduced speeds should only be posted in the vicinityof work activity and not throughout the entire project.LIMITSPEEDCW3-5See General Note 460and approved by the Texas Transportation Commission, or by City Ordinance when within Incorporated City Limits.Work zone speed limits shall be regulatory, established in accordance with the "Procedures for Establishing Speed Zones,"or covered during periods when they are not needed.Regulatory work zone speed signs (R2-1) shall be removedsigning.additional advanceSee BC(2) forone direction only.Signing shown forLIMITSCSJNote 4See GeneralLIMITSPEEDCW3-560G20-5aPG20-5aPSPEEDLIMIT60GENERAL NOTESGUIDANCE FOR USE: mounting height.3. Speed zone signs are illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted for each direction of travel. 40 mph and greater 0.2 to 2 miles 35 mph and less 0.2 to 1 mile5. Regulatory speed limit signs shall have black legend and border on a white reflective B. Flagger stationed next to sign. A. Law enforcement. C. Portable changeable message sign (PCMS).This type of work zone speed limit should be included on the design ofthe traffic control plans when restricted geometrics with a lower designspeed are present in the work zone and modification of the geometrics toa higher design speed is not feasible.Work activity may also be defined as a change in the roadway that requiresa reduced speed for motorists to safely negotiate the work area, including: a) rough road or damaged pavement surface b) substantial alteration of roadway geometrics (diversions) c) construction detours d) grade e) widthAs long as any of these conditions exist, the work zone speed limit signsSHORT TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITSthe traffic control plans when workers or equipment are not behind concrete f) other conditions readily apparent to the driver projects where speed control is of major importance. E. Speed monitor trailers or signs. D. Low-power (drone) radar transmitter.(See Removing or Covering on BC(4)).Long/Intermediate Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as describedabove, should be posted and visible to the motorist when work activity is present.motorists only when work activity is present. When work activity is notpresent, signs shall be removed or covered.Short Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs should be posted and visible to the background (See "Reflective Sheeting" on BC(4)).4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs should be:8. Techniques that may help reduce traffic speeds include but are not limited to:2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed on supports at a 7 foot minimumshould remain in place.1. Regulatory work zone speed limits should be used only for sections of constructionLONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS zone reduction see TxDOT form #1204 in the TxDOT e-form system. conditions and factors impacting allowable regulatory construction speed10.For more specific guidance concerning the type of work, work zone Work Zone Speed Limits should only be posted as approved for each project.9. Speeds shown on details above are for illustration only.This type of work zone speed limit may be included on the design ofbarrier, when work activity is within 10 feet of the traveled way or actuallyin the traveled way. otherwise noted under "REMOVING OR COVERING" on BC(4).7. Turning signs from view, laying signs over or down will not be allowed, unless as directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to Item 502. "WORK ZONE"(G20-5aP) plaque and the "SPEED LIMIT"(R2-1)signs shall not be paid for 6. Fabrication, erection and maintenance of the"ADVANCE SPEED LIMIT"(CW3-5)sign, Note 4See GeneralR2-1WORKZONESPEEDLIMIT60R2-1signing.additional advanceSee BC(2) forone direction only.Signing shown forG20-5aPG20-5aPSPEEDLIMIT70R2-1LIMITSCSJ5-21DENTON 11
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:98DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTCONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 SHEET 4 OF 129-077-13TEMPORARY SIGN NOTESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONXXTravel lane edge 12' min.FRONT ELEVATIONSIDE ELEVATIONTravel lane edge ORTYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS**CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNSWITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS0'-6'3. When existing permanent signs are moved and relocated due to construction Standards. This work should be paid for under the appropriate pay item for or his/her construction equipment shall be replaced as soon as possible by the to Item 502.****ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTSWoodSTOP/SLOW PADDLES24"24"6.0' min.Fiber Reinforced PlasticWood, metal orSIZE OF SIGNSSIGN SUBSTRATESSIGN LETTERSmin.6'9.0' max.7.0' min.9.0' max.7.0' min.shoulderPavedshoulderPavedabove signprotrudeshall notSupportabove signprotrudeshall notSupportsubstrate.back of the sign 1/2 way up the extend more than Sign supports shall Supplemental plaques (advisory or distance) should not cover the surface of the parent sign. When plaques are placed on dual-leg supports, they should be attached to the upright nearest the travel lane. Objects shall NOT be placed under skids as a means of leveling. When placing skid supports on unlevel ground, the leg post lengths must be adjusted so the sign appears straight and plumb.MPHbe allowed.other means.by splicing orextended or repairedsupports shall not beany means. Woodjoined or spliced bysigns shall not besupport. Multipledirectly to the signshall be attachedEach signNails shall NOTsign supportssubstrates to other types ofprocedures for attaching signmanufacturer's recommendedor screws. Use TxDOT's orwill be by bolts and nutsAttachment to wooden supportsFLAGS ON SIGNS greater6' orof at least the same gauge material.should be at least 5 times nominal post size, centered on the splice andthe sign substrate, not near the base of the support. Splice insert lengthsabove and two below the spice point. Splice must be located entirely behindheight will only be allowed when the splice is made using four bolts, twoSplicing embedded perforated square metal tubing in order to extend postGENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNSDURATION OF WORK (as defined by the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" Part 6) a. Long-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than 3 days. more than one hour. c. Short-term stationary - daytime work that occupies a location for more than 1 hour in a single daylight period. e. Mobile - work that moves continuously or intermittently (stopping for up to approximately 15 minutes.)SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT1. The bottom of Long-term/Intermediate-term signs shall be at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface, except as shown for supplemental plaques mounted below other signs.3. Long-term/Intermediate-term Signs may be used in lieu of Short-term/Short Duration signing. appropriate Long-term/Intermediate sign height.5. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.REFLECTIVE SHEETING1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting the color and retro-reflectivity requirements of DMS-8300 for rigid signs or DMS-8310 for roll-up signs. The web address for DMS specifications is shown on BC(1).REMOVING OR COVERING1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs shall be removed or completely covered.2. Long-term stationary or intermediate stationary signs installed on square metal tubing may be turned away from traffic 90 degrees when3. Signs installed on wooden skids shall not be turned at 90 degree angles to the roadway. These signs should be removed or completely covered when not required. 4. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover the1. The Contractor shall furnish the sign sizes shown on BC (2) unless otherwise shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. intersections where the sign may be seen from approaching traffic. the sign message is not applicable. This technique may not be used for signs installed in the median of divided highways or near any 1. The Contractor shall ensure the sign substrate is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the type of sign support that is being used. The CWZTCD lists each substrate that can be used on the different types and models of sign supports. 2. "Mesh" type materials are NOT an approved sign substrate, regardless of the tightness of the weave. 3. All wooden individual sign panels fabricated from 2 or more pieces shall have one or more plywood cleat, 1/2" thick by 6" wide, fastened to the back of the sign and extending fully across the sign. The cleat shall be attached to the back of the sign using wood screws that do not penetrate the face of the sign panel. The screws shall be placed on both sides of the splice and spaced at 6" centers. The Engineer may approve other methods of splicing the sign face. 2. White sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A, shall be used for signs with a white background.4. Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be used only during daylight and shall be removed at the end of the workday or raised to5. Burlap shall NOT be used to cover signs. 6. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a sign face. entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under automobile headlights at night, without damaging the sign sheeting.7. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes backfilled upon completion of work. BC(4)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic24"24" USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIALLEGEND & BORDERWHITELEGEND & BORDERBACKGROUNDACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMBLACKBACKGROUNDTYPE B OR C SHEETING SHEETING REQUIREMENTS (WHEN USED AT NIGHT)REDORANGEFLFLTYPE B OR C SHEETING installed on crashworthy bases as shown on the SMD Standard sheets. The signs should be paid for under the appropriate pay item for relocating existing signs. heights shown on the BC, or the SMD standard sheets during construction. This work TLRS standard sheets or the CWZTCD list. The signs shall meet the required mounting the Contractor shall use crashworthy supports as shown on the BC standard sheets,5. If permanent signs are to be removed and relocated using temporary supports, purposes, they shall be visible to motorists at all times.4. If existing signs are to be relocated on their original supports, they shall be shall meet the required mounting heights shown on the BC Sheets or the SMD relocating existing signs. Contractor to ensure proper guidance for the motorists. This will be subsidiary6. Any sign or traffic control device that is struck or damaged by the Contractor color. Flags shall not be allowed to cover any portion of the sign face. be 16 inches square or larger and shall be orange or fluorescent red-orange in 1. Flags may be used to draw attention to warning signs. When used, the flag shallCurb curbfromminimum2 '9.0' max.7.0' min. sign supports placed on slopes. 8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to level along the length of the skids to weigh down the sign support. hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners. Sandbags shall be placed traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground level or7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports of the with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD list. ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and manufactured6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used for impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall NOT be used.5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. for use as sign support weights.3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects shall not be permitted constant weight. 2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to maintain a of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand should be used.1. Where sign supports require the use of weights to keep from turning over, the useSIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS d. Short, duration - work that occupies a location up to 1 hour.9. The Contractor shall replace damaged wood posts. New or damaged wood sign posts shall not be spliced. for identification shall be 1 inch.8. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used damaged or marred reflective sheeting as directed by the Engineer/Inspector.7. The Contractor is responsible for installing signs on approved supports and replacing signs with damaged or cracked substrates and/or the Engineer can verify the correct procedures are being followed. regarding installation procedures, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations so standard sheets.The Contractor shall install the sign support in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. If there is a question signs. Supports for temporary large roadside signs shall meet the requirements detailed on the Temporary Large Roadside Signs (TLRS) 6. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports listed in the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD) for small roadside the Inspector's TxDOT diary and having both the Inspector and Contractor initial and date the agreed upon changes. Responsible Person. All changes must be documented in writing before being implemented. This can include documenting the changes in from the plans. Any variation in the plans shall be documented by written agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor's Engineer/Inspector may require the Contractor to furnish other work zone signs that are shown in the TMUTCD but may have been omitted5. The Contractor may furnish either the sign design shown in the plans or in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). The guide the traveling public safely through the work zone. 4. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall be used to regulate, warn, and3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white.1. Contractor shall install and maintain signs in a straight and plumb condition and/or as directed by the Engineer. regard to crashworthiness and duration of work requirements. Contractor is responsible for ensuring the sign support, sign mounting height and substrate meets manufacturer's recommendations in work being performed. The Engineer is responsible for selecting the appropriate size sign for the type of work being performed. The 1. The types of sign supports, sign mounting height,the size of signs, and the type of sign substrates can vary based on the type of first class workmanship in accordance with Department Standards and Specifications. Administration (FHWA) and as published in the "Standard Highway Sign Design for Texas" manual. Signs, letters and numbers shall be of1. All sign letters and numbers shall be clear, and open rounded type uppercase alphabet letters as approved by the Federal Highway the ground. 2. The bottom of Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be a minimum of 1 foot above the pavement surface but no more than 2 feet above b. Intermediate-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than one daylight period up to 3 days, or nighttime work lastingFLFL3. Orange sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type B or Type C , shall be used for rigid signs with orange backgrounds.TYPE B OR C SHEETING Hand Signaling Devices in the TMUTCD. shall only be as specifically described in Section 6E.034. Any lights incorporated into the STOP or SLOW paddle faces length of 6' to the bottom of the sign.3. STOP/SLOW paddles may be attached to a staff with a minimum2. STOP/SLOW paddles shall be retroreflectorized when used at night. by flaggers. The STOP/SLOW paddle size should be 24" x 24".1. STOP/SLOW paddles are the primary method to control traffic construction. if not better route guidance as normally installed on a roadway without cultural information. Drivers proceeding through a work zone need the same, of interest, and other geographical, recreational, specific service (LOGO), or show route designations, destinations, directions, distances, services, points attention to conditions that are potentially hazardous to traffic operations,1. Permanent signs are used to give notice of traffic laws or regulations, call Legend & Border - WhiteBackground - RedLegend & Border - BlackBackground - Orange TS-CD standard. the roadway condition. For details for covering large guide signs see the remove or cover the permanent signs until the permanent sign message matches2. When permanent regulatory or warning signs conflict with work zone conditions,5-21DENTON 12
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDIST TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONTFILE:DATE: 997-13of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:30"40"27"36"24"2x62x4 x 40"72"2x6FrontSideTop that can be used for each approved sign support. See the CWZTCD for the type of sign substrate NOT be allowed. Posts shall be painted white. Wood sign posts MUST be one piece. Splicing will See BC(4) for definition of "Work Duration."postwood4x4sign face21 sq. ft. ofMaximumblock4x4requirementheightfor signSee BC(4) This will be considered subsidiary to Item 502. foundations shall be removed from the project site.3. When project is completed, all sign supports and CWZTCD List. 7 ft. circle, except for specific materials noted on the2. No more than 2 sign posts shall be placed within a connection. lag screws must be used on every joint for final supports, but 3/8" bolts with nuts or 3/8" x 3 1/2"1. Nails may be used in the assembly of wooden sign GENERAL NOTESFrontpostwood4x4requirementheightfor signSee BC(4)sign face12 sq. ft. ofMaximum24"60"2x62x6Topblock4x4skid2x6additional stability.be increased forLength of skids may24"2x4 brace4x4 block4x4 blockSidescrews(min.) lagor 3/8" x 3 1/2"3/8" bolts w/nutsLONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTSSKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTSPERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBINGGROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTSTwo post installations can be used for larger signs.The maximum sign square footage shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendation.Refer to the CWZTCD and the manufacturer's installation procedure for each type sign support.4" max.Ground surfaceWING CHANNELPostSignPostBasefor embedment.See the CWZTCD48"5'square tubingor 1 3/4" x 1 3/4"with 5/16" holes1 3/4" galv. round(DO NOT SPLICE)12 ga post1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 11 footCWZTCD LIST. SEE BC(1) FOR WEBSITE LOCATION.AND SHORT TERM SUPPORTS CAN BE FOUND ON THEMORE DETAILS OF APPROVED LONG/INTERMEDIATE WEDGE ANCHORS17 1/2"
20 1/2"5 BOLT (TYP.)3/8" X 4-1/2 gr. 3"telescopes into sleeve(hole to hole) 12 ga. support1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129" tubing diagonal braceto hole) 12 ga. square perforated 1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 52" (holetubing cross braceto hole) 12 ga. square perforated 1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 32" (hole20 1/2"above pavementprovide 7' heighttelescope toUpright mustGround surface
PostSign(Direct Embedment)OPTION 1max.4"Ground surface
PostSignweak soils.55" min. instrong soils,34" min. in(Anchor Stub)OPTION 2post)than sign(1/4" largerAnchor Stubdesirable9"max.4"Ground surface
PostSignpost) x 18"than sign(1/2" largersleevereinforcingOptional18"weak soils.55" min. instrong soils,34" min. in(Anchor Stub and Reinforcing Sleeve))OPTION 3post)than sign(1/4" largerAnchor Stubdesirable9"bolted anchorLap-splice/base minimum48"sign onlythinwall plastic10mm extruded9 sq. ft. or less-1/2" plywood is allowed.the CWZTCD, except 5/8" plywood.substrate listed in section J.2.d of 16 sq. ft. or less of any rigid sign OTHER DESIGNS"Traffic Engineering Standard Sheets" on BC(1)).if approved by the Engineer. (See web address for face. They may be set in concrete or in sturdy soilssign supports for signs up to 10 square feet of sign on the SMD Standard Sheets may be used as temporary Both steel and plastic Wedge Anchor Systems as shown 84"
41"
21"
131 1/2 "4"sign panel and supports(2 per support) joining 3/8" x 3" gr. 5 boltFILE:REVISIONSC TxDOT bc-21.dgn November 2002 9-0736"match sideslopeneeded topin at angleweld starts hereweldherestarts weldback fill puddle.weld, do notdirections. Minimum going in opposite opposite sidesWelds to start on48"2"Side Viewupright12 ga. 2" x 2" x2.5'SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBING SIGN SUPPORTS 7/16"32'SINGLE LEG BASE5'weldTYPICAL SIGN SUPPORTBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONSHEET 5 OF 12BC(5)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic 5 bolt 3/8 " X 3" gr. 60"3"around tubingCompletely welded8 1/2"welded to skidtubing sleeve perforated 12 ga. square(hole to hole)2" x 2" x 8"tubing upright perforated12 ga. square(hole to hole)1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129" tubing skid12 ga. perforated (hole to hole)2" x 2" x 59"*LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS5-21postwood4x4DENTON 13
DN:CK:DW:CK:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 FILE:DATE:100SHEET 6 OF 12MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS)PORTABLE CHANGEABLEBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION TxDOT TxDOTTxDOT TxDOT FILE:C TxDOT9-07PCMS SIGNS WITHIN THE R.O.W. SHALL BE BEHIND GUARDRAIL ORCONCRETE BARRIER OR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4)PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC ON THELANES SHIFT in Phase 1 must be used with STAY IN LANE in Phase 2.Roadwaydesignation # IH-number, US-number, SH-number, FM-number1. When Full Matrix PCMS signs are used, the character height and legibility/visibility requirements shall be maintained as listed in Note 15 under "PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS" above. shall maintain the legibility/visibility requirement listed above. for, or replace that sign.4. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a flashing arrow board provided it meets the visibility, flash rate and dimming requirements on BC(7), for the same size arrow.FULL MATRIX PCMS SIGNSAccess Road ACCS RD Major MAJ ConstructionWORDING ALTERNATIVES1. The words RIGHT, LEFT and ALL can be interchanged as appropriate.2. Roadway designations IH, US, SH, FM and LP can be interchanged as appropriate.3. EAST, WEST, NORTH and SOUTH (or abbreviations E, W, N and S) can be interchanged as appropriate.4. Highway names and numbers replaced as appropriate.5. ROAD, HIGHWAY and FREEWAY can be interchanged as needed.6. AHEAD may be used instead of distances if necessary.7. FT and MI, MILE and MILES interchanged as appropriate.8. AT, BEFORE and PAST interchanged as needed.9. Distances or AHEAD can be eliminated from the message if a location phase is used.APPLICATION GUIDELINES1. Only 1 or 2 phases are to be used on a PCMS.2. The 1st phase (or both) should be selected from the "Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List" and the "Other Condition List".3. A 2nd phase can be selected from the "Action to Take/Effect on Travel, Location, General Warning, or Advance Notice Phase Lists".4. A Location Phase is necessary only if a distance or location is not included in the first phase selected.5. If two PCMS are used in sequence, they must be separated by and should be understandable by themselves.6. For advance notice, when the current date is within seven days of the actual work date, calendar days should be replaced with days of the week. Advance notification should typically be forCLOSEDBLVDXXXXXXXXLANEINSTAYCONST AHDCROSSINGXINGRT LNVehicles (s)VEH, VEHSUPR LEVELLWR LEVELHR, HRS1. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all messages used on portable changeable message signs (PCMS).2. Messages on PCMS should contain no more than 8 words (about four to eight characters per word), not including simple words such as "TO," "FOR," "AT," etc.3. Messages should consist of a single phase, or two phases that alternate. Three-phase messages are not allowed. Each phase of the message should convey a single thought, and must be understood by itself. "EXIT CLOSED." Do not use the term "RAMP."5. Always use the route or interstate designation (IH, US, SH, FM) along with the number when referring to a roadway. a minimum 7 feet above the roadway, where possible.7. The message term "WEEKEND" should be used only if the work is to start on Saturday morning and end by Sunday evening at midnight. Actual days and hours of work should be displayed on the PCMS if work is to begin on Friday evening and/or continue into Monday morning.8. The Engineer/Inspector may select one of two options which are avail- able for displaying a two-phase message on a PCMS. Each phase may be displayed for either four seconds each or for three seconds each.9. Do not "flash" messages or words included in a message. The message should be steady burn or continuous while displayed.10. Do not present redundant information on a two-phase message; i.e., keeping two lines of the message the same and changing the third line.12. Do not display the message "LANES SHIFT LEFT" or "LANES SHIFT RIGHT" on a PCMS. Drivers do not understand the message. the face of the sign.14. The following table lists abbreviated words and two-word phrases that are acceptable for use on a PCMS. Both words in a phrase must be displayed together. Words or phrases not on this list should not bePORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNSSHOULD BE PLACED WITH ONE DRUM AT EACH OF THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE UNIT.OF TRAFFIC. WHEN EXPOSED TO TWO WAY TRAFFIC, THE FOUR DRUMSUPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS, WHEN EXPOSED TO ONE DIRECTIONWHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE PCMS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE PCMSBEHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL WITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL TO TRAFFICWORD OR PHRASEABBREVIATION ABBREVIATION WORD OR PHRASE2. When symbol signs, such as the "Flagger Symbol"(CW20-7) are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS sign and, with the approval of the Engineer, it abbreviated, unless shown in the TMUTCD. bars is appropriate. PCMS has malfunctioned. A pattern such as a series of horizontal solid not alarm motorists and will only be used to alert workers that the17. If disabled, the PCMS should default to an illegible display that will left or right justified.16. Each line of text should be centered on the message board rather than and must be legible from at least 400 feet. daylight. Truck mounted units must have a character height of 10 inches should be legible from at least 600 feet at night and 800 feet in units. They should be visible from at least 1/2 (.5) mile and the text15. PCMS character height should be at least 18 inches for trailer mounted13. Do not display messages that scroll horizontally or vertically across11. Do not use the word "Danger" in message. 7-13of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: no more than one week prior to the work. a minimum of 1000 ft. Each PCMS shall be limited to two phases,RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIESPhase 2: Possible Component ListsCAUTIONUSENotice ListListWarningXX MPHSPEEDADVISORYXX MPHLIMITSPEEDXX MPHSPEEDMAXIMUMXX MPHSPEEDMINIMUMEXITLANERIGHT SAFELYDRIVECAREWITHDRIVEX PMXX AM-TUE-FRI MONDAYBEGINS MAY XXBEGINSXX AMXX PM -MAY X-XX PM-X AMXXAPR XX- FRI-SUNNEXTXX PMTOXX AMAUG XXTUENEXTXX AMXX PM-TONIGHTRoad/Lane/Ramp Closure List(The Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.)DELAYSEXPECTOther Condition ListPhase 1: Condition ListsListAction to Take/Effect on TravelListLocationXXX FTCLOSEDSHOULDERXXX FTCLOSEDRIGHT LNX MILECLOSEDEXIT XXXCLOSEDTO BERIGHT LNCLOSEDROADFRONTAGEOPENLANESRIGHT XCLOSURESLANEDAYTIMECLOSEDEXITI-XX SOUTHTUE - FRICLOSEDX LANES XXX FTROADWORK XXXX FTFLAGGERXXXX FTNARROWSRIGHT LNXXXX FTTRAFFICMERGINGXXXX FTGRAVELLOOSE X MILEDETOURSH XXXXPASTROADWORK XXXX FTBUMPXXXX FTSIGNALTRAFFICXXXX FTREPAIRSROADXXXX FTNARROWSLANEXX MILETRAFFICTWO-WAYXXXX FTLANESUNEVENXXXX FTROADROUGHFRI-SUNNEXTROADWORKX MILESEXITUS XXX SHIFTLANESSOUTHUS XXXSTAY ON RIGHTMERGEX EXITSNEXTDETOURUS XXX NUSETRUCKSTRUCKSFORWATCHXXX FTSPEEDREDUCEROUTESOTHERUSERIGHTX LINESFORMRD EXITXXXXXUSENORTHI-XXUSE EXITTO I-XX NI-XX EUSETRUCKSFORWATCH DELAYSEXPECTSTOPTOPREPAREUSESHOULDERENDWORKERSFORWATCH FM XXXXATCROSSINGRAILROADBEFOREMILESXNEXTEXITUS XXXPASTXXXXXXXTOXXXXXXXFM XXXXTOUS XXXXXX FTTRAFFICCONST EXIT XXXUSECLOSEDEXITX MILECLOSEDFREEWAYCLOSEDLANESRIGHT XCLOSEDLANESVARIOUSAT SH XXXCLOSEDROADFM XXXXCLSD ATROADCLOSEDLANECENTERCLOSURESLANENIGHTCLOSEDDRIVEWAYMALLBC(6)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic**See Application Guidelines Note 6.****** Advance3. When symbol signs are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS, they shall only supplement the use of the static sign represented, and shall not substitute4. Use the word "EXIT" to refer to an exit ramp on a freeway; i.e.,6. When in use, the bottom of a stationary PCMS message panel should be5-21DENTON 14
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 7 OF 12CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB)16"DELINEATION OF END TREATMENTSBARRIER REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORSEND TREATMENTS FORCTB'S USEDIN WORK ZONESWARNING LIGHTS1. Warning lights shall meet the requirements of the TMUTCD.2. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.3. Type A-Low Intensity Flashing Warning Lights are commonly used with drums. They are intended to warn of or mark a potentially hazardous4. Type-C and Type D 360 degree Steady Burn Lights are intended to be used in a series for delineation to supplement other traffic control devices. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "SB".5. The Engineer/Inspector or the plans shall specify the location and type of warning lights to be installed on the traffic control devices. 6. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a copy of the warning lights certification. The warning light manufacturer will certify the warning lights meet the requirements of the latest ITE Purchase Specifications for Flashing and Steady-Burn Warning Lights.WARNING LIGHTS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS1. Type A flashing warning lights are intended to warn drivers that they are approaching or are in a potentially hazardous area.2. Type A random flashing warning lights are not intended for delineation and shall not be used in a series.3. A series of sequential flashing warning lights placed on channelizing devices to form a merging taper may be used for delineation. If used, the successive flashing of the sequential warning lights should occur from the beginning of the taper to the end of the merging taper in order to identify the desired vehicle path. The rate of flashing for each light shall be 65 flashes per minute, plus or minus 10 flashes.4. Type C and D steady-burn warning lights are intended to be used in a series to delineate the edge of the travel lane on detours, on lane changes, on lane closures, and on other similar conditions.5. Type A, Type C and Type D warning lights shall be installed at locations as detailed on other sheets in the plans.6. Warning lights shall not be installed on a drum that has a sign, chevron or vertical panel.7. The maximum spacing for warning lights on drums should be identical to the channelizing device spacing.1. A warning reflector or approved substitute may be mounted on a plastic drum as a substitute for a Type C, steady burn warning light at the discretion of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the plans. 2. The warning reflector shall be yellow in color and shall be manufactured using a sign substrate approved for use with plastic drums listed on the CWZTCD. 3. The warning reflector shall have a minimum retroreflective surface area (one-side) of 30 square inches.4. Round reflectors shall be fully reflectorized, including the area where attached to the drum. 5. Square substrates must have a minimum of 30 square inches of reflectorized sheeting. They do not have to be reflectorized where it attaches to the drum. 6. The side of the warning reflector facing approaching traffic shall have sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements for7. When used near two-way traffic, both sides of the warning reflector shall be reflectorized.8. The warning reflector should be mounted on the side of the handle nearest approaching traffic.9. The maximum spacing for warning reflectors should be identical to the channelizing device spacing requirements.WARNING REFLECTORS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR TYPE C (STEADY BURN) WARNING LIGHTSReflectorsBarrier3. Where traffic is on one side of the CTB, two (2) Barrier Reflectors shall be mounted in approximately the midsection of each section of CTB. An alternate mounting location is uniformly spaced at one end of each CTB. This will allow for attachment of a barrier grapple without damaging the reflector. The Barrier Reflector mounted on the side of the CTB shall be located directly below the reflector mounted on top of the barrier, as shown in the detail above.4. Where CTB separates two-way traffic, three barrier reflectors shall be mounted on each section of CTB. The reflector unit on top shall have two yellow reflective faces (Bi-Directional)while the reflectors on each side of the barrier shall have one yellow reflective face, as shown in the detail above.5. When CTB separates traffic traveling in the same direction, no barrier reflectors will be required on top of the CTB.6. Barrier Reflector units shall be yellow or white in color to match the edgeline being supplemented. 7. Maximum spacing of Barrier Reflectors is forty (40) feet.8. Pavement markers or temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs shall NOT be used as CTB delineation.9. Attachment of Barrier Reflectors to CTB shall be per manufacturer's recommendations.10.Missing or damaged Barrier Reflectors shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer.11.Single slope barriers shall be delineated as shown on the above detail.TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORSType C Warning Light orapproved substitute mounted on adrum adjacent to the travel way.4. The Flashing Arrow Board should be able to display the following symbols: control devices that should be used in conjunction with the Flashing Arrow Board.3. The Engineer/Inspector shall choose all appropriate signs, barricades and/or other traffic or work on shoulders unless the "CAUTION" display (see detail below) is used.2. Flashing Arrow Boards should not be used on two-lane, two-way roadways, detours, diversions moving maintenance or construction activities on the travel lanes.1. The Flashing Arrow Board should be used for all lane closures on multi-lane roadways, or slow REQUIREMENTS C 48 x 96 15 1 mile B 30 x 60 13 3/4 mile MINIMUMTRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL.ARROW BOARD BEHIND CONCRETE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE THE ARROW BOARD FROM THE WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVEshall be equipped withautomatic dimming devices.Flashing Arrow Boardsdevices placed perpendicular to traffic on the upstream side of traffic.taper or merging taper, otherwise they shall be delineated with four (4) channelizing Arrow Boards may be located behind channelizing devices in place for a shoulderATTENTIONALTERNATING DIAMOND CAUTIONDOUBLE ARROWOR4 CORNER CAUTION FLASHING ARROW BOARDS16" tall plastic bracketBarrier Reflector on8. The location of warning lights and warning reflectors on drums shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans.7. When used to delineate curves, Type-C and Type D Steady Burn Lights should only be placed on the outside of the curve, not the inside. DMS 8300-Type B or Type C.30 square inchesreflective surface area of at leastor square.Must have a yellowWarning reflector may be roundFLFL area. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "FL". The Type A Warning Lights shall not be used with signs manufactured with Type B or C Sheeting meeting the requirements of Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300. BC(7)-21 7-13WARNING LIGHTS & ATTENUATORARROW PANEL, REFLECTORS, BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 1019-07 1. Barrier Reflectors shall be pre-qualified, and conform to the color and reflectivity requirements of DMS-8600. A list of prequalified Barrier Reflectors can be found at the Material Producer List web address shown on BC(1).2. Color of Barrier Reflectors shall be as specified in the TMUTCD. The cost of the reflectors shall be considered subsidiary to Item 512.8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficLOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPCB)Roadway Standard Sheet LPCB.speed is 45mph, or less. See zone locations, where the posted LPCB is approved for use in workIN WORK ZONESBARRIER (LPCB) USED LOW PROFILE CONCRETE RIGHT/LEFT ARROWleft is similar)(right arrow shown; to bottom of panel.14. Minimum mounting height of trailer mounted Arrow Boards should be 7 feet from roadway flash rate and dimming requirements on this sheet for the same size arrow.13. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a Flashing Arrow Board provided it meets visibility, 12. A Flashing Arrow Board SHALL NOT BE USED to laterally shift traffic.11. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer or other suitable support. display may be used during daylight operations.10. The flashing arrow display is the TxDOT standard; however, the sequential chevron 9. The sequential arrow display is NOT ALLOWED. intervals of 25 percent for each sequential phase of the flashing chevron.8. Minimum lamp "on time" shall be approximately 50 percent for the flashing arrow and equal The flashing rate of the lamps shall not be less than 25 nor more than 40 flashes per minute.7. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be capable of minimum 50 percent dimming from rated lamp voltage.6. The straight line caution display is NOT ALLOWED. Diamond Caution mode as shown.5. The "CAUTION" display consists of four corner lamps flashing simultaneously, or the Alternating left is similar)(right chevron shown;SEQUENTIAL CHEVRONRIGHT/LEFTmanufacturer's recommendations.Attach the delineators as per reflectors is 20 feet. Max. spacing of barrier recommendations.as per manufacturer's 3 Barrier ReflectorsInstall a minimum of See D & OM (VIA)treatments and manufacturers.to the CWZTCD List for approved endAssessing Safety Hardware (MASH). Referstandards as defined in the Manual for shall meet the apppropriate crashworthyEnd treatments used on CTB's in work zones TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORSTRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORS extended distance from the TMA. area is spread down the roadway and the work crew is an 6. The only reason a TMA should not be required is when a work without adversely affecting the work performance. 30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew exposure 5. A TMA should be used anytime that it can be positioned in the plans.4. TMAs are required on freeways unless otherwise noted3. Refer to the CWZTCD for a list of approved TMAs. Level 3 TMAs. 2. Refer to the CWZTCD for the requirements of Level 2 or Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). must meet the requirements outlined in the Manual for 1. Truck-mounted attenuators (TMA) used on TxDOT facilities5-21DENTON 15
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 SHEET 8 OF 124-039-07mount with diagonalssloping down towardstravel way(Maximum Sign Dimension)18" x 24" Sign1. For long term stationary work zones on freeways, drums shall be used as the primary channelizing device.2. For intermediate term stationary work zones on freeways, drums should be used as the primary channelizing device but may be replaced in tangent if personnel are present on the project at all times to maintain the cones in proper position and location.3. For short term stationary work zones on freeways, drums are the preferred approved by the Engineer.4. Drums and all related items shall comply with the requirements of the current version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD) and the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD).5. Drums, bases, and related materials shall exhibit good workmanship and shall be free from objectionable marks or defects that would adversely6. The Contractor shall have a maximum of 24 hours to replace any plastic drums identified for replacement by the Engineer/Inspector. The replace- ment device must be an approved device.1. Plastic drums shall be a two-piece design; the "body" of the drum shall be the top portion and the "base" shall be the bottom.2. The body and base shall lock together in such a manner that the body separates from the base when impacted by a vehicle traveling at a speed of 20 MPH or greater but prevents accidental separation due to normal handling and/or air turbulence created by passing vehicles. 3. Plastic drums shall be constructed of lightweight flexible, and deformable materials. The Contractor shall NOT use metal drums or single piece plastic drums as channelization devices or sign supports.4. Drums shall present a profile that is a minimum of 18 inches in width at the 36 inch height when viewed from any direction. The height of drum unit (body installed on base) shall be a minimum of 36 inches and a maximum of 42 inches.5. The top of the drum shall have a built-in handle for easy pickup and shall be designed to drain water and not collect debris. The handle shall have a minimum of two widely spaced 9/16 inch diameter holes to allow attachment of a warning light, warning reflector unit or approved compliant sign.6. The exterior of the drum body shall have a minimum of four alternating orange and white retroreflective circumferential stripes not less than 4 inches nor greater than 8 inches in width. Any non-reflectorized space between any two adjacent stripes shall not exceed 2 inches in width.7. Bases shall have a maximum width of 36 inches, a maximum height of 4 inches, and a minimum of two footholds of sufficient size to allow base to be held down while separating the drum body from the base.8. Plastic drums shall be constructed of ultra-violet stabilized, orange, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or other approved material.Chevron CW1-8, Opposing Traffic LaneDivider, Driveway sign D70a, Keep Right channelizing device but may be replaced in tapers, transitions and tangent one-piece cones may be used with the approval of the Engineer but only1. Signs used on plastic drums shall be manufactured using substrates listed on the CWZTCD.2. Chevrons and other work zone signs with an orange background3. Vertical Panels shall be manufactured with orange and white4. Other sign messages (text or symbolic) may be used as approved by the Engineer. Sign dimensions shall not exceed5. Signs shall be installed using a 1/2 inch bolt (nominal) and nut, two washers, and one locking washer for each connection.6. Mounting bolts and nuts shall be fully engaged and adequately torqued. Bolts should not extend more than 1/2 inch beyond nuts.7. Chevrons may be placed on drums on the outside of curves, on merging tapers or on shifting tapers. When used in these more than on every third drum. A minimum of three (3) should be used at each location called for in the plans. approval of the Engineer.8. R9-9, R9-10, R9-11 and R9-11a Sidewalk Closed signs which are 24 inches wide may be mounted on plastic drums, withVertical Panel12" x 24"ON PLASTIC DRUMSSIGNS, CHEVRONS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MOUNTEDby EngineerR4 series or other signs as approvedGENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GENERAL NOTES1. The stripes used on drums shall be constructed of sheeting meeting the1. Unballasted bases shall be large enough to hold up to 50 lbs. of sand. This base, when filled with the ballast material, should weigh between 35 lbs (minimum) and 50 lbs (maximum). The ballast may be sand in one to three sandbags separate from the base, sand in a sand-filled plastic base, or other ballasting devices as approved by the Engineer. Stacking of sandbags will be allowed, however height of sandbags above pavement surface may not exceed 12 inches.2. Bases with built-in ballast shall weigh between 40 lbs. and 50 lbs. Built-in ballast can be constructed of an integral crumb rubber base or a solid rubber base. would become hazardous to motorists, pedestrians, or workers when the drum is struck by a vehicle. holes in the bottoms so that water will not collect and freeze becoming a hazard when struck by a vehicle. color and retroreflectivity requirements of Departmental Materials2. The sheeting shall be suitable for use on and shall adhere to the drum surface such that, upon vehicular impact, the sheeting shall remain adhered in-place and exhibit no delaminating, cracking, or loss of retroreflectivity other than that loss due to abrasion of the sheeting surface.18" minHandle36" min42" max
4" max(typ)8" max4" min(typ.)2" maxdrumsminimum of 5for stacking aTaper to allowdebrisof water orallow collection Top should notwarning lightssigns andfor mounting9/16" dia. (typ)DETECTABLE PEDESTRIAN BARRICADESBALLASTRETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING10.Drum and base shall be marked with manufacturer's name and model number. sections by vertical panels, two-piece cones or one-piece cones asplastic drumssubstrates shall NOT be used onPlywood, Aluminum or Metal sign36"BarricadesDetectable Pedestrian providers of approved and the CWZTCD list forfor fabrication. See note 3This detail is not intendedrail for hand trailingContinuous smooth Detectable Edge2" Max.9. Drum body shall have a maximum unballasted weight of 11 lbs. for this type of ballast on the CWZTCD list.3. Recycled truck tire sidewalls may be used for ballast on drums approved4. The ballast shall not be heavy objects, water, or any material that5. When used in regions susceptible to freezing, drums shall have drainage6. Ballast shall not be placed on top of drums.7. Adhesives may be used to secure base of drums to pavement. series signs discussed in note 8 below. 18 inches in width or 24 inches in height, except for the R9FLFL specified in the plans. of DMS-8300, "Sign Face Material," unless otherwise sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements shall be manufactured with Type B or Type C Orange 7-13CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONFILE:DATE:102Pre-qualified plastic drums shall meet the following requirements:of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: affect their appearance or serviceability.BC(8)-21 8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficorange.top stripe being sheeting with the retroreflective using Type A or Type B and 2 white stripesa minimum of 2 orangeEach drum shall have in the plans. reflective sheeting shall be supplied unless otherwise specified Specification DMS-8300, "Sign Face Materials." Type A or Type B the intended traveled lane. Diagonal stripes on Vertical Panels shall slope down toward sheeting meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A or Type B. sections by vertical panels, or 42" two-piece cones. In tangent sections, locations, they may be placed on every drum or spaced notNote 3See Ballast splinters, burrs, or sharp edges. a smooth continuous rail suitable for hand trailing with no rails as shown on BC(10) provided that the top rail provides 6. Detectable pedestrian barricades should use 8" nominal barricade barricades.5. Warning lights shall not be attached to detectable pedestrian movements. (ADAAG)" and should not be used as a control for pedestrian "Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines detectable, do not comply with the design standards in the 4. Tape, rope, or plastic chain strung between devices are not path. detectable edging can satisfactorily delineate a pedestrian barriers, and wood or chain link fencing with a continuous above, longitudinal channelizing devices, some concrete 3. Detectable pedestrian barricades similar to the one pictured of a Type 3 Barricade. placed across the full width of the closed sidewalk instead closed sidewalk, a Detectable Pedestrian Barricade shall be2. Where pedestrians with visual
disabilities normally use the Diversions, Sidewalk Detours and Crosswalk Closures. to WZ(BTS-2) for Pedestrian Control requirements for Sidewalk the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. Refer detectable and include accessibility features consistent with
relocated in a TTC zone, the temporary facilities
shall
be 1. When existing pedestrian facilities are disrupted, closed, or 5-21DENTON 16
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 9 OF 1224" min.
36" min. distance above travel way45VP-1LVP-1Ro45o36"12"36"18"18"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"DRIVEABLEPORTABLEFIXED(Rigid or self-righting)(Rigid or self-righting)1. Work Zone channelizing devices illustrated on this sheet may be installed in close proximity to traffic and are suitable for use on high or low speed roadways. The Engineer/Inspector shall ensure that spacing and placement is uniform and in accordance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).2. Channelizing devices shown on this sheet may have a driveable, fixed or portable base. The requirement for self-righting channelizing devices must be specified in the General Notes or other plan sheets.3. Channelizing devices on self-righting supports should be used in work zone areas where channelizing devices are frequently impacted by errant vehicles or vehicle related wind gusts making alignment of the channelizing devices difficult to maintain. Locations of these devices shall be detailed else- where in the plans. These devices shall conform to the TMUTCD and the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD). damaged, nonreflective, faded, or broken devices and bases as required by the Engineer/Inspector. The Contractor shall be required to maintain proper device spacing and alignment.5. Portable bases shall be fabricated from virgin and/or recycled rubber. The6. Pavement surfaces shall be prepared in a manner that ensures proper bonding between the adhesives, the fixed mount bases and the pavement surface. Adhesives shall be prepared and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations.7. The installation and removal of channelizing devices shall not cause detrimental effects to the final pavement surfaces, including pavement permitted on final pavement surfaces. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all application and removal procedures of fixed bases.1. Opposing Traffic Lane Dividers (OTLD) are delineation devices designed to convert a normal one-way roadway section to two-way operation. OTLD's are used on temporary centerlines. The upward and downward arrows on the sign's face indicate the direction of traffic on either side of the divider. The3. Spacing between the OTLD shall not exceed 500 the OTLD's should not exceed 100 foot spacing.4. The OTLD shall be orange with a black non- reflective legend. Sheeting for the OTLD shall1. The chevron shall be a vertical rectangle with a minimum size of 12 by 18 inches.2. Chevrons are intended to give notice of a sharp change of alignment with the direction of travel and provide additional emphasis and guidance for vehicle operators with regard to changes in horizontal alignment of the roadway.3. Chevrons, when used, shall be erected on the out- side of a sharp curve or turn, or on the far side of an intersection. They shall be in line with and at right angles to approaching traffic. Spacing should be such that the motorist always has three in view, until the change in alignment eliminates its need.4. To be effective, the chevron should be visible for at least 500 feet.5. Chevrons shall be orange with a black nonreflec- tive legend. Sheeting for the chevron shall be6. For Long Term Stationary use on tapers or self-righting chevrons may be used to supplement4. The Contractor shall maintain devices in a clean condition and replace surface discoloration or surface integrity. Driveable bases shall not be1. Vertical Panels (VP's) are normally used to channelize traffic or divide opposing lanes of traffic.2. VP's may be used in daytime or nighttime situations. They may be used at the edge of shoulder drop-offs and other areas such as lane transitions where positive daytime and nighttime delineation is required. The of cuts adjacent to two-way two lane roadways. Stripes are to be reflective orange and reflective white and should always slope downward toward the travel lane. of retroreflective area facing traffic.5. Self-righting supports are available with portable base. See "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD). CW6-48" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS BARRIERS2. Water ballasted systems used to channelize vehicular traffic shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation or channelizing devices to improve daytime/nighttime visibility. They may also be supplemented with pavement markings.3. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and used only when shown on the CWZTCD list.4. Water ballasted systems used as barriers should not be used for a merging taper except in low speed (less than 45 MPH) urban areas. When used on a taper in a low speed urban area, the taper shall be delineated and the taper length should be designed to optimize road user operations considering the available geometric conditions.5. When water ballasted systems used as barriers have blunt ends exposed to traffic, they should be attenuatedSurfaceRoadwayBaseMountSurfacemin.24"min.24"Adhesivew/ ApprovedFixed Basedepthembedment12" minimummin.36"SupportSelf-rightingSupportRigidSupport can be used)(Driveable Base, or FlexibleFixed Base w/ Approved Adhesiveon drums.mountedor may bemay be used,Driveable BaseFixed orPortable,back to backmountedPanels speed roadways, may have more than 270 square inchesGENERAL NOTESTaper lengths have been rounded off.S=Posted Speed (MPH)L=Length of Taper (FT.) W=Width of
Offset (FT.) **2**75750'720'825'900'75' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeedOn aTangentOn aTaper12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10' Minimum DesirableTaper LengthsSuggested MaximumSpacing of Channelizing DevicesFormulaL=WS80800'880'960'80'160'LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES (LCD)2. LCDs may be used instead of a line of cones or drums.4. LCDs should not be used to provide positive protection for obstacles, pedestrians or workers. adhesive or rubber weight to minimize movement base is secured to the pavement with an caused by a vehicle impact or wind gust. portable bases shall weigh a minimum of 30 lbs.FLFL as per manufacturer recommendations or flared to a point outside the clear zone.of the unit shall not be less than 32 inches in height.systems must have a continuous detectable bottom for users of long canes and the top If used to channelize pedestrians, longitudinal channelizing devices or water ballasted 2. The OTLD may be used in combination with 42" cones or VPs. feet. 42" cones or VPs placed between the requirements of DMS-8300. unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300, be retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming FL requirements of DMS-8300. unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet the Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300, retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming to FLMin.18"12"note 7See note 7See note 7See CHEVRONSVERTICAL PANELS (VPs)HOLLOW OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES OR BARRIERSOPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS (OTLD)MINIMUM DESIRABLE TAPER LENGTHS CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF 7. Where the height of reflective material on the vertical 6 inches shall be used. panel is 36 inches or greater, a panel stripe of4. VP's used on expressways and freeways or other high7-13 CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT BC(9)-21 CONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 1039-078-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic DMS-8300, unless noted otherwise. Type B conforming to Departmental Material Specification 6. Sheeting for the VP's shall be retroreflective Type A or transitions on freeways and divided highways, plastic drums but not to replace plastic drums. Engineer/Inspector shall refer to the Roadway Design3. VP's should be mounted back to back if used at the edge for drop-offs. Manual for additional requirements on the use VP's used only when shown on the CWZTCD list. 3. LCDs shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and can be connected together. They are not designed to contain or redirect a vehicle on impact.1. LCDs are crashworthy, lightweight, deformable devices that are highly visible, have good target value and near the top of the LCD along the full length of the device. sheeting meeting the requirements for barricade rails as shown on BC(10). Place reflective sheeting6. LCDs used as barricades placed perpendicular to traffic should have at least one row of reflective on BC(7) when placed roughly parallel to the travel lanes.5. LCDs shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation as required for temporary barriers36" min. distance above travel way
roadway speed and barrier application. work space per the appropriate Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crashworthiness requirements based on 1. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall not be used solely to channelize road users, but also to protect the5-21DENTON 17
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOTCONT bc-21.dgn November 2002 104SHEET 10 OF 129-071. Where positive redirectional2. Plastic construction fencingsafety as required in the plans.3. Vertical Panels on flexible supportcapability is provided, drumsmay be omitted.SBSBSBSBmay be used with drums formay be omitted if drums are used.DetourRoadwayR11-2M4-10LDETOURROADCLOSEDNAMEADDRESSCITYSTATECONTRACTOR30 feet3"-4"6" min.4" min.2" min.shoulder width is less than 4 feet.than 12 feet, steady-burn lightsPLAN VIEWPLAN VIEW2. Advance signing shall be as specified elsewhere in the plans.PERSPECTIVE VIEWPERSPECTIVE VIEW3"-4"2" min.10'may be substituted for drums when the4. When the shoulder width is greater2" min.2" min.4" min. orange4" min. white4" min. orange4" min. whiteDrums, vertical panels or 42" conesSTOCKPILEat 50' maximum spacingomitted hereor barricade may bedownstream drumsOn one-way roadswithin 30' from travel lane.should be used when stockpile isChannelizing devices parallel to trafficTwo-Piece conesG20-6TSBCONESAlternateAlternateclear zone.is outsidestockpile locationDesirablePlastic DrumTypical min.28"min.42"on one-way roadwayare not requiredThese drumsbarricaded in the same manner.divided highway shall beEach roadway of aand maximum of 4 drums)width makes it necessary. (minimum of 2side of approaching traffic if the crownIncrease number of plastic drums on thebe used across the work area.
A minimum of two drums shall50'Approx.50'Approx.1. Refer to the Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List (CWZTCD) projects closed to all traffic.3. Barricades extending across a roadway should have stripes that slope downward in the direction toward which traffic must turn in detouring. When both right and left turns are provided, the chevron striping may slope downward in both directions from the center of the barricade. downward in both directions toward the center of roadway.4. Striping of rails, for the right side of the roadway, should slope downward to the left. For the left side of the roadway, striping should slope downward to the right.5. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the barricade rails. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used for identification shall be 1".6. Barricades shall not be placed parallel to traffic unless an adequate clear zone is provided.7. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.8. Where barricades require the use of weights to keep from turning over, the use of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand is recommended. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to maintain a constant weight. Sand bags shall not be stacked in a manner that covers any portion of a barricade rails reflective sheeting. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will NOT be permitted. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall not be used for sandbags. Sandbags shall only be placed along or upon the base supports of the device and shall not be suspended above ground level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners.be used as a sign support.Barricades shall NOT10' max.10' max.10' max. or yellow warning reflector Steady burn warning light or yellow warning reflector Plastic drum with steady burn light Plastic drumLEGEND of the culvert widening.5. Drums must extend the lengthCULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITSTRAFFIC CONTROL FOR MATERIAL STOCKPILESTYPICAL PANEL DETAILFOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADESTYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL8' max. length Type 3 Barricadesdownward in the direction of detour. Barricade striping should slantfor two-way traffic.facing one-way traffic and both sidesreflective white stripes on one sideshall be reflectorized orange and The three rails on Type 3 barricadesbarricadeor 1 Type 3Min. 2 drumsbarricadeor 1 Type 3Min. 2 drumsTYPE 3 BARRICADES2. Type 3 Barricades shall be used at each end of constructionTYPE 3 BARRICADE (POST AND SKID) TYPICAL APPLICATION minimum of 10 feet behind Type 3 Barricades. mounting height in center of roadway. The signs should be a1. Signs should be mounted on independent supports at a 7 foot45o6"6"7 inches.SheetingReflectiveWidth ofMinimumnominal8"7-13BC(10)-21 CHANNELIZING DEVICESBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE: for details of the Type 3 Barricades and a list of all materials used in the construction of Type 3 Barricades.20"20"48"Flat railStiffener2 stiffeners shall be allowed on one barricade.Stiffener may be inside or outside of support, but no more than4' min., 8' max.8-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic2" max.3"-4"6" min.4" min.3" min.3" min.2" min.One-Piece conesTubular Marker2" to 6"min.28"min.28" otherwise noted. conforming to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300 unless9. Sheeting for barricades shall be retroreflective Type A or Type B Where no turns are provided at a closed road, striping should slope30 lbs. including base.42" 2-piece cones shall have a minimum weight of28" Cones shall have a minimum weight of 9 1/2 lbs.1. Traffic cones and tubular markers shall be predominantly orange, and meet the height and weight requirements shown above. 2. One-piece cones have the body and base of the cone molded in one consolidated unit. Two-piece cones have a cone shaped body and a separate rubber base, or ballast, that is added to keep the device upright and in place. height shown, in order to aid in retrieving the device.3. Two-piece cones may have a handle or loop extending up to 8" above the minimum7. Cones or tubular markers used on each project should be of the same size and shape. to maintain them in their proper upright position. for intermediate-term or long-term stationary work unless personnel is on-site short-term stationary work as defined on BC(4). These should not be used 5. 28" cones and tubular markers are generally suitable for short duration and durations.6. 42" two-piece cones, vertical panels or drums are suitable for all work zone Specification DMS-8300 Type A or Type B. outer surface and meet the requirements of Departmental Material bands as shown above. The reflective bands shall
have
a smooth, sealed4. Cones or tubular markers shall have white or white and orange reflective5-21DENTON 18
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:SHEET 11 OF 12TOP VIEWFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWAdhesive pad4"+ ¼"2"GENERALREMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining work zone and within the CSJ limits unless otherwise stated in the plans.2. Color, patterns and dimensions shall be in conformance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).3. Additional supplemental pavement marking details may be found in the plans or specifications.4. Pavement markings shall be installed in accordance with the TMUTCD and as shown on the plans.5. When short term markings are required on the plans, short term markings shall conform with the TMUTCD, the plans and details as shown on the Standard Plan Sheet WZ(STPM).6. When standard pavement markings are not in place and the roadway is opened to traffic, DO NOT PASS signs shall be erected to mark the beginning of the sections where passing is prohibited and PASS WITH CARE signs at the beginning of sections where passing is permitted.7. All work zone pavement markings shall be installed in accordance with Item 662, "Work Zone Pavement Markings."RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS1. Raised pavement markers are to be placed according to the patterns on BC(12).2. All raised pavement markers used for work zone markings shall meetPREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. Removable prefabricated pavement markings shall meet the requirements of DMS-8241.2. Non-removable prefabricated pavement markings (foil back) shall meet the requirements of DMS-8240.MAINTAINING WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS1. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining work zone pavement markings within the work limits.2. Work zone pavement markings shall be inspected in accordance with the frequency and reporting requirements of work zone traffic control device inspections as required by Form 599.3. The markings should provide a visible reference for a minimum distance of 300 feet during normal daylight hours and 160 feet when illuminated by automobile low-beam headlights at night, unless sight distance is restricted by roadway geometrics.4. Markings failing to meet this criteria within the first 30 days after placement shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor as per Specification Item 662. days, where flaggers and/or sufficient channelizing devices are used in lieu of markings to outline the detour route.3. Pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible, so as not to leave a discernable marking. This shall be by any method approved by TxDOT Specification Item 677 for "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers".4. The removal of pavement markings may require resurfacing or seal5. Subject to the approval of the Engineer, any method that proves to be successful on a particular type pavement may be used.6. Blast cleaning may be used but will not be required unless specifically7. Over-painting of the markings SHALL NOT BE permitted.8. Removal of raised pavement markers shall be as directed by the Engineer.9. Removal of existing pavement markings and markers will be paid for directly in accordance with Item 677, "ELIMINATING EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND MARKERS," unless otherwise stated in the plans.10.Black-out marking tape may be used to cover conflicting existing markings for periods less than two weeks when approved by the Engineer.1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs used as guidemarks shall meet the requirements of DMS-8242.2. Tabs detailed on this sheet are to be inspected and accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. Sampling and testing is not normally required, however at the option of the Engineer, either "A" or "B" below may be imposed to assure quality before placement on the roadway. B. Select five (5) tabs and perform the following test. Affix five (5) tabs at 24 inch intervals on an asphaltic pavement in a straight line. Using a medium size passenger vehicle or pickup, run over the markers with the front and rear tires at a speed of 35 to 40 miles per hour, four (4) times in each direction. No more than one (1) out of the five (5) reflective surfaces shall be lost or displaced as a result of this test.3. Small design variances may be noted between tab manufacturers.4. See Standard Sheet WZ(STPM) for tab placement on new pavements. See1. Raised pavement markers used as guidemarks shall be from the approved product list, and meet the requirements of DMS-4200.3. Adhesive for guidemarks shall be bituminous material hot applied or butyl rubber pad for all surfaces, or thermoplastic for concrete surfaces.Guidemarks shall be designated as: YELLOW - (two amber reflective surfaces with yellow body). WHITE - (one silver reflective surface with white body). Standard Sheet TCP(7-1) for tab placement on seal coat work.TABS TO THE PAVEMENT SURFACETEMPORARY FLEXIBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKERSTAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE1/4" and less than 1".is usually more thanHeight of sheetingWORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGSRoadway Marker TabsTemporary Flexible-ReflectiveDEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4300DMS-8240DMS-8241DMS-8242DMS-4200TRAFFIC BUTTONSPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGSPAVEMENT MARKINGSTEMPORARY REMOVABLE, PREFABRICATED ROADWAY MARKER TABSTEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE A list of prequalified reflective raised pavement markers,non-reflective traffic buttons, roadway marker tabs and otherpavement markings can be found at the Material Producer Listweb address shown on BC(1). BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS project shall be of the same manufacturer.2. All temporary construction raised pavement markers provided on a the requirements of Item 672, "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS" and Departmental Material Specification DMS-4200 or DMS-4300. shown in the plans. existing pavement markings, in accordance with the standard specifications and special provisions, on all roadways open to traffic1. Pavement markings that are no longer applicable, could create confusion or direct a motorist toward or into the closed portion of the roadway shall be removed or obliterated before the roadway is opened to traffic. Section to determine specification compliance. and submit to the Construction Division, Materials and Pavement A. Select five (5) or more tabs at random from each lot or shipment2. The above shall not apply to detours in place for less than three coating portions of the roadway as described in Item 677.7-13 PAVEMENT MARKINGSBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONDN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT BC(11)-21 CONT bc-21.dgn February 1998 1059-0711-021-022-988-14 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic5-21DENTON 19
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONT bc-21.dgn February 1998 106SHEET 12 OF 129-071-972-9811-0210 to 12"PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNSYellowYellowWhiteWhiteYellowYellowYellowType I-A Type I-A Type W buttonsType I-C Type Y buttonsType Y buttonsType W buttonsType I-C Type I-C or II-C-R Type I-C or II-C-R 10'30'---DISCOURAGE LANE CHANGING.)EDGE LINEOR SINGLEYellowWhiteWhite or YellowWhite or YellowNO-PASSING LINEWIDELINE(FOR LEFT TURN CHANNEL
IZING LINEOR CHANNELIZING LINE USED TOType Y buttonsType I-C , I-A or II-A-AType W or Y buttonsType I-C Type W buttonsType I-C or II-A-ASTANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILSType II-A-AREMOVABLE MARKINGS WITH RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSType I-C or II-A-A(when required)Raised Pavement MarkersIf raised pavement markers are usedto supplement REMOVABLE markings,the markers shall be applied to thetop of the tape at the approximatemid length of tape used for broken60" + 3"REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN BREFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN AREFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS4 to 8"60" + 3"4"4 to 12"4 to 12"4"8"1-2"10'10'30'40' + 1
'5' + 6"20' + 1'30'RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPattern A is the TXDOT Standard, however Pattern B may be used if approved by the Engineer.lines or at 20 foot spacing forsolid lines. This allows an easierremoval of raised pavement markersand tape.Centerline only - not to be used on edge linesPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.MARKINGS PAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDLINENO-PASSINGDOUBLEMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISED3'9'5'5'8"Type I-C or II-C-RMARKERSPAVEMENTRAISEDLINELANEDROPOR AUXILIARYLINELANEOR LINECENTERItem 672 "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS."products list and meet the requirements ofpavement markings shall be from the approvedRaised pavement markers used as standardTWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANELANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYSEDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYCENTER LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY HIGHWAYSLINESSOLIDLINESBROKEN7-13 PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNSBARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:YellowWhiteWhiteType Y buttonsType I-C Type II-A-A Type I-C REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGSRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.YellowWhiteWhiteType Y buttonsType II-A-A Type I-C Type I-C REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGSRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSPrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.8-14BC(12)-21 StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic3'9'1-2"Y buttonsType W or30"+ 3"30"+/-3"Type W buttonsType W buttonsType II-A-A Type Y buttonsType II-A-A Type II-A-A 10 to 12"6 to 8"RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN ARAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN BType II-A-A buttonsType Y Type W buttonsType W buttonsMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZEDMARKINGSPAVEMENTREFLECTORIZED5-21DENTON 20
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:StandardDivisionOperationsTrafficType 3 BarricadeHeavy Work VehicleChannelizing Devices FlagLEGENDFlagger SignMessage Sign (PCMS)Portable ChangeableFlashing Arrow Board Trailer Mounted MTraffic FlowAttenuator (TMA)Truck Mounted 30'MIN.
X
1/3 L Work SpaceB
B
B
Work Space
L 1/2 L CW20-1D See note 1)(Flags-48" X 48"3X for over 50 MPHX for 50 MPH or lessXL100'Approx.ShoulderShoulder
Shoulder
Shoulder
200'Approx.
Min.
30'
48" X 24"G20-2ShoulderShoulderCW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags- 48" X 24"G20-2X X X X L L
X X X X X
1/3 L
20' spacing
devices at
1/2 L Min. CW20-5TR48" X 48" 48" X 48"CW1-4L36" X 36"CW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags-CW20-5TL48" X 48"CW20-1D48" X 48"See note 1)(Flags- 48" X 24"G20-2TCP (2-5b)TCP (2-5a)ONE LANE CLOSEDTWO LANES CLOSEDlights.(See notes 3 & 4)oscillating or stroberotating, flashing,TMA and high intensityShadow Vehicle with 48" X 24"G20-230" X 12"CW16-3aP24" X 24"30" X 12"CW16-3aPCW20-5TR48" X 48" 30" X 12"CW16-3aPShoulder
Shoulder
XX
48" X 48"CW1-4R(See notes 3 & 4)or strobe lights.oscillating flashing, intensity rotating, TMA and highShadow Vehicle withCW13-1PCW1-6aTCW1-6aT36" X 36"24" X 24"CW13-1PMarkingsPavementMarkingsPavementTCP (2-5a)GENERAL NOTESTERM STATIONARYINTERMEDIATE STATIONARYLONG TERMSTATIONARYSHORT TERMTYPICAL USAGEMOBILEDURATION SHORT TCP (2-5b)L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)Taper lengths have been rounded off.Conventional Roads Only***2***75750'720'825'900'75'900'540'90'120'155'195'240'295'350'410'475' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'120'160'240'320'400'500'700'600'800'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeed"B"Buffer SpaceLongitudinalSuggestedTangentOn aTaperOn a12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10'Taper LengthsDesirable Minimum DevicesChannelizing Spacing of Suggested MaximumFormulaL=WSSpacingSign Minimum Distance"X" 7. Conflicting pavement markings shall be removed for long-term projects. taper. arrow board placed in the closed lane near the end of the merging centerline to protect the work space from opposing traffic, with the signs shall be used and channelizing devices shall be placed on the 6. If this TCP is used for a left lane closure, CW20-5TL "LEFT LANE CLOSED" approximately per lane, with channelizing devices spaced at 20 feet.5. The downstream taper is optional. When used, it should be 100 feet shown in order to protect a wider work space. closed lane, on the shoulder or off the paved surface, next to those4. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned in each channelizing devices may be substitutued for the Shadow Vehicle and TMA. require the traffic control to remain in place, Type 3 Barricades or other If workers are no longer present but road or work conditions without adversely affecting the performance or quality of the work. positioned 30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew eposure3. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be used anytime it can be the plans, or for routine maintenance work, when approved by the Engineer. denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere in2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.MULTILANE CONVENTIONAL RDS.LONG TERM LANE CLOSURESTRAFFIC CONTROL PLANDecember 19852-128-951-974-983-03165TCP(2-5)-182-18 tcp2-5-18.dgnFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\884\151064_1\tcp2-5-18.dgn10/29/2025 10:34:42 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:21
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTApril 1992 FILE:DATE:SHEET 1 OF 21142-984-9810-993-0310' min.10' min.Type 3 BarricadeHeavy Work VehicleChannelizing Devices FlagLEGENDFlagger SignMessage Sign (PCMS)Portable ChangeableFlashing Arrow Board Trailer Mounted MTraffic FlowAttenuator (TMA)Truck Mounted L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)Taper lengths have been rounded off.Conventional Roads Only***2***75750'720'825'900'75'900'540'90'120'155'195'240'295'350'410'475' 60' 70' 80' 90'100'110'120'130'140'150'120'160'240'320'400'500'700'600'800'30'35'40'45'50'55'60'65'70'150'205'265'450'500'550'600'165'225'295'495'550'605'660'180'320'600'660'650'715'780'245'540'700'770'840'30354045505560657060WSL=PostedSpeed"B"Buffer SpaceLongitudinalSuggestedTangentOn aTaperOn a12'OffsetOffset11'Offset10'Taper LengthsDesirable Minimum DevicesChannelizing Spacing of Suggested MaximumFormulaL=WSSpacingSign Minimum Distance"X"X X X
X X X
X X X XXXXL
L
LSee Note 8NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE LEFT LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE RIGHT LANE CLOSUREOPERATIONS IN THE INTERSECTION SHORT DURATION SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARYMin.30'48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20-5TL48" x 48"CW20-5TL48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-1
48" x 48"CW20-5TR48" x 48"CW20-5TR48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20-5TR 48" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 30"R4-748" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 30"R4-724" x 30"R4-748" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-1 Typical24" x 30"R4-7 TypicalX½L X½L 48" x 48"CW20SG-1GENERAL NOTES 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 Note 7SeeB XXXX
X48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 WORK ABOVE OPEN LANES OF TRAFFIC.WORKERS IN BUCKET TRUCKS SHALL NOTTYPICAL DETAILSTRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK opposing traffic. channelizing devices on the centerline to protect the work space from a left lane closure by using a LEFT LANE CLOSED (CW20-5TL) and adding9. Signs and devices for the NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE may be altered for the closed lane if space is not available at the beginning of the taper. option, the arrow board may be placed at the end of the taper in work if the work vehicle has an arrow board in operation. As an8. The arrow board at this location may be omitted for Short Duration safety of the setup. (less than 1 hour) any buffer space provided will enhance the table should be used if field conditions permit. For Short Duration 7. For Short-Term Stationary work the buffer space "B" from the above signs may be implemented when approved by the engineer. If existing signals do not have power, All-Way Stop (R1-1 and R1-3P) may be placed in flashing red mode when approved by the engineer. 6. When work operations are performed on existing signals, the signals the vehicle.5. High level warning devices (flag trees) may be used at corners of high intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating or strobe type lights.4. Vehicles parked in roadway shall be equipped with at least two to field conditions.3. Flaggers and Flagger Symbol (CW20-7) signs may be required according and delineated at all times.2. Obstructions or hazards at the work area shall be clearly marked the device must be left unattended at night. cones, drums, vertical panels or barricades will be required when1. The minimum size channelizing device is the 28" cone. 42" Two-piece wzbts-13.dgn WZ(BTS-1)-137-13StandardDivisionOperationsTrafficDENTON 22
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:SHEET 2 OF 21152-984-9810-993-03April 1992XXXFILE: REFLECTIVE SHEETINGXWORK AREATYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNAL PROJECT SIGNING48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 24"G20-5T36" x 24"G20-5aP36" x 36"R20-5T36" x 18"R20-5aTP48" x 42"R20-3T48" x 42"R20-3T48" x 24"G20-5T48" x 30"G20-6T48" x 48"CW20SG-148" x 48"CW20SG-136" x 18"G20-248" x 30"G20-6T10' Min.SIDEWALK DIVERSIONSIDEWALK DETOURCROSSWALK CLOSURES 4' Min.(See Note 7 below)See Note 4 belowTemporary Traffic Barrier24" x 12"R9-924" x 12"R9-11aR24" x 12"R9-11aL48" x 48"CW20SG-1See Note 636" x 36"CW11-224" x 12"CW16-9P24" x 12"R9-10DBL48" x 48"CW20SG-124" x 12"R9-11L24" x 12"R9-11aR24" x 12"R9-9See Note 636" x 36"CW11-224" x 12"CW16-7PL48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 48" x 48"CW20SG-1 36" x 24"G20-5aP36" x 36"R20-5T36" x 18"R20-5aTP36" x 18"G20-2MINOR STREETMAJOR STREETFOR LONG TERM and INTERMEDIATE-TERM STATIONARY WORK OPERATIONSNOTESGENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS 9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.3. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than shown on Figure 6F-2 of the TMUTCD. 2. Sign height of Short-term/Short Duration warning signs shall be as shown on Figure 6F-1 of the TMUTCD.1. Sign height of Long-term/Intermediate-term warning signs shall be as DURATION OF WORKSIGN MOUNTING HEIGHTREMOVING OR COVERING the requirements of the DMS and color usage table shown on this sheet.1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting will not be allowed.10. Damaged wood posts shall be replaced. Splicing wood posts for identification shall be 1". substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used 9. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign directed by the Engineer. damaged or marred reflective sheeting shall be replaced as 8. Temporary signs that have damaged or cracked substrates and/or installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations. the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD), 7. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports and substrates listed in in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).6. The Contractor shall furnish the sign design shown in the plans or directed by the Engineer. 5. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as 4. Nails shall NOT be used to attach signs to any support.3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white. condition.1. Signs shall be installed and maintained in a straight and plumb SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS level sign supports placed on slopes.8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to sign support. shall be placed along the length of the skids to weigh down the level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fastners. Sandbags of the traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground 7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports list. manufactured with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD for ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and 6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used vehicular impact. Rubber, such as tire inner tubes, shall not be used.5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon 4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs. permitted for use as sign support weights.3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will not be to maintain a constant weight.2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and filled with dry, cohesionless material.1. Weights used to keep signs from turning over should be sandbags DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSWHITECOLORUSAGESHEETING MATERIALORANGEBLACKBACKGROUNDBACKGROUNDSIGN FACE MATERIALSFLFLFLEXIBLE ROLL-UP REFLECTIVE SIGNSDMS-8300DMS-8310LEGEND & BORDERSSignChannelizing DevicesLEGEND Only pre-qualified products shall be used. A copy of the"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) http://www.txdot.gov/txdot_library/publications/construction.htm Type 3 BarricadeWork AreaWork AreaWork Areadescribes pre-qualified products and their sources and may be found at the following web address: XX warning sign spacing.5. See the Table on sheet 1 of 2 for Typical directions.4. Warning sign spacing shown is typical for both under way, as directed by the Engineer. construction operations are no longer 3. Advance signs shall be removed when signal locations will be as directed by the Engineer. intersections at the project limits. Actual intersection, but only in advance of the may not be required in advance of each 2. For closely adjoining projects, advance signing whenever signal contract work is in progress.1. Project signing as shown shall be in place Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).1. Work zone durations are defined in Part 6, Section 6G.02 of the See Note 8BARRICADES AND SIGNSTRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK7-13WZ(BTS-2)-13 wzbts-13.dgn StandardDivisionOperationsTrafficTYPE A SHEETINGACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE SHEETINGTYPE B OR TYPE C SHEETING2. "CROSSWALK CLOSURES" as detailed above will require the Engineer's approval prior to installation.3. R9 series signs shown may be placed on supports detailed on the BC standards or CWZTCD list, or when fabricated from approved lightweight plastic substrates, they may be mounted on top of a plastic drum at or near the location shown.4. For speeds less than 45 mph longitudinal channelizing devices may be used instead of traffic barriers when approved by the Engineer. Attenuation of blunt ends and installation of water filled devices shall be as per BC(9) and manufacturer's recommendations.5. Location of devices are for general guidance. Actual device spacing and location must be field adjusted to meet actual conditions.7. The width of existing sidewalk should be maintained if practical.6. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the closed sidewalk Barricades shown. Detectable Pedestrian Barricades should be used instead of the Type 3 facility. features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility9. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, appropriate bid items.8. Pavement markings for mid-block crosswalks shall be paid for under the1. Holes, trenches or other hazards shall be adequately protected by covering, delineating or surrounding the hazard with orange plastic pedestrian fencing or longitudinal channelizing devices, or as directed by the Engineer. completion of the work. 4. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes back filled upon sign face. 3. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a be used to cover signs. Burlap, or heavy materials such as plywood or aluminum shall not automobile headlights at night without damaging the sign sheeting. the entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover 2. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such approved by the Engineer. shall be removed or completely covered, unless otherwise1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs DENTON 23
V94+80MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROAD(33 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSTA 90+50BEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 8" W DOT2' MIN
1' MIN
V
VVVVVVVVVV
TH
TH
94+80MATCHLINE STA.
100+60MATCHLINE STA. (328 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RD(10 SY)REMOVE CONC SIDEWALKEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSTA 95+50END REMOVAL EXIST 8" W DOTBEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 8" W SLD1 EAREMOVE WORD 1 EAREMOVE ARROW 1 EAREMOVE ARROW 1 EAREMOVE WORD 26 LFREMOVE 24" W SLD24 LFREMOVE 24" W SLDSTA 99+25END REMOVAL EXIST 8" W SLDSTA 100+50BEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 8" W SLD1' MIN
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\885\151065_7\13448-02_SREM01.dgn10/29/2025 10:40:42 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALLEGEND SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE CONC FLUMEREMOVE CONC SIDEWALKBEGIN - STA 100+602421 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLANREMOVE PIPE TO ROWREMOVE SLOTTED INLET89+0090+0091+0092+0093+0094+0090+00STA 92+85BEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 4" BRK W STRIPE(WESTBOUND)BEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 2-4" SLD Y STRIPE(CENTERLINE)3580 LF TOTAL95+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0095+00100+00
VVV VVVVVVVVVVVV
VVV
V100+60MATCHLINE STA.
106+40MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD(478 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT? ROBSON RANCH RD(5 SY)REMOVE CONC FLUMEEXISTING INLET TO REMAINEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSTA 103+29END REMOVAL EXIST 8" W SLDBEGIN REMOVAL EXIST 8" W DOT 1 EAREMOVE WORD1 EAREMOVE ARROW1 EAREMOVE ARROW1 EAREMOVE WORDVVV VVV
VV
V
VV106+40MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD(39 SY)REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT? ROBSON RANCH RDEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSTA 109+25END REMOVAL EXIST 4" BRK W STRIPE(WESTBOUND)END REMOVAL EXIST 4" SLD Y STRIPE(CENTERLINE)STA 108+30END REMOVAL EXIST 8" W DOTFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\885\151065_8\13448-02_SREM02.dgn10/29/2025 10:39:56 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALLEGEND SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 100, PREPARING ROW.1. REMOVAL OF TREES AND SHRUBS ARENOTES:REMOVE CONC PAVEMENTREMOVE CONC FLUMEREMOVE CONC SIDEWALKSTA 100+60 - END2522 SCALE: 1" = 50' REMOVAL PLAN1' MIN
1' MIN
1' MIN
2' MIN 101+00102+00103+00104+00105+00106+00105+00107+00108+00109+00110+00111+00112+00110+00
10/29/2025VTH
TH748'94+80MATCHLINE STA. SAWCUTROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDBEGIN CONSTRUCTIONBEGIN WIDENINGPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 92+85.0024.72' LTBEGIN SAWCUTMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 92+85.0022.50' LT1100'R1100'RPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 93+98.3930.29' LTPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 94+39.4934.44' LT2' MIN
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 93+35.0022.50' LTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 93+35.0023.50' LTV
VVVVVVVVVV
TH
THTTH WWWT
ETH748'94+80MATCHLINE STA.
100+60MATCHLINE STA. PT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 95+50.0040.00' LT? ROBSON RANCH RDSAWCUTROBSON RANCH ROAD1100'R12345622'18'EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW(1 EA)INSTALL TYPE 7 PED RAMP(1 EA)INSTALL TYPE 7 PED RAMPPROPOSED SLOTTED DRAINDRAIN OUTFALLPROPOSED SLOTTED FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\885\151065_3\13348-02_SPAV01.dgn10/29/2025 10:42:34 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING INFORMATION ON SLOTTED DRAIN.4. SEE DRAINAGE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FOR ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFNOTES:EXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED PAVEMENTMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346BEGIN - STA 100+602621 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLANLT40.50'100+52.76PT6LT73.50'100+19.76PC5LT74.27'100+19.76PI4LT74.27'99+79.67PI3LT73.50'99+79.67PT2LT40.50'99+46.67PC1LT/RTOFFSETSTATIONDESCRIPTIONPOINT #UTILITIESUNDERGROUNDWARNING33'R33'R 40'89+0090+0091+0092+0093+0094+0090+00S89°51'40.5"E95+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0095+00100+00
10/29/2025VVV VVVVVVVVVVVV
VVV
VTHE748'749'
7
5
0'750'751'
752'
753'
100+60MATCHLINE STA.
106+40MATCHLINE STA. PC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 104+87.1952.00' LT? ROBSON RANCH RDSAWCUTROBSON RANCH ROADPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 105+10.3950.20' LTPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 105+63.9941.80' LTPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 105+87.1940.00' LT150'R
150'
R4'R87101113EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW100'
R
19'GRADE TO EXISTING INLETPROPOSE FLUME912VVV VVV
VV
V
VVTHWWTTTH754'106+40MATCHLINE STA. END CONSTRUCTIONEND WIDENINGPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 109+25.0024.61' LTSAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RDROBSON RANCH ROADPT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 107+55.2433.99' LTPC? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 107+95.1530.43' LT1524'R
1475'R
END WIDENINGMATCH EXISTING? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 109+25.0022.50' LT2' MINEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 108+75.0022.50' LTPI SAWCUT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 108+75.0023.50' LTFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\885\151065_4\13348-02_SPAV02.dgn10/29/2025 10:42:17 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPROPOSED TRAFFIC LANELEGENDEXISTING ROW TO CONSTRUCTION. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH, AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSBILITY UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS5. LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING INFORMATION ON SLOTTED DRAIN.4. SEE DRAINAGE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FOR ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA3. SEE PROJECT LAYOUT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION SHEETS FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER UNLESS1. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO BACK OFNOTES:EXISTING TRAFFIC LANEPROPOSED PAVEMENTMAJOR CONTOURMINOR CONTOURPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346STA 100+60 - END2722 SCALE: 1" = 50' PAVING PLANLT52.00'103+93.59PT13LT68.82'103+39.44BEGIN CURB12LT79.67'103+25.26(MATCH EXISTING)PC END CURB 11LT65.20'103+11.54(MATCH EXISTING)PI END CURB 10LT52.82103+24.61BEGIN CURB9LT46.90'103+31.57PT8LT40.00'103+28.82PC7LT/RTOFFSETSTATIONDESCRIPTIONPOINT #UTILITIESUNDERGROUNDWARNINGS89°51'40.5"E101+00102+00103+00104+00105+00106+00105+00107+00108+00109+00110+00111+00112+00110+00
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO. CONTStandardDivisionDesignC TxDOT:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DATE:FILE:2"6"3"½TT3"24"2"6"2"RT3"½3"24"2"6"6"R
2"6"2"RT8"½TT½T3"8"6"R 2"6"2" to 4"8"2"6"2"R8"½T2 ½"2 ½"3 ½"½"2" to 4"2" to 4"TBar C3"2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB (MONOLITHIC)2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB AND GUTTER5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB AND GUTTER5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE II CURB (MONOLITHIC)(See Note 12)JointConstructionPermissible 2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE I CURB(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line plans,or as directed by the Engineer.shall be shown elsewhere in the longer or shorter transition, and Field conditions may require a CURB TRANSITION NOTE:BAR CBAR BVaries12"CURB TRANSITIONTTop of CurbTop of PavementHeightChange in(See Curb Transition Note)10'-0" Curb Transition (0" to 2"),Note: To be paid for as Highest Curb3"2"3"2"3"½TT6"T½TBar C7"1"2"8"3"R3"R8"6"7"2"1"3"R3"R24"5" or 5 ¾"5" or 5 ¾"(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IIa CURB5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IIa CURB AND GUTTER2"6"2" to 4"8"2"2"R8"5" or 5 ¾"(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line (See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 6"R6"5"5"1"1"2" - 4" HEIGHTTYPE III CURB (KEYED)5" - 5 ¾" HEIGHTTYPE IV CURB (KEYED)2"3"3"2 ½"2 ½"EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL½TJoint Material½" Wide ExpansionT10"14"1½"to wrap bars and plug endUse 2 layers of roofing feltTop of PavementSmooth Dowels2 ea ~ ?"x 24"Top of CurbBar CGENERAL NOTESJointConstructionPermissible JointConstructionPermissible JointConstructionPermissible SteelUsual Pavementcccg21.dgn TXDOTANKMAsphaltAsphaltSteelUsual Pavement(See Note 10)Profile Grade Line 6"R
For Curb Height= 5 ¾"For Curb Height= 5"For Curb Height= 5"For Curb Height= 5 ¾"ANDCONCRETE CURBCURB AND GUTTERT½T See Note 13See Note 13See Note 6 and 13See Note 13See Note 13CCCG-22See Note 13 support curb reinforcing steel during concrete placement.13. Bar B placement as needed (typically at four ft. C-C) to conform to that required for concrete curb. plans. Reinforcing steel for curb section shall then accordance with pavement details shown elsewhere in the the longitudinal pavement steel shall be placed in 12. When horizontal permissible construction joints are used, or riprap. where curb or curb and gutter is adjacent to sidewalk 11. One-half inch expansion joint material shall be provided and plan-profile sheets for exact locations.10. Usual profile grade line. Refer to typical sections pavement dimension 'T' is 8" maximum. pavement. When curb is installed adjacent to flexible 9. Dimension 'T' shown is the thickness of concrete reinforcing bars shall be placed at four feet C~C.8. Vertical and horizontal dowel bars and transverse at locations directed by The Engineer. provided at structures, curb returns at streets, and to concrete pavement, expansion joints shall be placement of curb or curb and gutter is not adjacent gutter adjacent to jointed concrete pavement. Where to match pavement joints in all curbs and curb and 7. Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed or may be inserted into fresh concrete. pavement, Bar B may be drilled and grouted in place, 6. Where concrete curb is to be placed on existing concrete sawed or removed at existing joints.5. All existing curbs and driveways to be removed shall be minimum radius of ¼ inch.4. Round exposed sharp edges with a rounding tool, to a "Fibers for Class A and B Concrete Applications." dose fibers in accordance with Material Producers List (MPL) the requirements of DMS 4550, "Fibers for Concrete," and lieu of reinforcing steel is acceptable. Use fibers meeting otherwise shown. The use of fiber reinforced concrete in 3. When reinforcing bars are used, they shall be No.4 unless 2. Concrete shall be Class A. Curb and Gutter." with Item 529, "Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Combined1. All materials and construction shall be in accordanceJUNE 2022CSDENTON 28
FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTCESCONTINUOUSLY REINFORCEDCRCP(1)-24StandardDivisionDesigncrcp124.dgnREVISIONSCONCRETE PAVEMENTT - 7 to 13 INCHESONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENTSHEET 1 OF 2LONGITUDINALAND BAR SIZESLAB THICKNESS (IN.)TSIZEBARc#68.53 TO 4#63 TO 4#56.03 TO 4#53 TO 4TABLE NO.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL STEEL BARSOR JOINTAT EDGESPACINGFIRST7.07.58.08.5#63 TO 4#63 TO 49.09.56.59.08.07.5#63 TO 4#66.253 TO 4#63 TO 4#63 TO 4#63 TO 410.010.511.011.512.07.06.756.56.0#63 TO 4#63 TO 412.513.05.755.5ZYYZTRAVEL LANEOR SHOULDERTRAVEL LANETRAVEL LANETRAVEL LANEOR SHOULDERPAVEMENT ORSHOULDER EDGEPAVEMENT ORTRANSVERSELONGITUDINALccccSHOULDER EDGEXXSTEELSTEEL TIE BARSSINGLE PIECESEE SECTION Y-YTIE BARSOF PAVEMENTFROM BOTTOM VERTICAL POSITIONLONG. STEEL 8.0 - 13.0STEELTRANSVERSETABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS(SECTION Y-Y)CONSTRUCTION JOINTAT LONGITUDINALTIE BARS(SECTION Z-Z)CONTRACTION JOINTAT LONGITUDINALTIE BARS#5 48 48(IN.)SPACING(IN.)THICKNESSSLAB(IN.)SPACING(IN.)SPACING 48 4824247.0 - 7.5c(IN.)SPACINGTRANSVERSE BARST1TLONGITUDINAL BARSNO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT. MATERIALJOINT SEALINGccccLONGITUDINAL BARSTRANSVERSE BARSTRANSVERSE BARS IN SAME PLANE AS TIE BARS MAY BE TIE BAR PROJECTIONSEE NOTE 7 FOR 50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAROR MULTIPLE-PIECETIE BARS,SINGLEMATERIALJOINT SEALINGSAW CUTccccTRANSVERSE BARS50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAR21" FOR #5 BAR25" FOR #6 BARSHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS.SINGLE PIECE TIE BARSMATERIALJOINT SEALING2/2/ccLONGITUDINALCONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINALCONSTRUCTION JOINT3TBARSLONGITUDINAL LONGITUDINALc/2c/2TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUTPLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)LONGITUDINALTRANSVERSECONSTRUCTIONJOINT48"
24"48"
24"24"
48"MIN.CLEAR 2"CONTRACTION JOINTCONSTRUCTION JOINTTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:GENERAL NOTESC TxDOT:aaaaaa6.03.53.753.753.754.04.254.755.04.55.56.06.57.07.58.0(IN.)T1(IN.)SPACINGLONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINTSECTION Z - ZTRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTSECTION X - XLONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTSECTION Y - YT1TT1T OR COMBINATION OF EACH SIZECONTRACTOR MAY USE #6 REINFORCING STEEL INSTEAD OF #5 REINFORCING STEEL *SIZEBARSIZEBARSIZEBAR#5#5#5 1. DETAILS FOR PAVEMENT WIDTH, PAVEMENT THICKNESS AND THE CROWN CROSS-SLOPE SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. FOR PAVEMENTS 2. USE COARSE AGGREGATES WITH A RATED COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL EXPANSION (CoTE) OF NOT MORE THAN 5.5 X 10 IN/IN/ °F AS LISTED IN THE CONCRETE RATED SOURCE QUALITY CATALOG (CRSQC). 3. ALL THE REINFORCING STEEL AND TIE BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 (GRADE 60) OR ASTM A 996 (GRADE 60) OR ABOVE. STEEL BAR SIZES AND SPACINGS SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1 AND TABLE NO.2. 4. STEEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1 IN. HORIZONTALLY AND +/- 0.5 IN. VERTICALLY. CALCULATED AVERAGE BAR SPACING (CONCRETE PLACEMENT WIDTH / NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL BARS) SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1. 5. ADJUST REINFORCING STEEL VERTICALLY USING SHIMS OR OTHER METHODS,AS APPROVED, TO MEET VERTICAL TOLERANCES PRIOR TO CONCRETEPLACEMENT. 6. PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 15 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS. 7. THE MINIMUM PROJECTION OF TIE BARS INTO THE ADJACENT PLACEMENTIS 22.5 IN. for #6 BARS AND 18.5 IN. FOR #5 BARS. 8. SEE STANDARD SHEET "CONCRETE CURB AND CURB AND GUTTER," FOR DETAILS WHEN TYING CONCRETE CURB OR CURB GUTTER AT A LONGITUDINAL JOINT. 9. REPLACE MISSING OR DAMAGED TIE BARS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION BY DRILLING MIN.10 IN. DEEP AND GROUTING TIE BARS WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY. MEET THE PULL-OUT TEST REQUIREMENTS IN ITEM 361.10. OMIT TIE BARS LOCATED WITHIN 18-IN. OF THE TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (SECTION X-X). USE HAND-OPERATED IMMERSION VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL FORMED JOINTS.11. THE DETAIL FOR THE JOINT SEALANT AND RESERVOIR IS SHOWN ON STANDARD SHEET "CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS." #6#6WIDER THAN 100 FT. WITHOUT A FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT, ADDITIONAL DETAIL MAY BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.-6Sept 2024KMCES A MINIMUM OF 25-IN.12. LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING STEEL SPLICES SHALL BE****ANDENTON 29
FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTTxDOTCONTINUOUSLY REINFORCEDCRCP(1)-24StandardDivisionDesigncrcp124.dgnREVISIONSCONCRETE PAVEMENTT - 7 to 13 INCHESONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENTEXPOSED EXISTING STEEL BARSJACK HAMMERS AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.CONCRETE WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY LIGHTWEIGHTIN THIS AREA, THE BREAKING OF THE EXISTINGOPTION B: BREAKBACK AND LAPPARTIAL DEPTH SAWCUTNEW LONGITUDINAL STEEL BARSEXISTING CRCPNEW CRCP TT1NEW CRCP TO EXISTING CRCPTRANSVERSE TIE JOINT DETAILMIN.36"EDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENTOR LONGITUDINAL JOINT EXISTING CRCPMIN.10"NEW CRCPMIN.30"TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTPLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)OPTION A: DRILL AND EPOXYCENTERLINE FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT DETAILCONCRETEPAVEMENTVARIESSIDE OF THE JOINT.BARRIER SHALL BE ON THE SAMEPIECE OF CONCRETE TRAFFICALL TIE BARS IN ANY CONTINUOUSSHEETS FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS.SEE CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD FREE SIDE OF JOINT.MAY BE USED ON THE CONFORMING TO DMS-6310ASPHALT BOARDS ROOFING FELT OR 1/2"TWO LAYERS OF 30 LBBARRIERCONCRETE TRAFFICCAST-IN-PLACETO DMS-6310.BOARD CONFORMING 1/2" MIN. ASPHALTLONGITUDINAL WIDENING JOINT DETAILCONCRETE CURB TO BEREMOVED (IF APPLICABLE)MINEXISTING PAVEMENT EDGE PROPOSED PAVEMENTSEALING MATERIALJOINT10"SEE NOTE 7TIE BARS TPYE III,CLASS C EPOXY DRILL & GROUT WITH PAVEMENTS, USE #5 TIE BARS FOR LESS THAN 8" THICK PAVEMENTS.2.SPACE TIE BARS AT 24" SPACING. USE #6 TIE BARS FOR 8" AND THICKER ON EPOXY-GROUTED TIE BARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITEM 360.1.BEFORE CONCRETE PLACEMENT, PERFORM PULL-OUT TESTST(SEE NOTE 11)1½" EXPANSION JOINTTRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT DETAILAT BRIDGE APPROACHPAVEMENTCONCRETE T THMAC(UNDERLAYMENT) SLABBRIDGE APPROACHROOFING FELT2 LAYERS OF 30 LB2"OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS LOCATION OF THE JOINT WILL BE (JOINT WITHOUT TIE BARS)FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT OR LONGITUDINAL JOINTEDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENT12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTH12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTHCONFIGURATION MEETING THIS REQUIREMENT WILL BE ALLOWED.AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT. ANY OTHER LAPLONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTHSTAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3 OF THEEXAMPLES OF LAP CONFIGURATIONPLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)SPLICESREINFORCING STEELLONGITUDINALITEM 361.REQUIREMENTS OF PULL-OUT TEST SPECIFIED INEPOXY-GROUTED LONGITUDINAL BARS MEETS THEDEMONSTRATE THAT THE BOND STRENGTH OF THEDRILL AND GROUT WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY.SHEET 2 OF 2DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.C TxDOT:WITHIN 60 FT. AS NEEDED.T/2 TO T1 POSTITION TRANSITION STEEL BARS FROMT/2Sept 2024KMCEST/2ANDENTON 30
DN:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTFILE:DATE:TxDOTStandardDivisionDesignHCDN:CK:ANDECEMBER 2014js14.dgnC TxDOT:HCCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINT/T -¼"?"3 ¼"¼"TO½"COMPOUNDSEALINGJOINT-¼"?"¼"¼"TO½"JOINT SEALINGCOMPOUNDCONSTRUCTION JOINT?"- ¼"LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE?"?" CONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL SAWEDFORMEDISOLATION JOINTBACKER ROD½"¼"?"- ½"1½"OR EQUIVALENT.MATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTT
1 ½"?"¼"--
3"RODBACKER1¾""EXPANSION JOINT TRANSVERSE FORMEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTOR EQUIVALENT.MATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDCONTRACTION JOINT/T 3
½" MIN.1
?"?"¼"-¼TO"½"RODBACKER?"- ¼"TRANSVERSE SAWEDCOMPOUNDSEALINGJOINTMETHOD B: JOINT SEALING COMPOUNDGENERAL NOTES1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, EITHER METHOD "A" OR METHOD "B" MAY BE USED.2. THE LOCATION OF JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLAN OR APPROVED. USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 AT NEW JOINTS. USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 4,5,7,OR 8 FOR MAINTAINING EXISTING JOINTS.ITEM 713 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS AND CRACKS (CONCRETE PAVEMENT)".GUTTER, OLD AND NEW PAVEMENTS, OR AROUND DRAINAGE INLETS, MANHOLES, FOOTINGS AND LIGHTING4. DIMENSIONS d1, d2, AND d3 SHOWN IN METHOD A SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PREFORMED3. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT OR PCS SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANSFOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND THE SAWED JOINTS.5. REFER TO DMS-6310 "JOINT SEALANTS AND FILLERS" FOR THE CLASSIFICATIONS. 6. FOR SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT, LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT, USE JOINT 7. FOR TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACTION, TRANSVERSE FORMED EXPANSION JOINT, AND ISOLATION JOINT8. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ITEM 438 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS" ORSTRUCTURES./TCONSTRUCTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL3 d1T ¼"¼"d1d2d2 d3d3?"- ¼"PCSPCSCONTRACTION JOINTTRANSVERSE SAWED/T 3 ?"d3d1d2?"- ¼"PCS(PCS)(DMS-6310 CLASS 6)METHOD A: PREFORMED COMPRESSION SEALS T
d3d1d2 1 ½"-1 ?"EQUIVALENTMATERIAL BOARDS BITUMINOUS FIBER PREFORMEDTRANSVERSE FORMEDPCSEXPANSION JOINT CONTRACTION JOINTLONGITUDINAL SAWED CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS JOINT SEALSJS-14 COMPRESSION SEAL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.AND A STRUCTURE. ISOLATION JOINTS MAY BE USED FOR BRIDGE ABUTMENTS, INTERSECTIONS, CURB AND9. ISOLATION JOINTS ACCOMMODATE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOVEMENTS THAT OCCUR BETWEEN A PAVEMENTTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DENTON 31
SPACE TURNING MAX.8.3%MAX.MAX.RAMP 8.3%RAMP 8.3% TURNING SPACE SIDEWALK5' MAX.SPACE TURNING 8.3% MAX.5' MIN.5' MIN.5' MIN.5' MIN.MAX.8.3%8.3%2%TYPE 55'MIN.8.3% MAX.SIDEWALKEQUAL RAMPSLOPE
SPACE TURNING WITH CROSSWALK. ALIGN CURB PARALLEL GUTTER LINEFLAREFLARE
MAX.8.3%MAX.8.3%MAX.2%4' MIN.5'PREFERRED6'DESIRABLE5'MIN.FLARETYPE 7OF CURBPROJECTED BACKPUSH BUTTON (TYP)OF PEDESTRIAN PREFERRED LOCATION 5'MI
N.2'MI
N.TYPE 2TYPE 3(SIDEWALK SET BACK FROM CURB)TYPE 21TYPE 22 ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.NOTE: CURB DETAILS ARE SHOWN PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP6'DESIRABLE5'MIN.8.3%Max.8.3%Max.6'DESIRABLE5'MIN.SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 2 OF 4 FOR MORE INFORMATION.GUTTER LINEBREAK LINEBOTTOM GRADE GUTTER LINESLOPE
EQUAL RAMP
SIDEWALKSPACE TURNING 8.3% MAX.GUTTER LINE> 5'
SLOPE
EQUAL RAMP5'MIN.SIDEWALK WIDTHRAMP WIDTH =6'PREFERRED,5'MIN.SIDEWALK WIDTHRAMP WIDTH = 4' MIN.5' PREFERRED8.3%5' MIN.5' MIN.MAX.RAMPTYPE 62% MAX.PUSH BUTTON (TYP)OF PEDESTRIAN PREFERRED LOCATION FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 1 OF 4JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTPED-18CURB RAMPSPEDESTRIAN FACILITIESGUTTER LINEGRADE BREAKOF PAYMENTRAMP LIMITS NOTES / LEGEND:CIRCULATION PATH.NOT PART OF PEDESTRIANNON-WALKING SURFACEDENOTES PLANTING OR DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACEIF APPLICABLE.OF PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON DENOTES PREFERRED LOCATION CURB RAMP AT CONNECTION TO ROADWAYTYPICAL SECTION OF PERPENDICULAR WARNING SURFACES.THAN 6' WIDE, ELIMINATE DETECTABLE SURFACE BETWEEN. IF MEDIAN IS LESSWITH A MINIMUM 2' USUAL SIDEWALK AT EACH END OF THE CUT-THROUGH RAMP INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE COMBINATION ISLAND RAMPS8.3% MAX.RAMPFLARE5' MIN. 8.3% MAX.RAMP 8.3% MAX.RAMP FLAREFLAREFLARECURB RAMPS AT MEDIAN ISLANDSTYPE 20TYPE 1SPACE OR TRANSITION TO STREET.ON ANY PORTION OF RAMP, TURNING CROSS SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 2% DIRECTIONAL RAMPS WITHIN RADIUSTYPE 10(SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB)5'MIN.SIDEWALK WIDTHRAMP WIDTH =RAMP SLOPE SHALL BE FLUSH.SURFACE SLOPES AT GRADE BREAKS WILL NORMALLY BE AT GUTTER LINE. BOTTOM GRADE BREAK OF CURB RAMP COMBINATION CURB RAMPS BREAK LINEBOTTOM GRADE 2% MAX. (TYP)GRADE BREAK8.3% MAX.EQUAL RAMPSLOPE
SPACE TURNING GUTTER LINEBREAK LINEBOTTOM GRADE SIDEWALKTYPE 10 FOR REFUGE6' MIN.5' MIN. TYPE 7 > 5' > 5' MAX4' MIN.5' PREFERRED 8.3%8.3%Max.8.3%Max.BREAK LINEBOTTOM GRADE BEYONDCONTINUOUS CURB > 5'
5' MAX.SURFACE OR PROTECT DROP OFF (TYP)PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING 5'MI
N.5'MI
N.SPACE OR TRANSITION TO STREET.ON ANY PORTION OF RAMP, TURNING CROSS SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 2% 8.3%MAX.PARALLEL CURB RAMPCOUNTER SLOPE 5% MAX.MAX.2
%MA
X.RAMPRAMPRAMPRAMPRAMPRAMPRAMP VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
BLENDED TRANSITION(FLUSH LANDING)2%Max.2%MAXFLAREMAX.2%PATHCIRCULATIONPEDESTRIAN VARIESStandardDivisionDesignFILE:C TxDOT:ped18MARCH,2002DN:TxDOTDW:VPCK:KMCK:PK&JGSPACETURNI
NG SPACETURNI
NGPEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON.FOR CLEAR SPACE AT EXTRA WIDTH MAY BE REQUIREDTURNING SPACE5'X 5'(MIN.)SPACETURNINGTURNING SPACE5'MIN.6'PREFERRED,5'MIN.SIDEWALK WIDTHRAMP WIDTH =PUSH BUTTONWITHOUT PEDESTRIANPUSH BUTTONWITH PEDESTRIANPUSH BUTTONWITH PEDESTRIANREVISED
08
,2005REVISED
06
,2012REVISED
01
,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAG
E
R
0
1
-
2
0
1
8
DENTON 32 2% Max.2% MAX.2% Max.2% Max.
FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 2 OF 4JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTPED-18CURB RAMPSPEDESTRIAN FACILITIESCURBBACK OF2' MIN.5' MAX. (TYP)SIDE CURB DIRECTIONPEDESTRIAN TRAVEL SPACE TURNING SURFACEDETECTABLE WARNING WARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN.TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLEDIRECTIONAL CURB RAMPCURBBACK OFPERPENDICULAR CURB RAMPWARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN.TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE(TYP)SIDE FLARE 2'(MIN.)SURFACEDETECTABLE WARNING DIRECTIONPEDESTRIAN TRAVEL SPACE TURNING CURBBACK OFRAMPRAMP SPACE TURNING DIRECTIONPEDESTRIAN TRAVEL SURFACE ON LANDING AT STREET EDGE.TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE WARNINGPARALLEL CURB RAMP2'(Min.)SURFACEDETECTABLE WARNING DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE DETAILS*FROM BACK OF CURB.SHALL BE 5' OR LESS DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE BOTH ENDS OF THE NOTE:StandardDivisionDesignSPECIFICATIONSCONFORM TO APPLICABLE CLASS A CONCRETE - SHALL WARNING PANELPREFABRICATED DETECTABLE WITH TRUNCATED DOMESDETECTABLE WARNING PAVER (TYP)SIDE FLARE BOTH WAYS OR AS DIRECTEDNO.3 REBAR AT 18" (MAX) ON-CENTER OF DETECTABLE WARNING(MIN.) 5" DEPTH EXCLUSIVE CURB RAMP AT DETECTIBLE WARNINGS SECTION VIEW DETAILDETECTABLE WARNING PAVERS (IF USED)DETECTABLE WARNING MATERIALCURB RAMPSGENERAL NOTESSIDEWALKSRAMPRAMP34. Sidewalk details are shown elsewhere in the plans. in accordance with Item, "Sidewalks". "Intersections, Driveways and Turnouts". Sidewalks shall be constructed and paid for33. Driveways and turnouts shall be constructed and paid for in accordance with Item pedestrian routes.32. Handrail extensions shall not protrude into the usable landing area or into intersecting shall comply with PROWAG R409. needed to protect pedestrians from potentially hazardous conditions. If provided, handrails provided, handrails may be desirable to improve accessibility. Handrails may also be the parallel roadway. Where a continuous grade greater than five percent (5%) must be of sidewalks and crosswalks within the public right of way may follow the grade of31. The least possible grade should be used to maximize accessibility. The running slope30. Changes in level greater than 1/4 inch are not permitted. 29. Street grades and cross slopes shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans. or clear ground space. drainage facilities and other items so as not to obstruct the pedestrian access route28. Place traffic signal or illumination poles, ground boxes, controller boxes, signs, PROWAG section R406.Operable parts shall be placed within unobstructed reach range specified in Provide clear ground space at operable parts, including pedestrian push buttons.27. (25%) of a full unit. Cut detectable warning paver units using a power saw.26. Lay full-size units first followed by closure units consisting of at least 25 percent Lay in a two by two unit basket weave pattern or as directed.25. Furnish detectable warning paver units meeting all requirements of ASTM C-936, C-33. warning surface for each curb ramp type.24. Shaded areas on Sheet 1 of 4 indicate the approximate location for the detectable back of curb. Detectable warning surfaces may be curved along the corner radius. is at the back of curb and neither end of that edge is greater than 5 feet from the23. Detectable warning surfaces shall be located so that the edge nearest the curb line pedestrian access route enters the street. of pedestrian travel, and extend the full width of the curb ramp or landing where the 22. Detectable warning surfaces shall be a minimum of 24 inches in depth in the direction21. Detectable warning surfaces must be firm, stable and slip resistant. with manufacturer's specifications. DMS 4350 and be listed on the Material Producer List. Install products in accordance20. Detectable Warning Materials must meet TxDOT Departmental Materials Specificationadjacent to uncolored concrete, unless specified elsewhere in the plans. cast-in-place dark brown or dark red detectable warning surface material adjoining surfaces, including side flares. Furnish and install an approved truncated domes complying with PROWAG. The surface must contrast visually with Curb ramps must contain a detectable warning surface that consists of raised19.VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:C TxDOT:ped18MARCH,2002DN:TxDOTDW:VPCK:KMCK:PK&JGREVISED
08
,2005REVISED
06
,2012REVISED
01
,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAG
E
R
0
1
-
2
0
1
8 * otherwise shown on the plans.18. Existing features that comply with applicalble standards may remain in place unless ramp for payment, whether it is concrete curb, gutter, or combined curb and gutter.17. Curbs shown on sheet 1 within the limits of payment are considered part of the curb16. Provide a smooth transition where the curb ramps connect to the street. unless otherwise directed.15. Furnish and install No. 3 reinforcing steel bars at 18" o.c. both ways, otherwise directed.14. Place concrete at a minimum depth of 5" for ramps, flares and landings, unless "Sidewalks".13. Curb ramps and landings shall be constructed and paid for in accordance with Item 531 crossing. Handrails are not required on curb ramps.12. Provide curb ramps to connect the pedestrian access route at each pedestrian street curb ramps shall align with theoretical crosswalks unless otherwise directed. elsewhere in the plans. At intersections where crosswalk markings are not required,11. Crosswalk dimensions, crosswalk markings and stop bar locations shall be as shown top of curb ramps, shall be cut through level with the surface of the street.10. Small channelization islands, which do not provide a minimum 5'x 5' landing at the passage over or through them. measured from back of curbs. Medians should be designed to provide accessible 9. To serve as a pedestrian refuge area, the median should be a minimum of 6' wide, U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board). Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right of Way (PROWAG) as published by the texture may be found in the latest draft of the Proposed Guidelines for 8. Additional information on curb ramp location, design, light reflective value and or otherwise protected. the ramp, either because the adjacent surface is planted, substantially obstructed, Returned curbs may be used only where pedestrians would not normally walk across Flared sides shall be sloped at 10% maximum, measured parallel to the curb. 7. Provide flared sides where the pedestrian circulation path crosses the curb ramp. within the crosswalk and wholly outside the parallel vehicular travel path. 6. Clear space at the bottom of curb ramps shall be a minimum of 4'x 4' wholly contained 5. Turning Spaces shall be 5'x 5' minimum. Cross slope shall be maximum 2%. 5'x 5' passing areas at intervals not to exceed 200' are required. constraints, sidewalk width may be reduced to 4' for short distances. a 6' sidewalk width is desirable. Where a 5' sidewalk cannot be provided due to site 4. The minimum sidewalk width is 5'. Where the sidewalk is adjacent to the back of curb, 3. Maximum allowable cross slope on sidewalk and curb ramp surfaces is 2%. should be used. Adjust curb ramp length or grade of approach sidewalks as directed. 2. All slopes shown are maximum allowable. Cross slopes of 1.5% and lesser running 1. Install a curb ramp or blended transition at each pedestrian street crossing.DENTON 33
FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 3 OF 4JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTPED-18CURB RAMPSPEDESTRIAN FACILITIES5'-0"BETWEEN OBSTRUCTIONSMIN. DISTANCE(POLE, HYDRANT, ETC.)OBSTRUCTIONCURB2'-0"OBSTRUCTIONMAX. LENGTH OFCABINET, MAILBOX, ETC.)OBSTRUCTION (CONTROLLEROBSTRUCTION4'MIN. AT MIN.5'SIDEWALKOBSTRUCTION4'MIN. AT MIN.5'SIDEWALK REQUIRED AT PUBLIC USE FIXTURES. MINIMUM 4' X 4' CLEAR GROUND SPACENOTE: ITEMS NOT INTENDED FOR PUBLIC USE. RANGECANE DETECTABLEZONEPROTECTEDPROTECTED ZONE53"PROJECTION4" MAX. WALL27"80"PROTECTED ZONECAFEPROJECTION4" MAX. POST OR WALL MOUNTED OBJECTS BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE SURFACE. NOTE: IN PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION AREA, MAXIMUM 4" PROJECTION FOR POST 4' MIN.4' MI
N.SIDEWALK TREATMENT AT DRIVEWAYSMAX.PHONE4" GUIDE CANEPEDESTRIAN WITH27"REQUIRE ADDITIONAL TREATMENT. ARE DETECTABLE BY CANE AND DO NOT PROTRUDING OBJECTS OF A HEIGHT 27" AT THE BOTTOM TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM 4" OVERHANG. AREA, CONSTRUCT ADDITIONAL CURB OR FOUNDATION OF MORE THAN 4" INTO THE PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION 27" FROM THE SURFACE WOULD CREATE A PROTRUSION WHEN AN OBSTRUCTION OF A HEIGHT GREATER THAN 27"MAX.5'Min.SETBACK SIDEWALKVERTICAL CLEARANCE 80"DETECTION BARRIER FOR PLACEMENT OF STREET FIXTURESPLAN VIEWStandardDivisionDesign DRIVEWAY PAYMENTMIN.5'APRON OFFSET SIDEWALKAPRONDRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY PAYMENTSIDES SHALL BE FLARED AT 10% MAX SLOPE.WHERE DRIVEWAYS CROSS THE PEDESTRIAN ROUTE,*VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:C TxDOT:ped18MARCH,2002NON-WALKING SURFACEPLANTING OR OTHERNON-WALKING SURFACEPLANTING OR OTHERAPRONDRIVEWAY2% MAX4'MIN.5'USUAL2% MAX4'MIN.5'USUALDN:TxDOTDW:VPCK:KMCK:PK&JGREVISED
08
,2005REVISED
06
,2012REVISED
01
,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAG
E
R
0
1
-
2
0
1
8 **5'USUALWIDE SIDEWALKAPRONDRIVEWAY4'MIN. DRIVEWAY PAYMENT2%MAX.8.3% MAXAPRONDRIVEWAY MIN.5'MIN.5' DRIVEWAY PAYMENT8.3% MAX2%MAX.4'MIN.5'USUALRAMP SIDEWALK********DETECTABLE WARNING ARE NOT REQUIRED.GRADE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5%. HANDRAIL AND IF CURB HEIGHT IS GREATER THAN 6 INCHES, USE NOTES:TO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONCLEAR SPACE ADJACENTCROSS SLOPEMAXIMUM 2%DENTON 34
FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 4 OF 4JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTPED-18CURB RAMPSPEDESTRIAN FACILITIESW/FREE RIGHT TURN & ISLANDAT INTERSECTIONMIN.5'STOP BARCROSSWALKCROSSWALKSIDEWALKTURNING SPACE 5'X 5'(MIN.)TURNING SPACE SHARED5'X 5'(MIN.)PUSH BUTTON (IF APPLICABLE).DENOTES PREFERRED LOCATION OF PEDESTRIAN NOT PART OF PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PATH.DENOTES PLANTING OR NON-WALKING SURFACESHOWS DOWNWARD SLOPE.LEGEND:RAMP PLACEMENTSPLIT RADIALSIDEWALKCROSSWALKSIDEWALKSKEWED INTERSECTION WITH "LARGE" RADIUSSTOP BAR TURNING SPACE 5'X 5'(MIN.) PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (TYP)PREFERRED LOCATION OF SPACES MANEUVERING4'X 4'(MIN.)SIDEWALKSIDEWALKCROSSWALKSKEWED INTERSECTION WITH "SMALL" RADIUS STOP BAR TURNING SPACE 5'X 5'(MIN.) SPACES MANEUVERING4'X 4'(MIN.)SIDEWALKCROSSWALKSIDEWALK TURNING SPACE 5'X 5'(MIN.)NORMAL INTERSECTION WITH "SMALL" RADIUS STOP BAR FROM CURBSIDEWALK REMOTE 5'MIN.SIDEWALKTO CURBSIDEWALK ADJACENT SIDEWALKTURNING SPACE5'X 5'(MIN.)OBSTRUCTION4'(MIN.) AT PERPENDICULAR RAMPSMID-BLOCK PLACEMENTTO CURBSIDEWALK ADJACENTTO CURBSIDEWALK ADJACENTFROM CURBSIDEWALK REMOTE FROM CURBSIDEWALK REMOTE TO CURBSIDEWALK ADJACENTTO CURBSIDEWALK ADJACENT MANEUVERING SPACES4'X 4'(MIN.)6' PREFERRED.5' MIN.StandardDivisionDesignSEE SHEET 1 OF 4 FOR DETAILS AND DIMENSIONSTYPICAL CROSSING LAYOUTSVINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:C TxDOT:ped18MARCH,2002DN:TxDOTDW:VPCK:KMCK:PK&JGREVISED
08
,2005REVISED
06
,2012REVISED
01
,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAG
E
R
0
1
-
2
0
1
8
DENTON 35
10/29/2025V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VV
VVVV
V VV VV
VV
V
V
VV V VVVV
V
VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV
VVVV
VV
V
VV
TH
TH
101+00.00MATCHLINE STA. DA-30.16DA-20.16DA-10.480.775.6910.000.850.16DA-30.615.6910.000.670.16DA-20.693.5027.670.410.48DA-1(CFS)QDISCHARGE(IN/HR)I INTENSITY5-YEAR EVENT(MIN)USEDTC C (ACRES)AREA SIZEAREA IDDRAINAGE AREA RUNOFF COMPUTATIONSLEGENDALIGNMENTDRAINAGE AREADRAINAGE AREA IDDA-1XX.XDA-292.17PRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\887\151043_17\13488-02_SDAM01.dgn10/29/2025 10:43:50 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com0500250250SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYBEGIN - STA 101+00.003621 SCALE: 1" = 400'MAPDRAINAGE AREA S89°51'40.5"E90+0091+0092+0093+0094+0095+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0090+0095+00100+003000.00
10/29/2025V
VV
V
VV
V
VV
VV
V VVV
V
V
VVVVVV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VV
V
V
VV V
VV
V
VVV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VV
VVV
V VV V VV VVVVVV
VVV
VV
VVVVVVV V VVVV VVV VVV V V VVVVVVVVV
VV
V
V V
VV V
VVVVV
V
V
V
V
V
V VVVV
V VV
VV
V V
VV VV
VVV
VVV
V
V
V
V
VV
V
VV
V
V
V
VV101+00.00MATCHLINE STA. DA-61.96DA-50.16DA-40.253.905.6910.000.351.96DA-60.765.6910.000.830.16DA-50.585.6910.000.410.25DA-4(CFS)QDISCHARGE(IN/HR)I INTENSITY5-YEAR EVENT(MIN)USEDTC C (ACRES)AREA SIZEAREA IDDRAINAGE AREA RUNOFF COMPUTATIONSLEGENDALIGNMENTDRAINAGE AREADRAINAGE AREA IDDA-1XX.XDA-292.17PRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\887\151043_18\13488-02_SDAM02.dgn10/29/2025 10:43:00 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com0500250250SCALE IN FEETHORIZONTAL DENTON COUNTYSTA 101+00.00 - END3722 SCALE: 1" = 400'MAPDRAINAGE AREA
VVVVVVVVVVSLOTTED DRAIN END PLATESTA 100+41.3740.00' LTSLOTTED DRAIN OUTLETSTA 99+59.7140.00' LT90° BENDSTA 99+51.3040.00' LT45° BENDSTA 99+51.3087.71' LTSYSTEM OUTLET INTO PONDSTA 99+15.08123.96' LT? ROBSON RANCH RD80 LFSLOTTED 12" CMPCMP-148 LFPVC (SCH 40)(6IN)PVC-2ROBSON RANCH ROAD51 LFPVC (SCH 40)(6IN)PVC-37 LFPVC (SCH 40)(6IN)PVC-1(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED TRAFFIC SIGNALSHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYTAYLOR S. BAKER144151D
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPTAYLOR S. BAKERSAXET FO ET
A
TS 3811 SCALE: 1" = 20'SLOT DRAINDRAINAGE PLAN S89°51'40.5"E99+00100+00101+00100+00EXIST ROWEXIST ROWINLET HYDRAULIC COMPUTATIONSSystem &Inlet IDInletStdTypeProfileTypeDischargeCapacityBy PassFlowBy PassNode IDSlotLengthCompPndWidthMaxPndWidthCompPndDepthMaxPndDpthLongSlopeCross Slope(cfs)(cfs)(cfs)(ft)(ft)(ft)(ft)(ft)(%)(%)Slotted DrainSlotted DrainSD_12inSlotted DrainIn Sag0.810.810.00N/A80.002.9012.000.030.25N/A2.00
10/29/20250+00 1+00 2+00 740740745745750750755755760760CMP-112" SLOTTED CMP80.00 FT0.35 %0.20 %7.16 FT6" PVC (SCH 40)PVC-1EXIST GROUNDPROP GROUNDHGLSLOTTED DRAIN END PLATETOP = 747.41
SLOTTED DRAIN END PLATE
TOP = 747.12
SYSTEM OUTLET
45° BEND
? 745.91
? 745.21? 745.00SLOTTED DRAIN PROFILESTORM SEWER HYDRAULIC COMPUTATIONSSystemIDStormSewerIDTypeUpstrmNodeDwnstrmNode#ofBrlsActualLengthHydLength'N'ValueSlopeDischCapacityUniformDepthUniformVelocityCritical DepthCriticalVelocityCritSlopeFriction SlopeActual VelocityDownstreamActualVelocityUpstreamActual DepthDownstreamActual DepthUpstreamHGLDownstreamHGLUpstreamUpstreamJunction Loss(ft)(ft)(%)(cfs)(cfs)(ft)(fps)(ft)(fps)(%)(%)(fps)(fps)(ft)(ft)(ft)(ft)(ft)Slotted DrainTrunkCMP-112" CMPSLOTTED DRAIN END PLATESLOTTED DRAIN OUTLET180.0081.660.0240.350.811.140.621.030.383.470.350.171.031.031.841.70747.46747.600.14PVC-16" PVCSLOTTED DRAIN OUTLET90?° BEND17.168.410.0100.200.770.30N/A3.910.443.750.171.113.913.911.942.02747.14747.230.09PVC-26" PVC90?° BEND45?° BEND147.7147.710.0100.200.770.33N/A3.900.443.750.201.103.903.901.151.58746.25746.780.53PVC-36" PVC45?° BENDSYSTEM OUTLET151.2451.240.0100.200.760.33N/A3.870.443.750.201.093.873.870.500.95745.50746.060.56? 745.20
? 745.10
90° BEND? 745.62PVC-36" PVC (SCH 40)51.24 FT0.20 %PVC-26" PVC (SCH 40)47.71 FT0.20 %SHEET OF DATEBYREVREVISION BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.com DENTON COUNTYTAYLOR S. BAKER144151D
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSAXET FO ET
A
TSD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPTAYLOR S. BAKERSAXET FO ET
A
TS 3911V:1"=5'SCALE: H:1"=20' PROFILESLOT DRAIN
StandardDivisionBridgeFILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT DKC AES HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONTFebruary 2020 SHEET 1 OF 22133"Min3JointDrain slopeTYPICAL BACKFILL DETAILTYPICAL TYPE "T" DRAIN INSTALLATIONTYPICAL TYPE "L" DRAIN INSTALLATIONBACKFILL DETAIL AT OUTFALLCleanout boxclip angle" Wide412 "438 3'-0" Min20'-0" (Typ CMP length)Rerolled Ends"21" x 322 or concrete backfillCement stabilizedPavement" Min211 RCPSlotted drain pipeCMP outfall(grouted)Slip joint"E11"C Inlet sta.LOutfallDrain slopeDrain guideLengthClean outEnd plate Length212'-6" Length21Drain slopeEnd PlateOutCleanpipedrain SlottedDrain guideCMPC Inlet sta.LOutfallSECTION A-ASLOTTED CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (CMP) DETAILPipe joint coupling bandCMP1"4"" C-C Typ2159 1'-10"backfillor concretestabilizedCement4grateFrame and4Drain guidePavement1'-10"CMP1Pipe
Dia
2"438 Showing Type IR pipeCLEAN OUT BOX ELEVATION20'-0" (Typ CMP length)~~~~" Max83
Typ
" Min211 FABRICATION NOTES:INSTALLATION NOTES:GENERAL NOTES:4grateFrame and" Dia bolt21clean out boxOpening for" Typ857 " Typ857 clip angle" Wide412 " Dia bolt212" Min
End plate5See pavement details for slab thickness.out box.Install frame and grate flush with pavement and centered over cleanprotection is provided during pavement placement."). Wood strip may be omitted if suitable21" Max x 2 83Wood Strip (Nom manufacturer, may be used with the approval of the Engineer.Alternate methods of joining lengths of pipe, as recommended by the" corrugations)21" x 7 43" x 43" corrugations or Type IR ~ 21" x 32(Type I ~ 2 Provide 16 gauge (Min) x 12" to 36" Dia Corrugated Metal Pipe5163end plateTyp onEnd plateEnd plateInstallation)(prior to Drain GuideTypical open slot1" nominal1" nominalTyp1"MaxgapAA Frame and grate is subsidiary to Slotted Drain. designs as shown. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the Contractor may furnish any of the USF 4621 frame and 6296 grate EJ V-4274 Neenah R-3471" x 12 Max).21" Min, 25 43(clear opening 22" x 8 Provide heavy duty frame and grate from one of the following, or approved equalgrout during curing. Place suitable compressible material in the outfall connection slip joint, to retain or directed by the Engineer.(minimum 2 sacks or cement per cubic yard) or cement stabilized backfill as shown Backfill trenches for slotted drains and outfall pipe with low strength concrete Furnish pedestrian cap when specified in the plans.joints. Furnish slotted drain in 20'-0" lengths, when practical, to minimize number of" plate, ASTM A36. Galvanize in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing."163from Fabricate bearing bars, cross bar spacers, end plates, and clean out boxes Provide drain guide assemblies conforming to Item 474, "Linear Drains."with Item 460, "Corrugated Metal Pipe." Provide circular corrugated steel pipe, galvanized or aluminized, in accordance" Tooled radius41TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:ROADWAY LINEAR DRAIN(SLOTTED DRAIN)SD DENTONCD-SD-20.dgn 40
StandardDivisionBridgeFILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT DKC AES HIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT CONTFebruary 2020 SHEET 2 OF 2TypBearing barVaries
Varies ~ 6" Min, 31" Max
1'-7" Max
Varies
TypBearing barPavement surface" Clear inside431 Drain guide opening (Typ)
c
e
nter plate14 GaugeEnd cover plateBearing barVaries (Typ)weldSpot bandcouplingPipe joint" Clear431 Typ spacercross barTaperedBearing barPavement surface" Clear inside431 Drain guide opening spacercross barRectangularTypBearing barPavement surfaceDrain guide opening" Clear inside431 " Dia Holes83" on21
" 431 163"163"163"163"163163 163163 163"163"163angle" Clip412 Showing tapered spacers.Showing rectangular spacers.TYPICAL SECTIONS THRU DRAIN GUIDE INSTALLATION(when specified)Pedestrian capTypSTANDARD HEIGHTSTANDARD HEIGHTBearing bar Cross bar spacerCMP spacercross barRectangular spacercross barRectangularPEDESTRIAN CAP DETAILVARIABLE HEIGHTand extension.Showing rectangular spacers~~~
~~~
2" to 6"6"
6"3"6"TRANSVERSE SECTIONPIPE JOINT CONNECTIONTyp 163"163 spacerCross bar"41
~6" C-C~(WITH RECTANGULAR SPACERS)SECTION B-BShowing installation of cross bar spacers in longitudinal section.Typ 163spacerCross bar"41 6" C-C~Showing installation of cross bar spacers in longitudinal section.(WITH TAPERED SPACERS)SECTION C-CDirection of flow1" - 6"1" - 6"1" - 6"1" - 6"1" - 6"barBearingbarBearing"163
variable height applicationOptional extension bars forVaries BBCCBB boltCarriage" Dia2160° (Typ) x 21" Max163~ PL extension barsOptionalTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act." No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever.DISCLAIMER:ROADWAY LINEAR DRAIN(SLOTTED DRAIN)SD DENTONCD-SD-20_2.dgn 41
10/30/202594+80MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDBEGIN PROJECT? ROBSON RANCH RD STA 92+85.00VTH
TH
94+80MATCHLINE STA.
100+60MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDVV
VVV
V
VV
VVV
TH
THTTH WWWTE
THSHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYLEGENDTOWN OF NORTHLAKE WATERCITY OF DENTON WATERASTOUND BROADBANDONCOR ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTIONSCOSERVCOLT MIDSTREAMENERGY TRANSFERENERGY TRANSFERBEDROCK PRODUCTIONSBEDROCK PRODUCTIONSUBIQUITYASTOUND BROADBANDASTOUND BROADBANDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED PAVEMENTNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYBEGIN - STA 100+604221 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITY PLAN89+0090+0091+0092+0093+0094+0090+00S89°51'40.5"E3000.0095+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0095+00100+00
10/30/2025100+60MATCHLINE STA.
106+40MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDV
V VVV
V
V VV
V
V
V
V
VV
VVVV
THE106+40MATCHLINE STA. ROBSON RANCH ROAD? ROBSON RANCH RDVVV VVV
V
V
VV
VTH
WWTTTH
SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYLEGENDTOWN OF NORTHLAKE WATERCITY OF DENTON WATERASTOUND BROADBANDONCOR ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTIONSCOSERVCOLT MIDSTREAMENERGY TRANSFERENERGY TRANSFERBEDROCK PRODUCTIONSBEDROCK PRODUCTIONSUBIQUITYASTOUND BROADBANDASTOUND BROADBANDEXISTING ROWPROPOSED PAVEMENTNOTES:LOCATIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITYSTA 100+60 - END4322 SCALE: 1" = 50' EXISTING UTILITY PLANS89°51'40.5"E3000.00101+00102+00103+00104+00105+00106+00105+00107+00108+00109+00110+00111+00112+00110+00
10/29/202594+80MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCHSTA. 92+85BEGIN PROJECTAEKHLLBEGIN GOREMATCH EXISTINGBEGIN TAPERBEGINSTA 94+50BEGINDDACBEGINHKBEGINEXIST ROWEXIST R2-1 TO REMAIN1 EAREMOVE EXIST W4-1aTR SIGN ASSM2x2xCSTA. 90+50BEGINHKBEGINMATCH EXISTINGKH94+80MATCHLINE STA.
100+60MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCHSTA 95+50STA 99+27STA 99+47STA 100+50INSTL END TAPERENDBEGINENDENDEND GOREENDENDENDBEGINBEGINBEGINBEGIN GOREAHKLLDCBJFGGFNNNLLDDABCBJJBEGINHKABJBINSTLD2xMATCH EXISTINGAB11W1-4L36"X36"JMATCH EXISTINGENDE2x2xEXISTING R3-7R TO REMAIN1 EAREMOVE R3-7L SIGN ASSM1 EAREMOVE R3-8LK SIGN ASSM1 EAREMOVE R3-8LK SIGN ASSM20 LF40 LF TOTALBEGINHBEGINKHNENDENDKHHKED2xL2x(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED SIGNAL POLE(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED SIGNAL POLETH
TH
FILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\890\151055_1\13448-02_SPMK01.dgn10/29/2025 10:48:00 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I(Y)24"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDEFLREFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 40' O.C.MREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PREMOVE SMALL SIGN ASSMEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERRE PM TY II (Y)(CURB)QRE PM TY II (W)(CURB)RBEGIN - STA 100+604421 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGS PLANSIGNING AND PAVEMENT (BY OTHERS)PROPOSED SIGNAL POLEEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW89+0090+0091+0092+0093+0094+0090+00EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
13'13'13'13134'2x2x4' GAP,6' LENGTH(TYP)10'
10'95+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0095+00
10/29/2025100+60MATCHLINE STA.
106+40MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCH11R3-5R30"X36"ONLYABAGFHFGFDSTA 104+87QENDBKJEDSTA 103+29STA 104+29BEGIN TAPEREND TAPER CEXIST ROW1 EAREMOVE EXIST R3-7L SIGN ASSMR5-224"X24"1 EAREMOVE R3-5R SIGN ASSMENDJBEGINEENDBEGINBCENDJSTA 103+24STA 103+11STA 103+40ENDGBEGINBEGINBEGINBEGINMATCH EXISTINGADASTA 103+32BJENDDBEGINBBBENDBJLLD2xL2x(BY OTHERS)PROPOSED SIGNAL POLEDBEGINQBEGINRRSTA 103+38ENDRSTA 103+24ENDQ106+40MATCHLINE STA. ? ROBSON RANCHHKALDEDEND PROJECTEND GOREEND END END AHKEXIST R2-1 SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN1 EAREMOVE EXIST W4-1aTR SIGN ASSMMATCH EXISTING11LFILE:DATE:\\icsM-bgepw21\iCS_pdf_work_dir\890\151055_2\13448-02_SPMK02.dgn10/29/2025 10:47:18 PM DN:CK:DW:CK:SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPSTEPHEN T. SKROVANEKSAXET FO ET
A
TS138388LEGEND MARKING REMOVALS.3. SEE REMOVAL SHEETS FOR EXISTING PAVEMENT ? ROBSON RANCH RD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OUT. ALL STATION CALLOUTS IN REFERENCE TO 2. ALL LANE WIDTHS 12' UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED - PM(3)-22, AND PM(4)-22A. TxDOT PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDS PM(1)-221. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TONOTES:REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 8"(DOT)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)6"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRK TY I(Y)24"(SLD)(90MIL)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 20' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 80' O.C.REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 20' O.C.ABCREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)6"(BRK)(90MIL)GHJKDEFLREFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A @ 40' O.C.MREFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(90MIL)NSMALL SIGN ASSMINSTL DEL ASSM (D-SW)SZ 1(BRF)GF1 (BI)INSTL OM ASSM (OM-2Z)(WFLX)GND(BI)INSTL DEL ASSM (D-SY)SZ 1 (YFLX)SRF(BI)REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C @ 48' O.C.PREMOVE SMALL SIGN ASSMEXIST SMALL SIGN ASSM TO REMAIN#SMALL SIGN NUMBERRE PM TY II (Y)(CURB)QRE PM TY II (W)(CURB)RSTA 100+60 - END4522 SCALE: 1" = 50'MARKINGS PLANSIGNING AND PAVEMENT EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW17'2x2x2x2xTO EXIST BRIDGE101+00102+00103+00104+00105+00106+00105+00STA 109+25EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW2x2x2xW1-4R36"X36"2x107+00108+00109+00110+00111+00112+00110+00
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:FILE:NOTESWITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSFOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYCENTERLINE AND LANE LINESLane Line6" White WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSONE-WAY ROADWAYEDGE LINE AND LANE LINESShoulderEdge LineYellow6" SolidEdge LineWhite 6" SolidEdge LineWhite6" SolidEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge of Pavement Edge of Pavement 30'10'30'10'FOUR LANE DIVIDED ROADWAY CROSSOVERSPavement Edge20" max.16" min.-WidthMedianlinestop/yield line to from edge48" min.Note 2See TaperDecelerationStorage See note 3White Line8" Solid Edge Line6" Solid White Edge Line6" Solid YellowEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge Line6" Solid Yellow30'10'YIELD LINES MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130 PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240All pavement marking materials shall meet therequired Departmental Material Specificationsas specified by the plans. BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERSTRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS24"36"DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONTStandardDivisionSafetyTrafficPM(1)-22pm1-22.dgn22APAVEMENT MARKINGSTYPICAL STANDARDDecember 2022 30'10'may vary (typ.)Shoulder widthWITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERSTWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY existsno shoulder 6" min. whenmay vary (typ.)Shoulder widthCenterline6" Yellow Edge Line6" Solid WhiteYellow Line6" SolidEdge Line6" Solid WhiteEdge of Pavement ONLYMARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONSTYPICAL TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONSTYPICAL MULTI-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT greater than 45 MPH.being marked equal to or For posted speed on road Extension LineWhite 8" DottedLinesYield GENERAL NOTESROADWAYPUBLICEdge LineWhite6" SolidEdge LineWhite 6" SolidEdge LineWhite6" SolidNote 1See Width
MedianNote 1See 18"less than 40 MPH.being marked equal to or For posted speed on road Edge LineWhite 6" Solidshoulder exists6" min. when noshoulder exists6" min. when no center of edge line of a two lane roadway. shall be measured from the center of edge line to the lanes, sidewalks, berms and shoulders. The traveled ways used for vehicular travel. It does not include the parking 2. The traveled way includes only that portion of the roadway gutter sections of roadways. conditions. Edge lines are not required in curb and distance may vary due to pavement raveling or other less than 6 inches from the edge of pavement. This directed by the Engineer. The edge line should not be placed 1. Edge line striping shall be as shown in the plans or as Lane Line6" WhiteYellow Line6" SolidYellow Line6" SolidYellow Line6" Solid6" White Lane Line6" White Lane LineLane Line6" WhiteYellow Line6" SolidDRIVEWAYMAJOROR MINOR DRIVEWAYALLEY, PRIVATE ROADMAJOR DRIVEWAYPUBLIC ROADWAYOR MINOR DRIVEWAYALLEY, PRIVATE ROADSTOP LINES Solid White Width: 12" min. 24" max.EDGE LINE 6" Solid White Gap: 30' on approaches to intersections (500' min.)30' max.4' min.30' max.4' min. 6" Yellow 6" Solid Yellow line(typ.)6" min.Width 16' W 20'Edgelines Pavement for Centerlines withoutMinimum RequirementsWay Width 20'for Edgelines Traveled Minimum Requirements CENTERLINEfor Undivided RoadwaysBased on Traveled Way and Pavement Widths Length: 10'OPTIONALEDGE LINE & CENTERLINEGUIDE FOR PLACEMENT OF STOP LINES,two separate intersections.openings shall be signed as 30 feet or more, median the median opening itself of separated by median widths at 1. Where divided highways are Yellow Line6" Solid 12"3"to12"3"to12" Refer to General Note 2 for additional details.NOTE: Traveled way is exclusive of shoulder widths.5-008-9511-782-123-038-0012-226-206"3"* - 4"6"6" shall be as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.3. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration, and storage lengths yield signs.shall only be used with stop signs. Yield lines shall only be used with lines) when a 50' or greater median centerline can be placed. Stop lines 2. Install median striping (double yellow centerlines and stop lines/yield Engineer.control. Stop signs and stop bars are optional as determined by the determine if signs are required. Yield signs are the typical intersection each approach. The narrow median width will be the controlling width to Each median opening has two width measurements, with one measurement for See Detail BDETAIL "B"3"* - 4"when approved by the Engineer.* 2" minimum for restripe projects See Detail Agreater than 48' only)(18" max. for traveled way 9"** min. - 10" typ."* - 4"36"6"the Engineer.approved by projects when for restripe ** 8" minimum the Engineer.approved by projects when for restripe * 2" minimum DETAIL "A"the Engineer.)when approved by restripe projects (16" minimum for 18" min. - 20" max. DENTON 46
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:PM(2)-22pm2-22.dgn22BFILE:StandardDivisionSafetyTraffic80'80'40'40'40'40'40'40'Type II-A-AType II-A-AType I-CType II-A-ACenterlineSymmetrical around centerlineContinuous two-way left turn laneDETAIL "A"DETAIL "B"Type I-C or II-C-RType I-C or II-C-R10'30'REFLECTORIZED PROFILEPATTERN DETAIL80'CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES FOR TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANECENTERLINE FOR ALL TWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYSGENERAL NOTESLANE LINES FOR ONE-WAY ROADWAY (NON-FREEWAY FACILITIES)SurfaceReflectorizedAA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSAll pavement marking materials shall meet therequired Departmental Material Specificationsas specified by the plans.DMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240TRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)SECTION AooAdhesiveAASurfaceReflectorizedRAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSType I (Top View)Type II (Top View)25 min35 max-SurfaceRoadwayquarters to a maximum height of 7 quarters. approximately equal to a stack of 5 of base line and profile marking is A quick field check for the thickness in height300 to 500 milFOR VEHICLE POSITIONING GUIDANCEREFLECTIVE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERSSee Detail ASee Detail BBROKEN LANE LINEtoward normal traffic and red face toward wrong-way traffic.Raised pavement markers Type II-C-R shall have clear face MARKINGSREFLECTORIZED PROFILERAISED MARKERSPOSITION GUIDANCE USINGNOTES6"18"+ 1"2 to 3" of 45 MPH or less. on roadways with a posted speed limit2. Profile markings shall not be placed in the plans. and the materials shall be specified1. Edge lines should typically be 6" wideCENTER OR EDGE LINE (see note 1)4"4"1" - 2"1" - 2"Type II-A-ADETAIL "C"3" - 5"5½"+ ½"Type II-A-AOR 6" LANE LINE 6" EDGE LINE, 6" CENTERLINEUSING REFLECTIVE PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKINGS4"3" - 5"3" - 5" highways and raised medians. Use raised pavement marker Type II-C-R with divided roadways, flush medians, and two way left turn lanes.3. Use raised pavement marker Type I-C with undivided joints. should be placed to one side of the longitudinal2. On concrete pavements, the raised pavement markers the stripes. shall be placed in line with and midway between1. All raised pavement markers placed along broken linesSee Note 3.Type II-A-AType I-CSee Detail C80'FOR FOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAYSCENTERLINE & LANE LINES5-004-924-772-122-108-0012-226-20December 2022DENTON 47
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:PM(3)-22pm3-22.dgnFILE:GENERAL NOTESSEE DETAIL A9'3'1 Mile (Auxiliary Lane)(ONE-WAY, NON-SIGNALIZED)MINOR CROSS STREET ONLYONLY
(typ.)Stop Line24" WhiteVaries1 Mile (Lane Drop)MAJOR CROSS STREET
ONLYONLY48'Type I-C9'3'Type I-C48'StandardDivisionSafetyTrafficVaries (See general Note 2)TYPICAL TWLTL AT ONE-WAY STREET AND RIGHT TURN AUXILIARY LANETYPICAL TWLTL AT TWO-WAY CROSS STREET AND RIGHT TURN LANE DROP6" White Lane Line6" Solid Yellow LineLane Line6" White 8" Dotted White Lane Line Yellow6" BrokenYellow6" Broken 8" Dotted White Lane Line spaced at 20'Type II-A-A6" White Lane LineSEE DETAIL B MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240TRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTICPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED) BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERSas specified by the plans.required Departmental Material Specifications All pavement marking materials shall meet the D/4 DPaved ShoulderArrowLane-Reduction300'-500'EdgePavementD/2D/4LSEE DETAIL BLANE REDUCTIONNOTES(Optional)W9-1RW9-2TLVaries (See general note 2)PAVEMENT MARKINGSAND LANE REDUCTION RURAL LEFT TURN BAYS, TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANES, information on turning lanes or storage lengths. the Roadway Design Manual for additional or as directed by the Engineer. See Chapter 3 of and storage lengths shall be as shown on the plans 4. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration, divided highways and raised medians. lanes. Use raised pavement marker Type II-C-R with highways, flush medians and two way left turn 3. Use raised pavement marker Type I-C with undivided near the upstream end of the full-width turn lane. for a short turn lane, it should be located at or lane use arrow or word and arrow marking is used the bay is greater than 180 feet. When a single two sets of arrows should be used if the length of 2. When lane-use words and arrow markings are used, Highway Sign Designs for Texas. words and arrows are as shown in the Standard lanes and turn bays for emphasis. Details for or word and arrow markings may be used in other of substantial length. Lane use arrow markings arrow markings should be used in auxiliary lanes become mandatory turn lanes. Lane use word and where through lanes approaching an intersection1. Lane use word and arrow markings shall be used ONLY32'Type I-C20'White Line8" SolidDETAIL B(typ.)32'DETAIL A3"* - 4"3"* - 4"20'MarkersType II-A-A Yellow Line6" SolidTYPICAL TRANSITION FOR TWLTLAND DIVIDED HIGHWAY20'Type II-A-A Markers not required unless stated elsewhere in the plans. marking after each intersection or dedicated turn bay is a two-way left-turn lane within a corridor. Repeating the should be used at or just downstream from the beginning of A two-way left-turn (TWLT) lane-use arrow pavement marking 8'-16'30 MPH35 MPH40 MPH45 MPH50 MPH55 MPH60 MPH65 MPH70 MPH75 MPH4605656707758859901,1001,2001,2501,350D (ft)L (ft)Posted Speed WSL=WS260Yellow Line6" Solid shall conform to the TxDOT Freeway Signing Handbook. 4. For lane reductions on Freeways and Expressways, signing last lane reduction arrows. lane reduction arrow should be centered between the first and based on engineering judgement. If used, the optional third greater. An optional third lane reduction arrow may be added3. Lane reduction arrows are required for speeds of 45 mph or sign on the right side of the highway. sign may be installed in the median aligned with the W9-1R 2. On divided highways, an additional RIGHT LANE ENDS (W9-1R) see TS2(PL) standard sheets. otherwise be a through lane. For Texas Super 2 Passing Lanes, or because of a section of on-street parking in what would through lanes is reduced because of narrowing of the roadway1. Lane reduction pavement markings are used where the number of 22C3'9'9'Varies (general Note 4)Lane Line6" Dotted WhiteWhite (typ.)8" Solid20'See general Note 3Type II-C-RType I-C or Yellow6" BrokenYellow6" SolidSEE DETAIL A20'20'Type II-A-A Markers20'TYPICAL TWO-LANE ROADWAY INTERSECTION WITH LEFT TURN BAYS30-45°Yellow Line 6" Solid Note 3See general 1" (typ.)ONLY(typ.)White Line8" Solid Line Extension 8" Dotted WhiteADVANCED WARNING SIGN DISTANCE (D)Varies (see general Note 4)December 20228-005-004-982-122-103-0312-226-20L= 2" minimum allowed for restripe projects when approved by the Engineer.*DENTON 48
DENTONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:FILE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS HIGHWAYSHEET NO.C TxDOT CONTStandardDivisionSafetyTrafficPM(4)-22Apm4-22a.dgn22D 4'min.ShoulderGENERAL NOTESShoulder6' min.6' min.PAVEMENT MARKINGSCROSSWALK shoulder is present)to shoulder line (if Center of crosswalk line travel laneline to center ofCenter of crosswalk line to lane lineCenter of crosswalk20' - 50' MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSDMS-6130EPOXY AND ADHESIVESDMS-6100DMS-4200DMS-8200DMS-8220DMS-8240TRAFFIC PAINTHOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)Engineer in the field.7. Final placement of Stop Bar and Crosswalk shall be approved by the the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices."be used. All crosswalk designs and dimension shall comply with shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" may crosswalk pattern on State Highways. Other crosswalk patterns as 6. The High-Visibility Longitudinal Crosswalk is the preferred 5. Each crosswalk shall be a minimum of 6' wide.to the lane lines.4. At skewed crosswalks, the crosswalk lines are to remain parallel the roadway.maintained in their proper location across the travel portion of lines should be made in the median so that the crosswalk lines are 3. For divided roadways, adjustments in spacing of the crosswalk omitted.the last crosswalk line falls into this distance it must be 2. A minimum 6" clear distance shall be provided to the curb face. If lane lines, and shoulder lines (if present).path of vehicles. Center the crosswalk lines on travel lanes, 1. Longitudinal crosswalk lines should not be placed in the wheel 20' - 50'shoulder is present)to shoulder line (if Center of crosswalk line travel laneline to center ofCenter of crosswalk line to lane lineCenter of crosswalk24" White crosswalk linesGeneral Note 1)5' max.(See ShoulderShoulderLONGITUDINAL CROSSWALKUNSIGNALIZED MIDBLOCK HIGH-VISIBILITY AT CONTROLLED APPROACHHIGH-VISIBILITY LONGITUDINAL CROSSWALK as specified by the plans.required Departmental Material Specifications All pavement marking materials shall meet the MARKERSBITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGSPERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT linescrosswalk24" Whitestop line24" Whitestop line24" Whitestop line24" WhiteNOTES:1 & 2See Notes1 & 2See Noteshybrid beacons.mid block crosswalks controlled by traffic signals or pedestrian 2. Use stop bars with STOP HERE ON RED (R10-6 or R10-6a) signs at unsignalized midblock cross walks.1. Use stop bars with Stop Here For Pedestrians (R1-5b) signs at R1-5bR1-5bDecember 202212-226-226-20 49
SIGN LOCATIONPAVED SHOULDERSLESS THAN 6 FT. WIDEHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADGREATER THAN 6 FT. WIDEmin12 ft7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedLaneTravelShoulderPaved7.0 ft min *7.5 ft max0 to 6 ftthan 6 ftGreater6 ft minthe edge of the travel lane.the sign must be placed at least 12 ft. fromWhen the shoulder is 6 ft. or less in width,edge of the shoulder.the sign must be placed at least 6 ft. from theWhen the shoulder is greater than 6 ft in width,HIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADBEHIND CONCRETE BARRIER7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedLaneTravelShoulderPaved7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxBEHIND GUARDRAILBEHIND BARRIER5 ft min**2 ft min**HIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEADHIGHWAYINTERSECTIONAHEAD EASTWEST259259SIGNS WITH PLAQUES7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedor secondary sign.the supplemental plaquemeasured to the bottom ofthe 7 ft sign height isor secondary sign is used,When a supplemental plaqueCurbFace of7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxmin2 ftmin2 ftCurbFace of7.0 ft min *7.5 ft maxLaneTravelShoulderPavedT-INTERSECTION7.0 ft min *7.5 ft max6 ft minLaneTravelShoulderPavedROWPaved ShoulderEdge of Travel Lane that results in the greatest sign elevation:* Signs shall be mounted using the following condition(1)(2)the Engineer.The maximum values may be increased when directed byPost TypeNumber of Posts (1 or 2)Anchor TypeSign Mounting DesignationTYPICAL SIGN ATTACHMENT DETAILSignsBack-to-Back3"12 ft minU-boltSign PanelSign PostSign PostSign PanelClamp BoltSingle SignsSIGN SUPPORT DESCRIPTIVE CODESRESTRICTED RIGHT-OF-WAY(Descriptive Codes correspond to project estimate and quantities sheets)edge of the travel lane ora minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above thePipe DiameterApproximate Bolt Length3 or 3 1/2"3 or 3 1/2"4 1/2"2" nominal2 1/2" nominal3" nominal3 1/2 or 4"3 1/2 or 4"RailGuardBarrierConcreteREQUIRED CLEARANCE(i.e., typical space between wheel paths).more than 4 inches above a 60-inch chordwhen it is broken away, should not projectsubstantial remains of a breakaway support,To avoid vehicle undercarriage snagging, anyClampSignClampSignor the universal clamp.Sign clamps may be either the specific size clampSign PanelSpecific ClampUniversal ClampSign Boltnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatnutwasher, lock washer,Nylon washer, flatwasherNut, lockwasherNut, lockNot AcceptableNot AcceptableNot AcceptableAcceptablewithin a 7 ft. circle.posts should be locatedNo more than 2 signcirclediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.circlediameter7 ft.**Sign clearance based on distance required for proper guard rail or concrete barrier performance.***installed on the backslope.grade at the base of the support when sign isa minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above theSTOPSurfaceGroundTX-DOTTEXAS(i.e., stub).supportportion ofNon-breakaway4" max.60"FOR BREAKAWAY SUPPORTdepending upon field conditions.right. The bolt length may need to be adjustedsizes and sign clamp types are given in the table atwasher. The approximate bolt lengths for various posthead per ASTM A307 with nut and helical-spring lockback-to-back, use a 5/16-18 UNC galvanized hexWhen two sign clamps are used to mount signs(When 6 ft min. is not possible.)possibleMaximumslope.post could not be hit due to extremeguardrail or if Engineer determines the*** Post may be shorter if protected by lane as practical.should be placed as far from the travelfrom the edge of the travel lane, signsprevents the minimum horizontal clearanceIn situations where a lateral restriction factors.buildings, a narrow island, or otherby rocks, water, vegetation, forest,Right-of-way restrictions may be createdas close to ROW as practical.be in line with the centerline of the roadway. Placetwo way roadway, the right edge of the sign shouldWhen this sign is needed at the end of a two-lane,SM RD SGN ASSM TYXXXXX(X)XX(X-XXXX)GENERAL NOTES & DETAILSSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILShttp://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htmThe website address is: components and Wedge Anchor System components.drawings of sign clamps, Triangular Slipbase SystemSee the Traffic Operations Division website for detailedCURB & GUTTER OR RAISED ISLANDSMD(GEN)-08FTIN LOWCLEARANCE144M.P.H. 35FARMROAD EAST3713FARMROAD EAST3713316bolt length is 1 inch for aluminum.nylon washer, flat washer and lock washer. The5/16-18 UNC galvanized square head with nut,Bolts used to mount sign panels to the clamp areS80 = Schedule 80 Pipe (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))10BWG = 10 BWG Tubing (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))TWT = Thin-Walled Tubing (see SMD(TWT))FRP = Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Pipe (see SMD(FRP))SB = Slipbase - Bolted Down (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))SA = Slipbase - Concreted (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))WP = Wedge Anchor Plastic (see SMD(TWT))WS = Wedge Anchor Steel - (see SMD(TWT))UB = Universal Anchor - Bolted down (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))UA = Universal Anchor - Concreted (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))EXAL = Extruded Aluminum Sign Panels (see SMD(SLIP-3)) WC = 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))BM = Extruded Wind Beam (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))1EXT or 2EXT = Number of Extensions (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))IF REQUIREDU = Prefab. "U" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))T = Prefab. "T" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))P = Prefab. "Plain" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT), (FRP))9-08Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26ATXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTDENTON 50
Detail DDetail FREQUIRED SUPPORTSIGN DESCRIPTION48x60-inch signs36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signsRegulatoryWarning
48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)48x60-inch signsLarge Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)11½41½1½W(max)=6FT85WW3988HWW-392W(max)=6FT3838½401.12 #/ft Wing Channel1½61"U" Extender11FT 9IN(max)0.2WH0.6W0.2WWW(max)=8FTSUPPORTPostDetail ESTOP = 2 - 32 inch piecesYIELD = 1 - 8 inch piece & 1 - 32 inch pieceorExtenderU-Bracketlock washer.washers andbolt, nut, 2 flatassembly and install(through) afterDrill 7/16" hole*1 1/2"ONE-WAYStreet NameSign(if required)Gap betweenplaquesshall be4 + 1PLAQUE = 1 - variable length2.3.4.Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft."REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.1.abnormally high due to a fill slope.GENERAL NOTES:when impacted by an errant vehicle.used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height isThe Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post beAluminum sign blanks shall conform to DepartmentalMaterial Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have thefollowing minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs lessthan 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,Signs that require specific supports due to reasonsWhen two triangular slipbase supports are used tosupport a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"connected to each other except through the sign panel.This will allow each support to act independentlyoff so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when theAdditional route markers may be added vertically,maximum allowable amount per Note 1.Detail ADetail BDetail CSide ViewTop ViewTop View Item 445, "Galvanizing."galvanized perper ASTM A307and flat washernut, lock washerhex bolt with5/16" x 3 3/4" ChannelWingChannelWingChannelWingPanelSignAluminumPanelSignAluminum Sign support posts shall not be spliced.galvanized per ASTM A 123.provided the total sign area does not exceed thesign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanizedcoating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing." SIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA10 BWG 2 32 SFSch 80 1 32 SFSch 80 2 64 SF10 BWG 1 16 SFbottom of sign when possible.Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" postTOP VIEWPostUniversal)(Specific orSign Clamp(see SMD(2-1))WindbeamAluminumExtrudedUniversal)(Specific orSign ClampSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P-BM)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-WC)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-1EXT)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-2EXT)SM RD SGN ASSYM TY XXXXX(2)XX(P)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILSin addition to windloading are indicated on the "Galvanizing."Item 445,A307 galvanized perwashers per ASTMwasher and 2 flathex bolt, nut, lock1/2" x 4" heavy"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 1 3/4"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 1 3/4"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A307and 2 flat washersnut, lock washerhex bolt with5/16" x 3/4"Detail ASeeDetail BSeeDetail CSeeUniversal)(Specific orSign ClampDetail DSeeSplices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.pipe diameter.)clamp type anddepending on signlength may vary"Galvanizing." (Boltper Item 445per ASTM A307 galvanizedwasher and lock washerhead bolt, nut, flat3/8" x 3 1/2" squareDetail ESeeDetail FSeeItem 445 "Galvanizing."A307 galvanized perand 2 flat washers per ASTMbolt with nut, lock washer3/8" x 3 1/2" heavy hex+.05"+.025"+.010"-.025"+.010"FRICTION CAP DETAILSkirtVariationDepthengage pipe O.D.Rolled Crimp toPipe O.D.Pipe O.D. Friction caps may be manufactured from hot rolledor cold rolled steel sheets. The minimum sheet metal The rim edges shall be reasonably straight andsmooth. Caps shall be sized and formed in such amanner as to produce a drive-on friction fit andhave no tendency to rock when seated on the pipe.The depth shall be sufficient to give positiveprotection against entrance of rainwater. Theyshall be free of sharp creases or indentationsand show no evidence of metal fracture. Caps shall have an electrodeposited coating ofzinc in accordance with the requirements of ASTMB633 Class FE/ZN 8.(R6-1) orSTOP (R1-1)YIELD (R1-2) 0.25 H1.75" max1" min,SIDE VIEWT&U Bracket48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)5.6.7.8.9.10.11.For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flatWing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and bealuminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches orless in height. U-brackets are used for signs ofgreater height.SMD(SLIP-2)-08(* - See Note 12)(See Note 11)12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.(See SMD(2-1))Extruded Alum. Windbeamunless detailed otherwise.All dimensions are in english plans.13.Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown on the for 24 inch height signs. Place the clamp 3 inches above9-08Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cutthickness shall be 24 gauge for all cap sizes.Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26CTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTDENTON 51
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T-2EXT)28"HW2W(max)=15FT*HW0.7WW(max)=16FT0.15W0.15WW(min)>8FTSee Detail A1.GENERAL NOTES:Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown onDetail ATop View ChannelWingDetail BChannelWingSee Detail BSide ViewSIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA10 BWG 1 16 SF10 BWG 2 32 SFSch 80 1 32 SFSch 80 2 64 SFor 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (See Detail A and Detail B) steel pipeSch. 802 7/8" O.D.clampPost Sign clampSlip base12"12".2w6"variableUniversal)(Specific orClampsSigndetails)for additional(See SMD(2-1)post clampsattached withstiffenersS3x5.78 1/2"8 1/2"8"39"W-39"W-39"Universal)(Specific orSign Clampbottom of sign when possible.Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" postfor 24 inch high signs. Place the clamp 3 inches aboveSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-XX)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(2)XX(P-EXAL)REQUIRED SUPPORTSIGN DESCRIPTION48x60-inch signs36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signsRegulatoryWarning
48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)48x60-inch signsLarge Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)SUPPORTTY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY S80(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILS"Galvanizing."per Item 445,ASTM A307 galvanizedand lock washer perflat washerbolt, nut,square head3/8" x 4 1/2""Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 2 1/2"Nylon washer,"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 4 1/2"Nylon washer,Detail CExtenderT-Bracketlock washer.washers andbolt, nut, 2 flatassembly and install(through) afterDrill 7/16" hole1 1/2"Item 445 "Galvanizing."A307 galvanized perand 2 flat washers per ASTMbolt with nut, lock washer3/8" x 4" heavy hexSplices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.See Detail CUse Extruded Alum. Windbeam as stiffeners6"the plans.See SMD (2-1) for additional detailsPanelSignw variablePanelSignTypical Sign Mount** Universal)(Specific orSign Clamp"Galvanizing."Item 445,galvanized perper ASTM A3072 flat washersnut, lock washer,hex bolt with5/16" x 4 1/2"Nylon washer,Aluminum PanelExtrudedhead bolt and nut3/8" x 1" squareEXTRUDED ALUMINUM SIGN WITH T BRACKETDetail D Slip baseT Bracket6"12"steel pipeSch. 80 or 10BWG2 7/8" O.D.SignExtruded AluminumSee Detail DSign Clampsign for proper mounting.be placed at the top of6" panel should 2.3.4.Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft."REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.abnormally high due to a fill slope.when impacted by an errant vehicle.used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height isThe Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post beAluminum sign blanks shall conform to DepartmentalMaterial Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have thefollowing minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs lessthan 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,Signs that require specific supports due to reasonsWhen two triangular slipbase supports are used tosupport a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"connected to each other except through the sign panel.This will allow each support to act independentlyoff so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when theSign support posts shall not be spliced.galvanized per ASTM A 123.sign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanizedcoating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing."in addition to windloading are indicated on the 5.6.7.8.9.For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flatWing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and bealuminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches orless in height. U-brackets are used for signs ofgreater height.10.11.48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)of signs when sign width is greater than 10'.Additional stiffener placed at approximate center0.25 HSMD(SLIP-3)-08(* - See Note 12)12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.Detail Efor clamp installationSee Detail E for clamp installationSee Detail E Extruded Alum. Windbeam (See Detail D on SMD (SLIP-2))greater24" orWith T BracketExtruded Aluminum Sign9-08Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cutTexas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations DivisionJuly 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26DTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTDENTON 52
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONS TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOTHIGHWAYSHEET NO. C TxDOT of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTFILE:DATE:October 2003 4 REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL SIGNSTYPICAL EXAMPLES12-039-08TSR(4)-13 7-13tsr4-13.dgn GENERAL NOTESTYPICAL EXAMPLES Square Feet 0.080 Less than 7.5 Greater than 15 0.125 0.100 7.5 to 15 WRONG WAY SIGNS)(STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND TYPICAL EXAMPLESWRONG WAY SIGNS)(EXCLUDING STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND REQUIREMENTS FOR WARNING SIGNS FL Minimum Thickness BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL REDLEGEND & BORDERS WHITE BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL TYPE A SHEETING BLACKWHITE BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL BLACKWHITEACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM BACKGROUNDTYPE B OR C SHEETINGhttp://www.txdot.gov/can be found at the following website.The Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD) BACKGROUND USAGECOLORSIGN FACE MATERIAL LEGEND & SYMBOLS ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMFLFLFLALL OTHERBLACKTYPE B OR C SHEETINGREGULATORY SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR WHITE BACKGROUNDREGULATORY SIGNSREQUIREMENTS FOR RED BACKGROUNDALL OTHER BACKGROUNDWHITETYPE B OR C SHEETING LEGEND REDTYPE B OR C SHEETINGAND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS AND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS TYPE B OR C SHEETINGYELLOW FLOURESCENT LEGEND & BORDERSAND SYMBOLSLEGEND,BORDERS YELLOW GREENFLOURESCENT DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTSALUMINUM SIGN BLANKSDMS-7110SIGN FACE MATERIALSDMS-8300SPECIFIC SIGNS ONLYREQUIREMENTS FOR FOUR BACKGROUNDALL OTHERS Standard Plan Sheets.8. Mounting details for roadside mounted signs are shown in the "SMD series" Specification requirements of DMS-7110 or approved alternative.7. Sign substrate shall be any material that meets the Departmental Material sheeting, or combination thereof. ink, transparent colored overlay film or colored sheeting to background 6. Colored legend shall be applied by screening process with transparent colored cut-out white sheeting to colored background sheeting, or combination thereof. colored ink, transparent colored overlay film to white background sheeting or 5. White legend and borders shall be applied by screening process with transparent thereof. acrylic non-reflective black film to background sheeting, or combination 4. Black legend and borders shall be applied by screening process or cut-out a balanced appearance when spacing is not shown. and any approved changes thereto. Lateral spacing of legend shall provide 3. Lateral spacing between letters and numerals shall conform with the SHSD, Standard Highway Alphabets (B, C, D, E, Emod or F).2. Sign legend shall use the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) can be found in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). shown on sign tabulation sheet. Standard sign designs and arrow dimensions 1. Signs to be furnished shall be as detailed elsewhere in the plans and/or asTYPE B OR C SHEETINGSYMBOLSREDTYPE B OR C SHEETING TYPE B OR C SHEETINGTYPE B OR C SHEETINGACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILMTYPE A SHEETINGTYPE B OR C SHEETINGREQUIREMENTSTYPICAL SIGNStandardDivisionOperationsTrafficDENTON 53
6" minor joint to edgeStubKeeper PlateBolt36"42"12" Diaexpansion or adhesive type.50 ft-lbs). Anchor may be5 1/2" and torque to min. of8 places (embed a minimum of5/8" diameter Concrete Anchor -(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostTRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEMSMALL ROADSIDE SIGNSSIGN MOUNTING DETAILSSM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SA(X-XXXX)SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SB(X-XXXX)TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS2 1/2".Bolt length isItem 445 "Galvanizing."galvanized peror A449 and(6) per ASTM A325(3), and washersbolts (3), nuts5/8" structuralSlip Base4" Max.manufacturerif required by Washers24" max.12" min.CONCRETE ANCHORGENERAL NOTES:1. Slip base shall be permanently marked to indicate manufacturer. Method, design, and location of marking are subject to approval of the TxDOT Traffic Standards Engineer.2. Material used as post with this system shall conform to the following specifications: 10 BWG Tubing (2.875" outside diameter) 0.134" nominal wall thickness Seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe Steel shall be HSLAS Gr 55 per ASTM A1011 or ASTM A1008 Other steels may be used if they meet the following: 55,000 PSI minimum yield strength 70,000 PSI minimum tensile strength 20% minimum elongation in 2" Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.122" to 0.138" Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.867" to 2.883" Galvanization per ASTM A123 or ASTM A653 G210. For precoated steel tubing (ASTM A653), recoat tube outside diameter weld seam by metallizing with zinc wire per ASTM B833. Schedule 80 Pipe (2.875" outside diameter) 0.276" nominal wall thickness Steel tubing per ASTM A500 Gr C Other seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe with equivalent outside diameter and wall thickness may be used if they meet the following: 46,000 PSI minimum yield strength 62,000 PSI minimum tensile strength 21% minimum elongation in 2" Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.248" to 0.304" Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.855" to 2.895" Galvanization per ASTM A1233. See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed drawings of sign clamps and Texas Universal Triangular Slipbase System components. The website address is: http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm4. Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown. Sign support posts shall not be spliced.ASSEMBLY PROCEDUREFoundation1. Prepare 12-inch diameter by 42-inch deep hole. If solid rock is encountered, the depth of the foundation may be reduced such that it is embedded a minimum of 18 inches into the solid rock.2. The Engineer may permit batches of concrete less than 2 cubic yards to be mixed with a portable, motor-driven concrete mixer. For small placements less than 0.5 cubic yards, hand mixing in a suitable container may be allowed by Engineer. Concrete shall be Class A.3. Push the pipe end of the slip base stub into the center of the concrete. Rotate the stub back and forth while pushing it down into the concrete to assure good contact between the concrete and stub. Continue to work the stub into the concrete until it is between 2 to 4 inches above the ground.4. Plumb the stub. Allow a minimum of 4 days to set, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.5. The triangular slipbase system is multidirectional and is designed to release when struck from any direction.Support1. Cut support so that the bottom of the sign will be 7 to 7.5 feet above the edge of the travelway (i.e., edge of the closest lane) when slip plate is below the edge of pavement or 7 to 7.5 feet above slip plate when the slip plate is above the edge of the travelway. The cut shall be plumb and straight.2. Attach sign to support using connections shown. When multiple signs are installed on the same support, ensure the minimum clearance between each sign is maintained. See SMD(SLIP-2) for clearances based on sign types.Concrete anchor consists of 5/8"diameter stud bolt with UNC seriesbolt threads on the upper end.Heavy hex nut per ASTM A563, andhardened washer per ASTM F436. Thestud bolt shall have a minimumyield and ultimate tensile strengthof 50 and 75 KSI, respectively.Nuts, bolts and washers shall begalvanized per Item 445, "Galvaniz-ing." Adhesive type anchors shallhave stud bolts installed with TypeIII epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxiesand Adhesives." Adhesive anchorsmay be loaded after adequate epoxycure time per the manufacturer'srecommendations. Top of bolt shallextend at least flush with top ofthe nut when installed. The anchor,when installed in 4000 psi normal-weight concrete with a 5 1/2"minimum embedment, shall have aminimum allowable tension and shearof 3900 and 3100 psi, respectively.2.5 cf of concrete.should take approx.plans). Foundationelsewhere in theunless noted(shall be usedconcrete footingNon-reinforcedrod or #4 rebar.7" x 1/2" diameter Provide a3/4 " diameter hole.Class A concrete9-08Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:July 2002DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT JOBCOUNTYCONTSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.26BTXDOTTXDOTTXDOTTXDOT(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip Base(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip Base(See General Note 3)Schedule 80 Pipe10 BWG Tubing orPostSlip BaseTOP VIEWSMD(SLIP-1)-08(DAL)12-10 (DISTRICT)TORQUE 135 TO 145 FT LBSSIDE VIEW 1-1SIDE VIEW 2-22211ADDED CLAMP BASE DETAIL FOR SLIPBASE INSTALLATIONprovided to the Engineer by Contractor.Installation procedures shall bemanufacturers' recommendations.The devices shall be installed perNOTE10-2010DETAIL AADDED DETAIL A FOR CLAMP BASEDallas District StandardDENTON 54
10/29/2025V94+80MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW5 LF CL-D222 SY SODV
VVVVVVVVVV
TH
TH
94+80MATCHLINE STA.
100+60MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW400 LF SCF39 LF SCF406 SY SODSHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALD
ESNECIL
REENIG
N
E
LANOISSEFORPALEK J. LUCEROSAXET FO ET
A
TS152346LEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWEROSION CONTROL LOG - DAMEROSION CONTROL LOGSEDIMENT CONTROL FENCEBEGIN - STA 100+605521 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN39 SY SOD89+0090+0091+0092+0093+0094+0090+00S89°51'40.5"E3000.0095+0096+0097+0098+0099+00100+0095+00100+00
100+60MATCHLINE STA.
106+40MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW127 LF SCF38 LF CL-D32 LF ECLSOD370 SY SOD635 SY VVV VVVVVVVVVVVV
VVV
VVVV VVV
VV
V
VV106+40MATCHLINE STA. EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWSOD433 SY SHEET OF BOND PROJECT NO.SHEET NO.ROBSON RANCH RDBGE, Inc.TBPE Registration No. F-1046Copyright
20252595 Dallas Parkway, Suite 101, Frisco, TX 75034Tel: 972-464-4800? www.bgeinc.comHORIZONTAL0502525SCALE IN FEETDENTON COUNTYPRE-FINAL SUBMITTALLEGEND EVERY CONSTRUCTION PHASE. REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL ITEMS AHEAD OF7. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE INSTALLATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6. SEE DRAINAGE AND ROADWAY PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. DEBRIS AND SEDIMENT THROUGHOUT5. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROADWAYS CLEAR OF AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. 4. BMP INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW TCP PHASING TxDOT DRAINAGE REGULATIONS. AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH3. EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION2. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED DETERMINED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL LOCATIONS TO BE1. LOCATION OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARENOTES:PERM BLOCK SODDINGDITCH FLOW ARROWSURFACE FLOW ARROWEROSION CONTROL LOG - DAMEROSION CONTROL LOGSEDIMENT CONTROL FENCESTA 100+60 - END5622 SCALE: 1" = 50' SW3P PLAN101+00102+00103+00104+00105+00106+00105+00107+00108+00109+00110+00111+00112+00110+00
parallel to the slope contour.Dozer tracks create track imprints fabricWoven filter 90°2"minimum of 6 times with hog rings.reinforcement sheets or rolls a Connect the ends of the successive FLOWFLOW hog rings or cord at a maximum spacing of 15".Fasten fabric to the top strand of the wire using AALinear soil impressions.TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCESCFbottom in the upstream direction.side and approximently 2" across the trench Place 4" to 6" of fabric against the trench Backfill and hand tamp.Minimum trench size shall be 6" square. SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE USAGE GUIDELINESto be filtered.runoff. A 2 year storm frequency may be used to calculate the flow rate of a disturbed area along a contour to intercept sediment from overland A sediment control fence may be constructed near the downstream perimeter erosion from a drainage area larger than 2 acres.rate of 100 GPM/FT . Sediment control fence is not recommended to control Sediment control fence should be sized to filter a maximum flow through 2SECTIONA-AFLOWFilter fabric 3' min. width.Embed posts 18" min.or Anchor if in rock.6"2"90°Backfill & hand tamp.sewn vertical pockets for steel posts).for wooden posts (or 4 T-Clips or posts using 4 evenly spaced staples Attach the wire mesh and fabric on end Hardwood posts shall have a minimum cross section of 1.5" x 1.5"Softwood posts shall be 3" minimum in diameter or nominal 2" x 4".4' minimum steel or wood posts spaced at 6' to 8'.GENERAL NOTESVERTICAL TRACKINGLEGENDSediment Control FenceSCFperpendicular to the slope or direction of water flow. Install continous linear track impressions where the minimum 12" length impressions are5.4. Do not exceed 12" between track impressions. measuring a minimum of 12" in length by 2" to 4" in width by 1/2" to 2" in depth. Provide equipment with a track undercarriage capable of producing linear soil impressions 3.Perform vertical tracking on slopes to temporarily stabilize soil.2.unless otherwise approved.1. Vertical tracking is required on projects where soil distributing activities have occurredHINGE JOINT KNOT WOVEN MESH (OPTION) DETAILTop of Fencespaced at a maximum of 12 inches apart. a maximum of 12 inches apart and all vertical wires requires a minimum of five horizontal wires spaced at Galvanized hinge joint knot woven mesh (12.5 GA.SWG Min.) SLOPESLOPE(W.M.)(See woven mesh option detail)opening size of 2"x 4"or Woven Mesh (12.5 GA. SWG Min.) with a maximum Galvanized welded wire mesh (W.W.M.)DN:CK:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(1)-16StandardDivisionDesignDN/CK:KMLSVPJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, FENCE & VERTICAL TRACKINGec116TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DATEFILE
DENTON 57
FlowEarthembankmentWidth for paymentSEE NOTE 6RFD3RFD1RFD2ORORGalvanized Woven Wire Mesh(for Types 2 & 3)GENERAL NOTES4" Min.Length for paymentToe of slopeNative rock or othersuitable materialSheet FlowUnconcentratedOptional Sandbags(See UsageGuidelines)2' Min.rockOpen gradedSee Note 421(for Types 2 & 3)wire meshGalvanized woven4" Min.Types 1 & 2 = 18"Type 3 = 36"SECTION C-CLength2' Min.4" Min.12Level Crested Weir1' Min.Width for PaymentWeirPROFILEWire MeshGalvanized SteelWire MeshGalvanized Steel3', 6' or 9'2' Dia.SECTION A-ATYPE 4 (SACK GABIONS)Sack GabionsPLAN VIEW3:1 Max.3:1 Max.Ditch FlowPLAN VIEWRebar Stakes¾" Dia. SECTION B-BFILTER DAM AT TOE OF SLOPERFD1FILTER DAM AT SEDIMENT TRAPRFD1RFD2ORFILTER DAM AT CHANNEL SECTIONSconstruction drawings)Excavation (If shown on RFD4Type 4 Rock Filter DamType 3 Rock Filter DamType 2 Rock Filter DamType 1 Rock Filter DamPLAN SHEET LEGENDRFD1RFD2RFD3RFD4ROCK FILTER DAM USAGE GUIDELINES2Type 5: Provide rock filter dams as shown on plans.and smaller channels to form an erosion control dam.Type 4 (Sack gabions) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 4 May be used in ditches in stream flow and should be secured to the stream bed.Type 3 (36" high with wire mesh) (4" to 8" aggregate): Type 3 may be used used in ditches and at dike or swale outlets.Type 2 (18" high with wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 2 may be on the plans or directed by the Engineer.(4" deep min.) for better filtering efficiency of low flows if called for wash out may occur. Sandbags may be used at the embedded foundation high velocity flows (approximently 8 Ft/Sec or more) in which aggregate drainage area of 5 acres or less. Type 1 may not be used in concentrated swale outlets. This type of dam is recommended to control erosion from a used at the toe of slopes, around inlets, in small ditches, and at dike or Type 1 (18" high with no wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 1 may be to calculate the flow rate.GPM/FT of cross sectional area. A 2 year storm frequency may be used The dams should be sized to filter a maximum flow through rate of 60 to intercept sediment from overland runoff and/or concentrated flow. Rock Filter Dams should be constructed downstream from disturbed areas the Engineer.11. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may be modified by 10. Flow outlet should be onto a stabilized area (vegetation, rock, etc.). double-twisted hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2 ½" x 3 ¼" 9. Sack Gabions should be staked down with ¾" dia. rebar stakes, and have a stream bed prior to aggregate placement. hog rings. For in stream use, the mesh should be secured or staked to the tightly secured to itself on the downstream side using wire ties or The mesh shall be folded at the upstream side over the aggregate and be placed on the mesh to the height & slopes specified. woven wire mesh with 1" diameter hexagonal openings. The aggregate shall 8. Rock filter dam types 2 & 3 shall be secured with 20 gauge galvanized dimensions shown on the plans.7. The sediment trap for ponding of sediment laden runoff shall be of the 6. Filter dams should be embedded a minimum of 4" into existing ground. embankment for filter dams at sediment traps.5. Maintain a minimum of 1' between top of rock filter dam weir and top of have sideslopes of 6:1 or flatter.4. Side slopes should be 2:1 or flatter. Dams within the safety zone shall 3. The rock filter dam dimensions shall be as indicated on the SW3P plans. Control". by the specification for "Rock Filter Dams for Erosion and Sedimentation 2. Materials (aggregate, wire mesh, sandbags, etc.) shall be as indicated channels to collect sediment. and/or downstream at drainage structures, and in roadway ditches and be placed near the toe of slopes where erosion is anticipated, upstream 1. If shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, filter dams should "V" SHAPE(See "V" Shape Plan View below)higher velocity flows.A "V" Shape may be used forCCBAACCof FlowDirectionDN:CK:DW:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(2)-16StandardDivisionDesignDN/CK:KMLSVPJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, ec216ROCK FILTER DAMSFILE:DATE:BTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DENTON 58
SHEET 1 OF 3SECTION C-CSTAKEFLOWAA1'BBR.O.W.BACK OF CURBFLOWDISTURBED AREALIP OF GUTTER2'1'CCR.O.W.FLOW2'GENERAL NOTES:+-+-2"½"1"R REBAR STAKE DETAIL#3 BARCONTROL LOGS SPECIFIED IN PLANSDIAMETER MEASUREMENTS OF EROSIONDISTURBED AREABACK OF CURBLIP OF GUTTERPLAN VIEWPLAN VIEWCL-ROWCL-BOCCL-DPLAN VIEW1' MIN.ENGINEER.AS DIRECTED BY THE(4' MAX. SPACING), ORNEEDED TO SECURE LOGADDITIONAL POINTS ASAT EACH END, AND ATSIDE AT THE CENTER,STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILLENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY THE AS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF ENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY THEAS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF EROSION CONTROL LOG DAMSTAKESECTION B-BCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION 1' (TYP.)SECTION A-AEROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY EROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB THE ENGINEER.OR AS DIRECTED BY(4' MAX. SPACING),NEEDED TO SECURE LOGADDITIONAL POINTS ASAT EACH END, AND ATSIDE AT THE CENTER,STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILLCONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLEDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION CONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION R.O.W.CONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLECONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION R.O.W.CONTROL LOGUNDER EROSIONCOMPOST CRADLEDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION LOGCONTROLEROSION TEMPORARY(TYP.) 1'CL-GIRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMRUNOFF EVENTSSTAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAM RUNOFF EVENTS STAKES FOR HEAVYADDITIONAL UPSTREAMLOG FROM FOLDING IN ON ITSELF.UPSTREAM STAKES MAY BE NECESSARY TO KEEPFOR HEAVY RUNOFF EVENTS, ADDITIONAL10.LOG. TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM FLOWING AROUND THE TURN THE ENDS OF EACH ROW OF LOGS UPSLOPE9.SIZE TO HOLD LOGS IN PLACE.ON TOP OF LOGS & SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENTSANDBAGS USED AS ANCHORS SHALL BE PLACED8.WILL NOT BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY.COMPOST CRADLE MATERIAL IS INCIDENTAL &7.MESH.DO NOT PLACE STAKES THROUGH CONTAINMENT 6.THE ENGINEER.2" PROTRUDES ABOVE LOG, OR AS DIRECTED BY #3 REBAR, 2'-4' LONG, EMBEDDED SUCH THAT STAKES SHALL BE 2" X 2" WOOD OR5.DEFORMATION. SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS WITHOUT EXCESSIVE TO ACHIEVE THE MINIMUM COMPACTED DIAMETER FILL LOGS WITH SUFFICIENT FILTER MATERIAL4.USE RECYCLABLE CONTAINMENT MESH. SYSTEM. FOR TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS, REMAIN IN PLACE AS PART OF A VEGETATIVE CONTAINMENT MESH ONLY WHERE LOG WILL BIODEGRADABLE OR PHOTODEGRADABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, USE3.THE PURPOSE INTENDED. RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS REQUIRED FOR BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S LENGTHS OF EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL2.ENGINEER.RECOMMENDATIONS, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANFACTURER'S EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL BE INSTALLED1.CL-DCL-BOCCL-ROWCL-SSTCL-SSLCL-DICL-CIEROSION CONTROL LOG DAMEROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLETEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRATE INLETLEGENDEROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESEROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB DN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, ec916EROSION CONTROL LOGCK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DIAMETERCOMPACTEDMINIMUMDIAMETERCOMPACTEDMINIMUMFILE:DATE:SEDIMENT BASIN & TRAP USAGE GUIDELINES 3. Just before the drainage enters a water course 4. Just before the drainage leaves the right of way 1. Within drainage ditches spaced as needed or min. 500' on centersediment out of runoff draining from an unstabilized area. 2. Immediately preceding ditch inlets or drain inlets limits where drainage flows away from the project. 5. Just before the drainage leaves the constructionwill not be paid for separately.Cleaning and removal of accumulated sediment deposits is incidental and An erosion control log sediment trap may be used to filterLog Traps: The drainage area for a sediment trap should not exceed5 acres. The trap capacity should be 1800 CF/Acre (0.5" overthe drainage area).Control logs should be placed in the following locations:The logs should be cleaned when the sediment has accumulated to adepth of 1/2 the log diameter.DENTON 59
SHEET 2 OF 3TOE OF SLOPE5'-0" ABOVE STAGGER JOINTS5'-0" TO 10'-0"STAGGER JOINTS5'-0" TO 10'-0"STAKE NOTCH DETAIL4"STAKEROPENOTCH½" x ½"EROSION CONTROL LOG SPACING TABLE6"8"12"2:13:11'2'STAKE18"TOP OF SLOPE6' BELOW TOP OF SLOPEEROSION CONTROL LOGTOE OF SLOPE5'-0" ABOVE TOP OF SLOPE6' BELOW TOP OF SLOPEEROSION CONTROL LOG2' MINIMUMSLOPE1:1 OR STEEPER4:1 OR FLATTERLOG DIAMETERTRENCH DEPTH TABLELOG DIAMETERDEPTH6"8"2"3"4"12" MINIMUM
2" MINIMUM6" DIAMETEREROSION CONTROL LOGSLOPEROPENOTCH TypSTAKE2' TO 4' LONG.or #3 REBAR,2" x 2" WOODCONTROL LOG.SIDE OF EROSIONMATERIAL ON UPHILLPLACE EXCAVATED12" MINIMUMHARD, ROCKY SOILS- ADJUST ROWS FARTHER APARTSOFT, LOAMY SOILS-ADJUST ROWS CLOSER TOGETHER;* ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR SOIL TYPE:2'1'OVERLAP2'LOGCONTROLEROSIONLOGCONTROLEROSIONTOE OF SLOPETOE OF SLOPE12"18"5"M
IN.
2
"DISTURBED AREADIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE END 5' END SECTION RAP DETAIL UNDERCUTTING. SOIL TO PREVENT NOTE: COMPACT EXCAVATED1'2' MINIMUM2'OVERLAPLOGCONTROLEROSIONEVENTSHEAVY RUNOFFNEEDED FORSTAKING IFADDITIONAL4'TABLE BELOW)SPACINGCONTROL LOG(SEE EROSION LOG SPACINGTABLE BELOW)SPACINGCONTROL LOG(SEE EROSION LOG SPACING5'10'15'20'10'20'30'40'15'30'45'60'20'40'60'80'STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING DETAILSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING DETAILCL-SSTCL-SSLCL-SSLCL-SSTSTAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORINGEROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESSTAKE AND LASHING ANCHORINGEROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPESDN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, EROSION CONTROL LOGec116CK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:DENTON 60
24"24" MINIMUMOVERLAP ENDS TIGHTLYDIRECTEDSTAKE ASOF LOG TOSECURE ENDCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSION Flo
wROADWAYFlo
w FlowFlowCURBFLOWFLOWCONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSIONEROSION CONTROL LOGAREA DRAIN INLETS WITHDRAINAGE ACCESS TO COMPLETELY SURROUND Flo
w6" CURBROADWAYFlo
w FlowFlowCURB INLETEXTENSIONINLET MIN.2 FTMIN.2 FTGRATE INLETCURB ANDEROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLETCL-DICONTROL LOGTEMP. EROSIONBB24"-30"SHEET 3 OF 3IN PLACE (TYPICAL)LOG AS NEEDED TO HOLDON DOWNHILL SIDE OFSTAKE OR USE SANDBAGSSANDBAGSANDBAGEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRADE INLETNEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & ASUSE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OFTEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL LOGNEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & ASUSE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF2 SAND BAGS2 SAND BAGSSTORM SEWER SYSTEM IS NOT FULLY FUNCTIONAL.TRAFFIC OR FLOOD THE ROADWAY OR WHEN THESHOULD ONLY BE USED IF THEY WILL NOT IMPEDEEROSION CONTROL LOGS USED AT CURB INLETSNOTE:6"-8"CL-GIDN:FILE:JOBCOUNTYSECTDISTREVISIONSHIGHWAYSHEET NO.CONTEC(9)-16StandardDivisionDesignJULY 2016C TxDOT:TxDOTPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURESSEDIMENT AND WATER TEMPORARY EROSION, EROSION CONTROL LOGec916CK:DW:KMLSLS/PTCK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETCL-CIEROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLETCL-CISANDBAG DETAILSECTION B-B16"-18"DENTON 61